Issuu

Chapter XX Document Name Date

Author Issue XXXX

Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy Hoare Lea EC.PA.24 July 2024

We are creating a place the world will watch with wonder, on London’s iconic site of human ingenuity. Through our masterplan, we will reimagine the very fabric of living, working and urban wellbeing for London and future spaces. Attracting the world’s most inventive, imaginative and extraordinary minds. That place is Earls Court. Our four place pillars underpin our vision and set the ambitions for the place we want to create.

Nature

Innovation

Culture

Neighbourhood

A celebration of nature and its ability to connect and revive.

A showcase for climate and clean innovation and skills.

A cultural ecosystem for the future of talent.

An inspiring neighbourhood designed for all stages of life.

Discover Wonder

Foreword After four years of deep consideration and collaboration with stakeholders and local people, The Earls Court Development Company (ECDC) is delighted to present the ambitious future plans for this iconic Site. We formed in 2021 during the lockdown imposed by the first global pandemic in a century, an era which was both disruptive and formative, demanding that we reflect and reassess how we will be living in the future. There could be no more engaging mission for a team specifically assembled to design a place fit for the 22nd century. As a team, ECDC shares a passion for transformational inner-city projects, and collectively have wide-ranging experiences from diverse international projects. Together, we are driven to fulfil the opportunities of this complex strategic site for London and rightfully put Earls Court as a place back on the global map. Our intent from the very beginning, was to take a different approach to community involvement in shaping design. Setting up as a local business and being right next to Site everyday, working closely with both local authorities, the Mayor’s office, local businesses and our neighbours has been fundamental in shaping our plans for the Site, which we believe are more relevant and exciting for it.

We have listened and taken huge inspiration from Earls Court’s heritage, as a place that dared — to showcase, to entertain and celebrate the spectacular. A place that was so clearly cherished for being bold and brave, welcoming people from across the globe. Our plans retain that innovative spirit that embraces future thinking — an approach we believe has become more important now than ever before. An approach that continues to drive us to create a global exemplar of sustainability. We understand our responsibility to deliver much needed homes and employment opportunities for London. Critical to achieving these aims is creating a place with personality, a place that once again becomes a destination with a broad cultural appeal and is fully inclusive to all that come to experience it. The masterplan has been created to prioritise urban wellbeing and includes a network of Exhibition Gardens that will be open and accessible for everyone to enjoy. We’re creating a pedestrian-first environment alive with daytime and evening active uses. This generosity of open space is evident at key arrival points as well as the unique Table Park and Lillie Sidings. Our commitment to create a better piece of city has been evidenced over the last three years as we have

welcomed over 500,000 people back onto Site to enjoy a programme of events that nod to the past and point to the future of Earls Court. ECDC began with a mantra ‘to make haste slowly’ and ensure we took the time to both listen and appreciate the world of Earls Court, which helped to establish the early vision to bring the wonder back to Earls Court. Now, after over four years of consideration, we are proud to present our hybrid planning submission to the authorities for determination — a key milestone to enable the future of Earls Court as a place, once again, to discover wonder.

Rob Heasman CEO The Earls Court Development Company

EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Contents 1.0 Executive Summary

16.0 Appendix A – Circular Economy Workshops

101

2.0 Introduction

17.0 Appendix B – Existing Buildings Design Scenarios

102

3.0 Documents and Structure

18.0 Appendix C – Pre-Redevelopment / Demolition Summary

141

4.0 Planning Policy Context

19.0 Appendices D-M – Pre-Demolition Audits

224

5.0 Circular Economy – Topic overview

20.0 Appendix N – Data Used in Existing Building WLC Analysis

509

6.0 Existing Buildings – Site-Wide

21.0 Appendix O – Data Used in Whole Life Carbon Assessment

510

7.0 Existing Buildings – Design Approach

22.0 Appendix P – Life-Cycle Modules

512

8.0 Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide

9.0 New-Build Design Approach

10.0 New-Build Design Principles

11.0 Whole Life Carbon – Overview & Buildings

12.0 Whole Life Carbon – Public Realm & Energy Network

13.0 Carbon Budgets – Approach

14.0 Waste Strategy

15.0 Conclusion

Chapter 1.0 - Executive Summary EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

1.0 Executive Summary This Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy has been prepared by Hoare Lea with input from ECDC, Hawkins Brown, Studio Egret West, WSP and KaNect. It is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’), on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). 1.1

Purpose of the Document

The purpose of this Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy is to outline the Whole life/embodied carbon performance of the Proposed Development. It provides an overview of the process and targets applied in relation to on-Site existing building/elements for retention and recycling. It also includes the process that new buildings will follow to analyse embodied carbon and contribute to London’s Circular Economy. This document follows the requirements set out in relevant planning policy and London Plan Guidance in relation to Circular Economy Statements and Whole Life-Cycle Carbon Assessments (March 2022). This document sets out how the Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy strategies. Due to the hybrid nature of the application this document covers both elements related to the Detailed Components of the application as well as outline elements. The strategy covers all topics for both components however is less detail for the Outline Components. Where applicable, it provides breakdowns of analysis for Early and All Phases applications. This is covered for Site material re-use in section 8.0 and Whole Life Carbon emissions in 13.0. Refer to the accompanying Plot Sustainability Statements for further detail on Circular Economy and Whole Life Carbon. 1.2

Circular Economy Overview

The construction and operation of the built environment consumes 60% of all materials in the UK. At the end of life, materials are often diverted from landfill, however downcycled, reducing their value. There is growing industry consensus that the way we design, build, operate and dispose of our buildings and associated facilities needs a major overhaul to reduce waste and increase efficiency. There is a wide breadth of opportunity that this shift in approach will create across the entire supply chain and is an approach that ECDC, on behalf of the applicant, intends to explore throughout the lifetime of the Earls Court Development. Designing for longevity and adaptability and maximising the use of recycled and renewable materials can reduce greenhouse gas emissions while increasing innovation opportunities and economic growth. Replacing finite and fossil-based materials with responsibly managed renewable materials can decrease carbon emissions whilst reducing dependency on finite resources. Before considering future waste elimination and sustainable waste management practices though, opportunities for retaining and refurbishing /re-purposing existing buildings, materials and other resources on-Site have been assessed by the Design Team to maximise the residual value of existing structures and conserve resources by reducing the need for new materials.

Figure 1: Circular Economy model, compared to linear and recycling economics, London Plan Guidance, Circular Economy Statements, March 2022.

Chapter 1.0 - Executive Summary EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

1.3

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Approach to Circular Economy

This document constitutes a summary of the strategic approach to Circular Economy that is proposed to be implemented for the Site. The Circular Economy strategy is focused on defining an approach to principles for the Site and identifying high level strategic opportunities as early as possible in the development process. The focus of the initial Circular Economy analysis has been on the existing buildings and structures on the Site, and where there is feasibility for retention and/or re-use. These have been developed into wider studies, in consultation with RBKC, LBHF and GLA officers, outlining design approaches, Site-wide material re-use and how new-build design will incorporate Circular Economy principles. Chapters 6.0 to 9.0 of this document detail The Applicant’s full Circular Economy strategy, including an overview of the wider Circular Economy context and the strategic Site-wide approach to the Circular Economy principles.

Figure 2: GLA Decision tree for design approaches for existing structures/buildings, London Plan Guidance, Circular Economy Statements, March 2022.

Chapter 1.0 - Executive Summary EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

1.4

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Approach to Existing Buildings

The building retention strategy plan has been produced by the Applicant through detailed discussions with the Design Team, landowner and building occupiers (e.g. TfL). This approach has been conducted to make the best use out of the Site, while first exploring the potential of retention before demolition, and to maximise the material reuse on Site. Each existing building or structure on the Site has been categorised into being retained, partially retained, demolished due to low value or in need of further assessment. There are four buildings or groups of buildings that have been identified as requiring additional assessments which are outlined in this document: —

Ashfield House.

—

9 Beaumont Avenue.

—

1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings.

—

Empress Place / Lillie Road / Project Rooms.

Whole life carbon studies utilising benchmarked data over a 60-year period have been conducted for a range of the scenarios proposed for the existing buildings. For each building requiring further assessment three initial scenarios were analysed. These included a baseline situation in which full retention and refurbishment occurred. The other scenarios differ for each building and are outlined further in Section 7.0. The results from this analysis can be seen in Table 1. Table 1: Proposed Scenarios and breakeven whole carbon emissions. Existing building

Proposed Scenario

Break Even emission (modules A-C) Tonnes CO2/person

kgCO2/m2

Ashfield House

Scenario 5: Full Demolition and New Build

17.1

1,039

9 Beaumont Avenue

Scenario 4: Full Demolition and Rebuild

38.1

804

1 Cluny Mews

Scenario 4: Residential Demolition of 1 Cluny Mews and New Build, Full Retention of Adjacent Dwellings

37.2

857

Scenario 2: Partial Retention (Bays) and Demolish Lillie Road East

16.5

1,021

Scenario 3: Partial Retention (Façade Only) and Demolish Lillie Road East

16.5

1,042

Empress Place

Post development CGI illustrations of:

Active frontage along under croft of The Table

Empress place retained facades

Warwick Apron/London Square

Tramshed/Trains sidings internal

Figure 3: Retention and demolition.

Chapter 1.0 - Executive Summary EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

1.5

1.6

Material Reuse Strategy

Figure 4 sets out the hierarchy for building approaches that maximises the use of existing materials. Diminishing returns are gained by moving through the hierarchy outwards, working through refurbishment and reuse through the least preferable option of recycling materials produced by development or demolition process.

Approach to New Build

The Circular Economy design approach has been developed according to the specific context and needs of the Earls Court Development. The Circular Economy commitments focus on embedding circular economy principles within the new buildings on the Site. A building can be defined in terms of ‘layers’, where each layer has its own life cycle, life span and relevant Circular Economy design approaches. The lifespan of the Earls Court Development is likely to be longer than average, therefore building in layers is key aspect to be incorporated. Any building component that is anticipated to have a short lifespan that is likely to be replaced during the building’s life will be designed to be recovered or reused and recycled as the needs of the building users change. The buildings developed on the Site will follow best practise principles in their design and construction with the overarching aims of reducing material usage, minimising waste, and embedding longevity, flexibility and adaptability.

Table 2 directly addresses the six Circular Economy principles laid out in the GLA Circular Economy Statement guidance. Refer to Sections 9.0 and 10.0 for further details of the New Build Design Approach and Principles.

Table 2: Circular Economy principles and their application Site-Wide.

Figure 4: Circular Economy hierarchy for building approaches (London Plan Policy D3 Figure 3.2). This document outlines the estimated quantities by volume/weight or tonnage of material from the main material types, which are expected to arise from the Site-Wide development during the demolition process. The materials quantities have been deduced from the Site audits, undertaken by KaNect, and categories by the surveyor to assess their quality. This document also presents the waste reduction opportunities for each of the material groups that could be reused, re-manufactured or recycled on-Site, as per the ‘Waste as a Resource’ principles. The remainder of the material would be recycled off-Site where feasible. The quantity of material for reuse, remanufacture or recycling on-Site has been developed in coordination with the Design Team, based on practical application with the outline plots. Refer to Section 8.0 for further details of the Site Wide Material Reuse Strategy.

Principle

Application across the Proposed Development

Building in layers

Dry connections where possible Removeable and accessible panels Further details in section 11

Designing out waste

Pre-demolition audits Lean design principles Off-Site manufacturing Modular Building

Designing for longevity

Developed maintenance plan Durable Specification of materials Residential super and sub structures

Designing for adaptability or flexibility

CAT A Fit out Flexible internal layouts (offices) BCO Criteria risers for future flexibility

Designing for disassembly

Meanwhile uses End-of-life scenarios to prioritise reuse and recycling

Using systems, elements or materials that can be reused and recycle

Pre-redevelopment audits Recycled content of new materials

Chapter 1.0 - Executive Summary EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

The Earls Court Development will aim to achieve the following targets:

1.7

Table 3: Circular Economy Targets.

In line with the GLA guidance, the assessment methodology utilised in The RICS professional statement: Whole Life Carbon Assessment (WLC) for the Built Environment, released in 2017, seeks to standardise WLC assessment and enhance consistency in outputs by providing guidance on implementing the broad appraisal methodology set out in EN 15978: Sustainability of Construction Works.

Circular economy targets for existing and new developments

Policy

Policy Requirement

Target (%)

Policy Met?

Demolition waste materials (nonhazardous)

Minimum of 95% diverted from landfill for reuse, recycling or recovery.

95% (proportion of reuse assumed on Site >90%)

✓

Excavation waste materials

Minimum of 95% diverted from landfill for beneficial reuse.

95%

✓

Construction waste materials

Minimum of 95% diverted form landfill for reuse, recycling or recovery.

>95%

✓

Municipal waste

Minimum 65% recycling rate by 2030

65%

✓

Recycled Content

20% target for Minimum 20% of the recycled content will building material be based on the top elements to be 10 most costly comprised of recycling or building elements. reused content.

London Plan SI 7

Circular Economy Guidance 2022

Summary of Whole Life Carbon Results

✓ Figure 5: Whole Life Carbon breakdown by lifecycle module for the detail component assessments.

Whole Life Carbon Overview Global climate change is widely considered to be one of the most pressing challenges at a regional, national, and international level. Carbon emissions from operational use of buildings has been the subject of regulation for since 2002 and has historically been the primary focus of reducing the impact of built environment projects. More recently, this focus has been expanded to also include carbon emission associated with the building materials themselves. London Plan Policy SI 2 requires development proposals referable to the Mayor calculate whole life-cycle carbon emissions through a nationally recognised Whole Life-Cycle Carbon Assessment and demonstrate actions are taken to reduce life-cycle carbon emissions. In line with standard UK practice, the LCA process and results included in this document have been assessed in line with BS 15978:2011 and the RICS Professional Statement: Whole Life Carbon Assessment for the Built Environment. All EPDs used have been procured in line with the requirements of BS EN 15804:2012.

The results from the Detailed Component demonstrate that average upfront carbon (A1-A5) is 605 kgCO2e/m2, and average embodied carbon emissions (B1-B5, C1-C4) is 455 kgCO2e/m2. Considering the whole life cycle of the Earls Court Development, including emissions arising from operational energy and water, the average whole life carbon is 1,603 kgCO2e/m2 for the Detailed Component.For the Outline Component, estimations suggest an average whole life carbon of 2044 kgCO2e/m2 and for All Phases an average of 1955 kgCO2e/m2 is estimated. As part of the studies undertaken at this stage, a number of material options have been appraised with regard to their potential benefit in reducing embodied carbon emissions. Options were considered based on the breakdown of carbon emissions by RICS material category, to provide targeted impacts to the most carbon intensive elements of the Earls Court Development. In addition to the detailed buildings assessment, the following outline analysis has been taken, exceeding the current policy requirements and future proofing the analysis for future RMAs: —

Development Zone carbon budgets

—

Public realm and infrastructure assessments

—

Energy network assessment

Chapter 1.0 - Executive Summary EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

1.8

Commitments This document and commitments for the Earls Court Development have been developed through a collaborative and cross-disciplinary approach. The strategies proposed address relevant planning policy and guidance, as well as the applicant’s desire to embed sustainable practice, waste reduction and Circular Economy principles within the built environment and throughout its organisational activities. This statement covers a wide range of interventions in developing a design approach that prioritises Circular Economy principles and will help to reduce the material impact and waste generated by the built environment. Adopt the key principles of durability, disassembly, re-use, and adaptability to enable the efficient use of natural resources. The Applicant will: —

Retain buildings and structures which are suited for the requirements of the Site.

—

Set a voluntary target carbon budget for all buildings, Plots, and Development Components, that aims to go beyond policy to include emissions associated with the operation of public realm and infrastructure in addition to buildings.

The Applicant will aim / aspire to: —

Minimise construction waste by diverting more that 95% from landfill for reuse, recycling, or recovery.

—

Enable more than 65% of operational waste from all users to be diverted from landfill.

—

Explore materials for re-use in new-build plots, minimising carbon impacts. For example, reconstituted stone, reused/recycled glass, reclaimed furniture, fixtures, and equipment such as raised access flooring and internal doors - targeting 20% of materials that are reused and/or contain recycled content.

—

Reduce the up-front embodied carbon of buildings, targeting <500kgCO2/m2 for domestic and <650kgCO2/m2 for non-domestic uses, delivering ahead of policy expectations by setting targets.

Proposed approach and RMA Commitments for plots with existing buildings

To ensure that reuse of material is maximised on-Site and that WLC emission are minimised overall, and ensure the strategies set out in this document are appropriate to the Development Zone/Development Plot, the following tasks will be completed and submitted as part of each RMA for the equivalent plots: —

Each of the building will be re-audited to understand the current condition and if changes have been made since this outline application.

—

A full materials schedule will be produced for the existing buildings.

—

Consider reuse of material and avoidance from landfill by material class – compared to those outlined in this document.

—

Outline that material reuse on Site has been maximised within reasonable limits.

—

Undertake Whole life carbon analysis for the proposed scenarios.

—

Compare WLC emissions to the breakeven analysis points, for proposed scenario emission, against those in Table 9.

Chapter 2.0 - Introduction EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

2.0 Introduction 2.1

Purpose of this Document

This Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy has been prepared by Hoare Lea with input from ECDC, Hawkins Brown, Studio Egret West, WSP and KaNect and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’); and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (‘ESB’), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of the Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy is to assess the Proposed Development in terms of whole life/embodied carbon performance. It provides an overview of the process and targets applied in relation to on-Site existing building/elements for retention and recycling. It also includes the process that new buildings will follow to analyse embodied carbon and contribute to London’s Circular Economy. This document follows the requirements set out in relevant planning policy and London Plan Guidance in relation to Circular Economy Statements and Whole Life-Cycle Carbon Assessments (March 2022). This document sets out how the Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy strategies respond to the ambition and vision set out by ECDC on behalf of the Applicant.

Figure 6: Proposed Earls Court Development – Lille Sidings.

Chapter 2.0 - Introduction EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

2.3

Application Details The Proposed Development is currently anticipated to be delivered in eight main phases and over an estimated programme of approximately 19 years. The eight main phases encompass the full build out of the Proposed Development. The indicative development programme is based on the assumption that planning permission is secured in Q3 2025. Elements of infrastructure works are expected to commence prior to Q3 2025. Where applicable, separate applications have already been submitted or may be submitted for these works as described in chapter 5 and the Infrastructure Works section of the submitted Environmental Statement. The impacts of these works have been considered as part of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and in this document for completeness and robustness. Therefore, for the purpose of the indicative development programme, the Proposed Development works are anticipated to be undertaken over 13 years for the Early Phases (completion targeted for Q2 2037) and 19 years for the All Phases (completion Q2 2043). No significant delay is anticipated between the phases. However, realising vacant possession of the Lillie Bridge Depot is complex and whilst an indicative programme has been agreed with London Underground Limited (LUL), it is subject to ongoing review, detailed preparation and design, and additional consents. It may change and could delay vacant possession beyond the timescales currently anticipated. Due to the above, the Hybrid Planning Applications consider and assess two different scenarios. These are: 1. All Phases: comprising the entirety of the Proposed Development. This is currently anticipated for completion by 2043. 2. Early Phases: Phases 1-4 (the ‘Early Phases’) are completed, but the Depot remains operational and is delivered to a different programme from that currently anticipated in the All Phases scenario.

The RBKC Site: ‘Land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (WLL); and 1 Cluny Mews.’ The LBHF Site: ‘Land bounded by North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, West London Railway Line (WLL), Lillie Road, land comprising the Empress State Building, Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School, properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close.’ 2.4

2.2

Applicant

Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (‘The Applicant’). ECPL is a joint venture between Delancey (on behalf of its client funds) and the Dutch pension fund manager, APG and Transport for London (‘TfL’). Earls Court Development Company (‘ECDC’) is the Business Manager responsible for the delivery of the Earls Court Development on behalf of the shareholders.

Site Description

The Site occupies an area of approximately 18 hectares (179,956sqm) and is located in both the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (LBHF) and the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (RBKC), in West London. The Site area associated with the RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is approximately 8 hectares (78,561sqm) and the Site area associated with the LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is approximately 10 hectares (101,395sqm). The LBHF and RBKC administrative boundary bisects the Site along a northwest-southeast axis from Lillie Road to West Cromwell Road. The RBKC Site is bound to the north by West Cromwell Road, to the east by Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens (including 1 Cluny Mews) and Eardley Crescent, to the south by Lillie Road and Old Brompton Road and to the east by the West London Railway Line (WLL), and 1 Cluny Mews. The LBHF Site is bound to the west by North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School, properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close, to the north by West Cromwell Road, to the east by the West London Railway Line (WLL), to the south by Lillie Road and to the south east by land comprising the Empress State Building and Aisgill Avenue. The Site is a large brownfield Site with railway infrastructure and comprises the following: —

Cluny Mews – The far northeastern part of the Site comprises an office building at approximately 4 storeys, an annex building which comprises 3 storeys of residential homes and associated paved roads with parking. This is currently activated as a temporary meanwhile use.

—

Land formerly home to the Earls Court Exhibition Centres – The eastern and southeastern parts of the Site (roughly triangular shaped and to the east of the WLL) and the southwestern part of the Site (to the west of the WLL) comprise extensive areas of open hardstanding. These areas of hardstanding were previously occupied by the Earls Court Exhibition Centres which were demolished between 2015 and 2017. The Table spans the WLL between the hardstanding areas. Beneath is an extensive network of railway infrastructure including the District Line and Piccadilly Line. Parts of this element of the Site are currently activated with temporary meanwhile uses.

—

Empress Place – The southern and southwestern parts of the Site comprise 3-4 storey terrace buildings fronting Empress Place and Lillie Road. These are currently activated with temporary meanwhile uses.

—

Bus Facility – To the west of Empress Place is a bus turning and waiting facility accessed from Lillie Road. This area comprises a bus layover area with capacity for up to four buses and a small standalone structure that includes welfare facilities for bus drivers.

—

Lillie Bridge Depot (LBD) – The western, northern and northwestern part of the Site comprise the LBD. The LBD is currently used as a maintenance facility by London Underground Ltd (LUL) and as a TfL training facility. The LBD uses and on-Site structures comprise office buildings, rail tracks, road to rail vehicle (RRV) delivery and access point, articulated lorry access and delivery area, carpenter/rail workshops, storage buildings, train stabling box, associated infrastructure and parking.

—

9 Beaumont Avenue – A 2 storey building located in the far northwestern part of the Site. This is currently activated as a temporary meanwhile use.

This report considers each of these scenarios. For further information in relation to phasing and development scenarios, refer to the submitted Planning Statement and Environmental Statement. This document follows the GLA’s Energy Assessment Guidance: Greater London Authority guidance on preparing energy assessments as part of planning applications (June 2022). and has been presented and explained through pre-application discussions with officers of the GLA, RBKC and LBHF. It provides design and wider coordination detail of the energy network proposed on-Site and it outlines the energy commitments made within the Hybrid Applications.

Site Addresses

Chapter 2.0 - Introduction EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

2.5

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Site Location and Redline Boundary

Two Hybrid Planning Applications with a red line drawn down the Borough boundary and with duplicate applications submitted to each borough. Figure 7 shows the redline boundaries.

Figure 7: Redline boundary.

Chapter 2.0 - Introduction EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

2.6

Table 4 below provides a summary of the maximum floorspace and residential units, set out by borough.

The Earls Court Development

Two Hybrid Planning Applications will be submitted, with the application red lines drawn around land in either Borough and along the Borough boundary. Duplicate application information is submitted to each Borough. The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application, will have Development Plots submitted in detail referred to as the “RBKC Detailed Component” and the remainder of the Site to be submitted in outline and referred to as the “RBKC Outline Component. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application, will have Development Plots submitted in detail referred to as the “LBHF Detailed Component” and the remainder of the Site to be submitted in outline and referred to as the “LBHF Outline Component. RBKC Hybrid Application: Detailed Component extent – 4,194sqm Outline Component extent – 74,376 sqm Total – 78,570sqm or 8 hectares LBHF Hybrid Application: Detailed Component extent – 9,995sqm Outline Component extent – 91,405sqm Total – 101,395sqm or 10 hectares Earls Court Site Total – 18 hectares Earls Court Development Total – 18 hectares 2.7

Control Documents for the Outline Component of the Planning Application(s)

The following documents will be used to control the future outline plots of Earls Court Development. These documents, along with this document, will define the measures for future review. —

Parameter Plans: the parameter plans are a series of drawings that establish rules for the development, controlling the layout and scale of future Development Plots.

—

Development Specification: defines and describes the principal components of the development (akin to an elongated description of development including minimum and maximum development quantum and uses)

—

Design Code: a set of design guidelines that establish standards for how buildings will form streets and give enclosure to public spaces.

Commitments made within this document, and the above list, could be conditioned or written into the Section 106 agreements, the wording of which will be the subject of discussion with RBKC, LBHF and GLA officers during the determination process for the Hybrid Applications. These will the form the elements which are reviewed at Reserved Matters Application (RMA) for each Plot. 2.8 Amount of Proposed Development (All Phases) The RBKC and LBHF Hybrid Applications seek planning permission for a combined maximum total of 710,519sqm GEA.

Table 4: RBKC and LBHF Hybrid Application Combined Total Permitted Floorspace.

Application

Detailed Outline Component Component Area Area (sqm GEA) (sqm GEA)

Overall Total (sqm GEA)

RBKC Hybrid Application

204,000

41,002

245,002

LBHF Hybrid Application

373,000

92,517

465,517

Overall Total

577,000

133,519

710,519

Refer to the Development Specification and Illustrative Masterplan documents for further details of areas.

Chapter 2.0 - Introduction EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

2.9

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Phasing – Early Phases

The following table and Figure 8 outlines the currently proposed early phasing plan including phase numbering, subsequent plots, which planning authority they sit within and the application type applied for. Table 5: Development phasing by plots and application type Phase

Phase Description

RBKC Detailed Plots: EC05 and EC06 RBKC Outline Plots: EC04, EC08, EC09, EC21 and landscaping LBHF Detailed Plots: WB03, WB04, WB05 LBHF Outline Plots: WB06, WB09, WB10 and landscaping

RBKC Outline Plots: EC01, EC02, EC03 and landscaping

RBKC Outline Plots: EC10, EC11, EC12, EC14, EC15, EC16, EC17 and landscaping Cross Borough Boundary Outline Plots: WB07, WB08 and landscaping

RBKC Outline Plots: OBR, EC13, EC18, EC19, EC20 and landscaping LBHF Outline Plots: WB01, WB02 and landscaping

Figure 8: Phasing plan – Early Phases.

Chapter 2.0 - Introduction EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

2.10

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Phasing – All Phases

The following table and Figure 9 outline the currently proposed phasing plan for the entire development including phase numbering, subsequent plots, which planning authority they sit within and the application type applied for. Table 6: Development phasing by plots and application type Phase

Phase Description

RBKC Detailed Plots: EC05 and EC06 RBKC Outline Plots: EC04, EC08, EC09, EC21 and landscaping LBHF Detailed Plots: WB03, WB04, WB05 LBHF Outline Plots: WB06, WB09, WB10 and landscaping

RBKC Outline Plots: EC01, EC02, EC03 and landscaping

RBKC Outline Plots: EC10, EC11, EC12, EC14, EC15, EC16, EC17 and landscaping Cross Borough Boundary Outline Plots: WB07, WB08 and landscaping

RBKC Outline Plots: OBR, EC13, EC18, EC19, EC20 and landscaping LBHF Outline Plots: WB01, WB02 and landscaping

LBHF Outline Plots: WK09, WK10, substation and landscaping

LBHF Outline Plots: WK08, WK11 and landscaping

LBHF Outline Plots: WK05, WK07, WK12 and landscaping

LBHF Outline Plots: WK01, WK02, WK03 and WK04 and landscaping Cross Borough Boundary Outline Plots: WK06 and landscaping

Figure 9 - Phasing plan – All Phases.

Chapter 2.0 - Introduction EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

2.11

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Plot Coding

Figure 10 shows the location and naming convention of each Development Zone and Development Plots forming the Illustrative Masterplan.

Figure 10: Plot naming convention.

Chapter 3.0 - Documents and Structure EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

3.0 Documents and Structure Sustainability Document Suite The following section outlines the sustainable design approach being taken to the Earls Court Development, which is reflected in the suite of sustainability-related documents submitted as part of the applications. These documents will refer to each other and as whole will form a cohesive narrative on sustainability performance of the Proposed Development. The documents show the Site-wide strategies and statements, which cover technical topics across the whole Site, considering all plots across the application. They also include performance outcomes for the detailed application areas. A series of Sustainability Statements are provided, one for each detail Plot, which outline the technical performance against the strategies. These are provided to enable each Borough to review relevant documents and also provide a framework for future Plot RMAs to follow. 3.1

Sustainability Strategy.

The purpose of this document to outline the sustainability measures and commitments made by The Applicant, across Environmental, Social and Economic focus areas; and to assess the Earls Court Development against relevant planning policy and guidance. It identifies where the Earls Court Development aims to go beyond current policy objectives and presents commitments for review. 3.2

Energy Strategy.

The purpose of this document is to outline the operational energy and carbon performance of the Earls Court Development. This document follows the GLA’s Energy Assessment Guidance: Greater London Authority guidance on preparing energy assessments as part of planning applications (June 2022). It provides design and wider coordination detail of the ambient energy network proposed on Site. It outlines the energy commitments made within the application.

Figure 11: Structure of the application documents relating to sustainability.

Chapter 3.0 - Documents and Structure EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

3.3

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy.

The purpose of this document is to outline the Whole life embodied carbon performance of the Earls Court Development. It provides an overview of the process and targets applied in relation to on-Site existing building/elements for retention, re-use and recycling. It also includes the process that new buildings will follow to analyse embodied carbon and contribute to London’s Circular Economy . This document follows the requirements set out in the London Plan Guidance Circular Economy Statements and Whole Life-Cycle Carbon Assessments (March 2022) 3.4

Overheating Risk & Thermal Comfort Strategy.

The purpose of this document is to outline the strategy to maintain thermal comfort throughout summer heatwaves, now and into the future, across the whole Site. It will provide an overview of the analysis undertaken and process used for this analysis, aligning with latest building Regulations Part O. 3.5

Sustainability Statements (Plot).

The purpose of this document is to outline all the specific quantitative data in relation to the specific Plot, for each of the Earls Court Development strategies. This document is predominantly made up of data tables, used for analysis input and performance outcomes. These documents include Energy modelling worksheets and BREEAM Preassessments, etc. which are relevant to the Plot only. This framework will be followed for RMAs for future plots.

Early and All Phases The development application has been split into Early and All Phases. The Illustrative Masterplan provides a use class areas breakdown by Early and All Phases this has been used for analysis relating to building areas for outline plots. Results within this strategy have been broken down by Early and All Phases analysis, included in the Site material re-use in section 8.0 and Whole Life Carbon emissions in 13.0.

Figure 12: Structure of the application documents relating to sustainability.

Chapter 4.0 - Planning Policy Context EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

4.0 Planning Policy Context 4.1

Policy Summary

Table 7 summarises the key policies from the Greater London Authority, the London Bough of Hammersmith and Fulham, and the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea. The table presents key policy outcomes across each of the sustainability sections for this document. This table is not exhaustive and is intended as a summary only. Table 7: Policy summary. Authority

Greater London Authority

• • • •

Key Documents

Site Allocations and Opportunity Areas

•

London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (LBHF)

• LBHF Local Plan (2018) (Referred to as LP) • Climate Change SPD (2023) (Referred to as CC SPD)

GLA The London Plan (2021) (Referred to as LP) WLC Assessment Guidance (2022) Energy Assessment Guidance (2022) Circular Economy Statements Guidance (2022) Earl's Court/West Kensington is identified in the Mayor’s London Plan as an Opportunity Area (OA) with potential for 6,500 new homes and 5,000 new jobs by 20412. The OA was designated 2011 and is part of the Heathrow/Elizabeth Line West Growth Corridor. The London Plan is the statutory Spatial Development Strategy for London. As the overall strategic plan for London, it sets out an integrated economic, environmental, transport and social framework for the development of London over the next 20-25 years. Figures are based on London Plan evidence. Homes figures are based on 2017 Strategic Housing Land Availability Assessment (SHLAA, 2017) for the period 2019 – 2041. Jobs figures are based on London Employment Sites Database (LESD, 2017) for the period 2016 – 2041.

Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (RBKC)

•

The Earl’s Court Development lies within the Fulham Regeneration Area and the LBHF Local Plan states that development proposals within this area should contribute to the provision of 7,000 homes and 9,000 jobs Strategic Site Policy FRA 01 in the LBHF Local Plan states that development proposals should provide a mix of land uses, and provide improvement to the West Kensington, Gibbs Green and Registered Provider estates, including the potential for renewal and additions

• RBKC Local Plan Reg 19 (2022) (Referred to as LP) • Earl’s Court Opportunity Area Placemaking framework (2023) (Referred to as PF) •

•

Priority 2: Exemplar of environmental sustainability in the Placemaking Framework identified the reuse of existing structures as an opportunity to reduce the carbon impact of the development through the reuse of structure and to maximise greening opportunities Policy CA4 of the RBKC Local Plan states that the Council allocates the development of Earl’s Court Exhibition Centre to deliver a minimum of 900 (C3) homes within the Royal Borough and a minimum of 10,000 m2 of office floor space

Environmental Well-being

Beyond Net Zero

• Reducing GHG in line with ‘Energy Hierarchy’ (LP SI3) • All new developments to be net zero-carbon. (LP SI2) • Minimum on-Site reduction of at least 35% beyond Building Regulations Part L 2021 baseline (or 50% for major residential developments), with 15% reduction for residential Sites and 10% for commercial Sites achieved through energy efficiency measures onSite. (LP SI2, Energy Assessment Guidance 2022) • Offset payment at a rate £95 /tCO /yr with equals £2,850/tCO (accounting for 30yrs upfront) to be used to offset reduction to 100% beyond Building Regulations Part L baseline not achieved on-Site (LP SI2)

• Implement energy conservation measures by implementing the London Plan sustainable energy policies and meeting the associated carbon dioxide (CO2) reduction targets. (LP CC1) • On Site renewable generation (LP CC1) • Energy Assessments required for all major development. • Achieve a minimum 35% reduction in CO2 emissions through onSite measures compared to the 2021 Building Regulation baseline (CC SPD 2023) • Balance the EUI for the Site or achieve 120 kWh/m2/yr of renewable energy generation (CC SPD 2023)

• Reduce energy demand in-line with the London Plan energy hierarchy (LP GB4) • Major development must be net zero carbon and as a minimum meet requirement set out by GLA - Energy Assessment Guidance (June 2022) (LP GB4) • The Council will use the offset price of £95 per tonne of carbon dioxide for a period of 30 years in the London Plan 2021 (LP GB4) • BREEAM Very good (>60%) for unweighted credits (Ene, Wat, Mat) • WLC assessment required (LP GB3)

Chapter 4.0 - Planning Policy Context EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Table 7: Policy summary. Authority

Greater London Authority

London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (LBHF)

Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (RBKC)

• Implementation of sustainable design and construction measures – London Plan sustainable design and construction policies (LP CC2, GB19, GB1) • Continued use of Smuggler’s way facility (LP CC6) • On-Site energy recovery (LP CC7) •

• Major developments must follow Circular Economy principles and aim to be net zero-waste. A Circular Economy statement meeting the requirements of the London Plan must be submitted (LP GB2) • Minimise the impact of buildings upon the environment, including their embodied and operational carbon footprint, in line with the principles of circular economy (PF 2.1a) • Overall waste management strategy should include the construction phase and should be in line with best practise (PF 2.2b)

• WLC assessment required and show comparison to benchmarks (LP SI2, WLC Assessment guidance 2022)

Circular Resource Use

• Ensure that there is zero biodegradable or recyclable waste to landfill by 2026 (LP SI 07) • Meet or exceed the municipal waste recycling target of 65% by 2030 (LP SI 07) • Meet or exceed the targets for each of the following waste and material streams (LP SI 07): • Construction and demolition 95% reuse/recycling/recovery. • Excavation – 95% beneficial use • Produce a Circular Economy statement in line with guidance, considering existing buildings and new developments (LP SI 07) • Aim for at least 20% recycled or reused content by value for the new buildings (Circular Economy guidance 2022)

Chapter 4.0 - Planning Policy Context EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

4.2

Greater London Authority WLC & CE Requirements

The new London Plan came into effect on 2 March 2021. It mandates Whole Life Carbon Assessments in a bid to meet net zero carbon commitments for referrable applications (150 residential units, buildings over 30m in height or commercial buildings over 2,500sqm). The GLA defines WLC as including operational carbon (heating, lighting and appliances), as well as embodied carbon from manufacture, maintenance and end-of-life. The Mayor of London’s (Greater London Authority, GLA) ‘Whole Life-Cycle Carbon Assessment Guidance (March 2022) follows EN 15978 (the European standard for measuring building performance) and the 2017 RICS (Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors) Professional Statement: Whole life carbon assessment for the built environment (which has also been adopted by RIBA, the Royal Institute of British Architects). The GLA sets WLC principles which have been adopted to inform how the Proposed Development’s considers WLC. These principles are referred to throughout the document demonstrating how consideration on each key principle have been made.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

4.3

Policy SI7: Reducing Waste and Supporting the Circular Economy

“A. Resource conservation, waste reduction, increases in material re-use and recycling, and reductions in waste going for disposal will be achieved by the Mayor, waste planning authorities and industry working in collaboration to: 1. Promote a more Circular Economy that improves resource efficiency and innovation to keep products and materials at their highest use for as long as possible. 2. Encourage waste minimisation and waste prevention through the reuse of materials and using fewer resources in the production and distribution of products. 3. Ensure that there is zero biodegradable or recyclable waste to landfill by 2026. 4. Meet or exceed the municipal waste recycling target of 65 per cent by 2030. 5. Meet or exceed the targets for each of the following waste and material streams: a. Construction and demolition – 95 per cent. b. Excavation – 95 per cent beneficial use. 6. Design developments with adequate, flexible, and easily accessible storage space and collection systems that support, as a minimum, the separate collection of dry recyclables (at least card, paper, mixed plastics, metals, glass) and food.

The WLC benchmarks should be used as a guide by all applicants. The benchmarks provide a range rather than a set value and are broken down into building components. Projects with higher WLC emissions than the benchmarks should carefully examine how they can reduce WLC emissions. Similarly, the Circular Economy assessment is based on GLA’s published guidance document “London Plan Guidance – Circular Economy Statements (March 2022)” which describes what Circular Economy Statements should include.

B. Referable applications should promote Circular Economy outcomes and aim to be net zero-waste. A Circular Economy Statement should be submitted, to demonstrate: 1. How all materials arising from demolition and remediation works will be re-used and/or recycled 2. How the proposal’s design and construction will reduce material demands and enable building materials, components and products to be disassembled and re-used at the end of their useful life 3. Opportunities for managing as much waste as possible on-Site. 4. Adequate and easily accessible storage space and collection systems to support recycling and re-use. 5. How much waste the proposal is expected to generate, and how and where the waste will be managed in accordance with the waste hierarchy. 6. How performance will be monitored and reported.

The GLA Circular Economy Statement Guidance identifies six principles that should be a fundamental part of the building design process:

C. Development Plans that apply Circular Economy principles and set local lower thresholds for the application of Circular Economy Statements for development proposals are supported.”

1. Building in layers, which ensures that different parts of the building are accessible and can be maintained and replaced where necessary

4.4

2. Designing out waste, which ensures that waste reduction is planned in from project inception to completion, including consideration of standardised components, modular build, and reuse of secondary products and materials 3. Designing for longevity

The Circular Economy Design Principles are also referenced in the “Policy D1 London’s form and characteristics”. “13) aim for high sustainability standards (with reference to the policies within London Plan Chapters 8 and 9) and take into account the principles of the Circular Economy .

4. Designing for adaptability or flexibility

4.5

Whilst the GLA does not provide specific targets for WLC, it provides “benchmarks” based on previous project assessments and have been cross referenced with data provided by WLC tools including OneClick LCA.

Policy D1: London’s Form and Characteristics

RBKC Policy CO7: Strategic Objective for Respecting Environmental Limits

5. Designing for disassembly 6. Using systems, elements or materials that can be reused and recycled. The GLA requires Circular Economy statements to be submitted for pre-application (where relevant), planning application submission (for both outline and detailed), and post construction (generally no more than three months post-construction). The minimum submission requirements for the different stages can be seen in section 6.6 of this document. The GLA document lays out the different elements of Circular Economy statements that should be incorporated, including the targets, design approaches and principals, audits, bill of materials, operational waste management plan and recycling and waste reporting. The following sets out the policies relating to Circular Economy as laid out in the London Plan:

Our strategic objective to respect environmental limits is to contribute to the mitigation of, and adaptation to, climate change; significantly reduce carbon dioxide emissions; maintain low and further reduce car use; carefully manage flood risk and waste; protect and attract biodiversity; improve air quality; and reduce and control noise within the borough. 4.6

RBKC Policy CE1: Climate Change

The Council recognises the Government’s targets to reduce national carbon dioxide emissions by 34 percent against 1990 levels by 202 in order to meet an 80 percent reduction by 2050 and will require development to make a significant contribution towards this target.

Chapter 4.0 - Planning Policy Context EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

To deliver this the Council will: a.

Require an assessment to demonstrate that major residential development meets the carbon reduction requirements set out in the London Plan.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

4.8

Pre-Application Meeting 2

Require an assessment to demonstrate that non-residential development of 1,000 sqm or more meets BREEAM Very Good with 60 percent of the unweighted credits available in energy, water or materials sections and conversions and refurbishments of 1,000 sqm or more non-residential development achieve BREEAM Very Good rating.

The second pre-application meeting was held on 21st February 2024 and took the form of a presentation by the Applicant, Hawkins Brown and Hoare Lea to representatives of RBKC, LBHF and the GLA. The intent was to outline analysis and update officers on the approach that had been undertaken since the previous pre-app meeting. Note was produced and included in the pack, which outlined the building considerations tables in section 6.0 of this report.

Require that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions are reduced in accordance with the following hierarchy:

These were:

Energy efficient building design, construction and materials, including the use of passive design, natural heating and natural ventilations.

ii.

Provision of on-Site renewables and low-carbon energy sources.

iii.

Decentralised heating, colling and energy supply, through Combined Cooling Heat and Power (CCHP) or similar, while ensuring that heating and energy production does not result in unacceptable levels of local air pollution in particular on-Site allocations such as Kensal, Wornington Green, and Earl’s Court.

—

Discussion around carbon budget approach for outline plots, as a frame of reference for the application

—

Updates to the buildings and infrastructure groupings

—

Presentation of the GLA decision trees for each grouping

—

The proposed Site audits to be undertaken and the design scenarios modelled

— The feedback received was:

Require all CCHP plant or similar to connect to, or be able to connect to, other existing or planned CCHP plant or similar to form a district heat and energy network.

—

the officers generally did not disagree with the approach taken and would need to see further detail, include in this report, to understand concepts and outcomes fully.

Require development to connect into any existing district heat and energy network, where the necessary service or utility infrastructure is accessible to that development.

—

Consider the 75% municipal waste recycling target in addition to the residential target 65%.

Require development to incorporate measures that will contribute to on-Site sustainable food production commensurate with the scale of development.

—

Encourage innovation, and maximise the economic and environmental value of materials

—

Ensure a pre-demolition audit (for any areas of hardstanding) is undertaken by independent and thirdparty experts.

Pre-Application Engagement Two pre-application meetings have been held with RBKC, LBHF and GLA on 13th September 2023 and 21st February 2024. At both meetings, the Applicant, Hoare Lea and members of the Design Team were present. 4.7

Pre-Application Meeting 1

The first pre-application meeting was held on 13th September 2023 and took the form of a presentation by the Applicant and Hoare Lea to representatives of RBKC, LBHF and the GLA. The presentation consisted of an overview of the developing Circular economy and Whole life carbon approach. The intent was to introduce the design concepts and aspirations for the proposals. These were: —

Whole life carbon and waste targets

—

New build circular economy approaches and principles that would be applied

—

Scope of pre-redevelopment/pre-demo audits

—

Principles for retention and demolition with building/structure categorisation

The feedback received was as follows: —

General agreement with approaches

—

Grouping and categorising of key buildings were not challenged

—

An example Circular Economy statement was provided, Greys Inn Road, for reference

Chapter 4.0 - Planning Policy Context EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

WLC Industry Guidance and Benchmarks 4.9

RICS Whole Life Carbon

The Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) Professional Statement: Whole Life Carbon Assessment (WLC) for the Built Environment, released in 2017, seeks to standardise WLC assessment and enhance consistency in outputs by providing guidance on implementing the broad appraisal methodology set out in EN 15978: Sustainability of Construction Works. The Greater London Authority have adopted the RICS WLC methodology in their guidance methodology for Whole Life Carbon assessment of referable planning applications. Revision 2 of the WLC guidance produced by RICS has been published for adoption in July 2024. The Plot assessments presented in this Site wide statement for planning follow RICS Professional Statement Version 1 to align with the approved GLA methodology. 4.10

Industry Targets

Industry standards have been produced by LETI, RIBA and the GLA, each providing targets/benchmarks for embodied carbon. At present the use type categories covered by industry targets are relatively limited, which means there aren’t specific targets for theatre or hotel use classifications. —

LETI targets relate to upfront carbon, i.e., building life cycle modules A1-A5.

—

RIBA targets are the full building life cycle, i.e., building life cycle embodied carbon modules A1-A5, B1B5, C1-C4.

—

LETI targets related to the year of design.

—

RIBA targets are performance based and so relate to the years the buildings are completed.

Figure 13 provides a comparison of embodied carbon targets from LETI, RIBA and the GLA:

Figure 13: Embodied carbon targets for residences from LETI, RIBA & GLA (Source: RIBA Climate Challenge 2020 v2, LETI embodied carbon primer; GLA Whole Life Carbon Guidance 2021).

Figure 14: RICS Professional Standard, version two, November 2023.

Chapter 4.0 - Planning Policy Context EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

4.11

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

LETI Embodied Carbon Target Alignment

LETI have recently launched upfront and embodied carbon guidance that sought to align the various embodied carbon targets suggested by LETI and RIBA. Key points: —

Current average buildings performance equates to an ‘E’ rating.

—

Current good building design is equivalent to a ‘C’ rating (LETI 2020 target).

—

LETI 2030 design target achieves an ‘A’ rating.

—

A rating of ‘B’ and above is considered a robust stretch target.

The RIBA 2030 Climate Challenge built performance achieves a ‘B’ rating, this is with practical completion in 2030 with design being earlier. Figure 15 shows, based on the LETI design targets and the RIBA 2030 built target, the equivalent letter banding. The image to the right is a potential scorecard for buildings showing the upfront and whole life embodied carbon reporting separately. Figure 16 provides a summary of the proposed letter bandings by LETI for both upfront carbon only and embodied carbon. Both LETI design targets and RIBA as built targets are shown.

Figure 15: LETI targets and letter bandings (left). LETI potential badge ratings reporting upfront and embodied carbon separately (right). (Source: LETI Embodied Carbon Alignment)

Figure 16: LETI letter banding for different typologies (Source: LETI Embodied Carbon Alignment).

Chapter 5.0 - Circular Economy – Topic overview EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

5.0 Circular Economy – Topic overview The London Plan Policy 2021 SI 7 and the GLA’s guidance on circular economy has resulted in an increasing number of audits and studies required for the retention and demolition appraisal of each building/structure. The scope diagram shown in Figure 17 has been developed to outline the role of different assessments within the wider context of a circular economy strategy document. The diagram has been developed from the GLA guidance documents, and preapplication discussions with planning officers. The figure shows that the Circular Economy Strategy document provides the overarching aims for circular economy for the planning submission document. This covers Site strategies, for retention and demolition, new build design approaches as well as waste management.

Existing Buildings 5.1

Scope of Circular Economy Review

Complexity is increased when considering existing buildings, where additional studies have been undertaken. These are broken down into two groups; Pre-development audits and Pre-demolition audits. 5.2

Pre-Development and Pre-Demolition Audits

The aim of the pre-redevelopment audits is to understand the technical feasibility of building retention. Development options have been considered to demonstrate a wide breadth of scenarios designed/modelled to ensure adequate consideration has been given to the Proposed Development option. A pre-demolition audit has been undertaken for major buildings/structures that are proposed for demolition through the planning application. Pre-demolitions audits undertaken have included within the appendices of this document. These will need to be reviewed at RMA stage as all buildings for demolition Site within the outline application component.

Figure 17: Summary of Circular Economy Statement. This document (Circular Economy Strategy document) provides the following:

—

Site wide considerations of suitability of building for the Site requirements on a building-by-building basis.

—

For building that are potential feasible for retention, outcomes of the scenario modelling (full report appended).

—

Whole life carbon scenarios for each of the key buildings from scenario modelling.

—

Outcomes of pre-demolition audits (full reports appended).

—

Proposed material arising and on-Site reuse estimated from any demolition for Early and All Phases.

Chapter 5.0 - Circular Economy – Topic overview EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

New Development 5.3

Circular Economy Principles

The following details the Circular Economy opportunities identified for the Earls Court Development, as explored through the application of nine Circular Economy principles. These principles follow the Waste Hierarchy. There are three main Circular Economy principles:

—

Principle 1 – Conserve resources and source sustainably.

—

Principle 2 – Design to eliminate waste (and for ease of maintenance).

—

Principle 3 – Manage waste sustainably and at the highest value.

Further details can be seen in Section 9, 10 and 14 respectively. 5.4

Industry Principles

The UK Green Building Council (UKGBC) have developed guidance on the Circular Economy principles for construction. 1.

Maximise Reuse. a. Reuse the existing asset. b. Recover materials and products on-Site or from another Site. c. Share materials or products onwards for reuse.

Design for optimisation. a. Longevity. b. Flexibility. c. Adaptability. d. Assembly, disassembly and recoverability.

Use standardisation.

Product as a service.

Minimise impact and waste. a. Use low impact new materials. b. Use recycled content or secondary materials. c. Design out waste. d. Reduce construction impacts.

Figure 18: Circular Economy model, compared to linear and recycling economics, London Plan Guidance, Circular Economy Statements, March 2022. The diagram above compares the Circular Economy model to the linear and recycling economics. The overarching principles of Circular Economy Considerations around resource efficiency, material circularity and ethical sourcing will be considered within the overarching sustainability strategy from the early stages.

Chapter 5.0 - Circular Economy – Topic overview EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Outline and Detailed Components The GLA guidance outlines that all building elements should be included in the CE statement. Less information will be available for outline planning applications and information may be high-level, with gaps (for example, specific materials and products may not be known). However, it is expected that information on certain materials will be available at outline stage, for example, based on experience from previous schemes, and to estimate costs. Applicants are expected to provide as much information as possible to ensure CE principles and targets are embedded early in the design process. Particularly important to include at outline stage are building layers or elements (see section 11.0 and Appendix M) that are likely to be decided early on (for example Site, structure and skin/shell) and which have the longest lifespans or will be changed less frequently. Applications for reserved matters should review and address the information provided at outline stage and update any default values used as far as possible. Figure 19 details the minimum requirements the GLA expects to see at different stages of submission (following on to the next page).

Figure 19: Submission requirements at different stages.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

6.0 Existing Buildings – Site-Wide 6.1

Circular Economy Strategic Approach

Circular Economy considerations have formed a key part of the preparation of the Sustainability Strategy for the Earls Court development. It is recognised that in order to implement Circular Economy principles most effectively, it is helpful to explore strategic opportunities as early in the development process as possible.

Focus at this stage

A series of sustainability-focused workshops have been held in collaboration with The Applicant and its project team to develop a holistic and consistent sustainability approach for the development of the Earls Court Site (‘the Site’). Alongside this, the GLA and local authorities require that demolition is proposed only when the technical feasibility of retention, or options for retention, have been explored and ruled out, having regard to technical considerations and the requirements for the Site. An approach for the Site was proposed to the planning officers and agreed through the two pre-app meeting across 2023 and 204. See section 4.0 for details. 6.2

Circular Economy Design Approach – Decision Tree

For new planning applications, a decision tree is provided in the Mayor of London’s London Plan Guidance on producing Circular Economy Statements (March 2022). This states that the decision tree should be followed to inform the design process for the Earls Court Development from the outset. It should be informed by preredevelopment and pre-demolition audits where necessary. The decision tree below shows the process that Design Teams are expected to undertake, and the expected outcome of the audits reviews (annotation below shows the ‘Focus at this stage’ of the Earls Court Development, which relates to the planning application stage of the Proposed Development). To inform the preparation of the Earls Court Development, in line with the Site designation and requirements for the Site as outlined in this note, several buildings across the Site are identified for full or partial demolition. The first two steps regarding retention, retrofit or refurbishment have been considered, these are swapped in terms of order for the purposes of this statement from that set out in the Decision Tree above so that Part 1 provides context in relation to the requirements for the Site, then Part 2 considers the technical feasibility for retention and reasons for proposed demolition, where relevant: —

Is the existing building, or parts of the building, suited for the requirements of the Site? ‒

—

Part One – Requirements for the Site.

Is it Technically feasible to retain the buildings in whole or in part? ‒

Part Two – Technical feasibility strategic review.

The requirements of the Site were considered before the feasibility of retention due to the scale of the Earls Court Development. This is because it is deemed that even if a building is not deemed suitable for the Site requirements, then technical feasibility of retention is not as relevant. To reduce the number of buildings/structures considered at the outline stage of this application, this order has been chosen. This slightly deviating from the current flow diagram, however does not meaningfully change the outcome. For ease at this stage, buildings and infrastructure across the Site have been grouped into categories, based on the outcomes of the decision tree process.

Figure 20: GLA Decision tree for design approaches for existing structures/buildings, London Plan Guidance, Circular Economy Statements, March 2022. Where the Earls Court Development requirements and the decision tree align (e.g. where a building or structure is proposed to be retained), limited further action at this stage is proposed. Whereas for elements that are technically feasible to retain built would not suit the requirements of the Site, then further option scenarios are being explored. Only these elements have been prioritised for further investigation at this stage, i.e. prior to planning submission in June 2024. For each category of building, stated in the Building Retention Strategy Plan (Appendix A), a decision tree has been completed in line with GLA guidance.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Part One – Requirements for the Site The Applicant has followed the GLA Decision Tree for design approaches for existing structures / buildings. The following key question has formed a central role in The Applicant’s approach to building retention or demolition due to its importance to Local Planning Authority (LPA) assessment and decision making in relation to structures / buildings proposed for demolition: “is the existing building, or parts of the building, suited to the requirements for the Site?” The first step for considering this question in the context of the Site is to identify the strategic requirements for it. Taking the London Plan and Local Plan policies for the Site within either borough when considered as a whole, the requirements for the Site include the following: 6.3

London Plan

—

The Site forms part of the Earls Court and West Kensington Opportunity Area (‘ECWKOA’) designation in the 2021 London Plan, which is identified to deliver an indicative 6,500 homes and 5,000 job (London Plan Table 2.1).

—

Opportunity Areas are identified in the London Plan as “significant locations… with development capacity to accommodate new housing and commercial development”.

—

London Plan Policy GG2 directs development to make the best use of land, which includes enabling development of brownfield land, particularly in Opportunity Areas, and intensify the use of land to support additional homes and workspaces. Policy SD1 also emphases the importance of Opportunity Areas realising their growth and regeneration potential and supports bringing together the range of investment and intervention needed to deliver the vision and ambition for the area.

—

The optimised development of Opportunity Areas is of strategic importance in delivering against key policy objectives for regeneration and good growth to boost the supply of housing and employment creation.

At a borough level, the Site is also allocated for redevelopment in RBKC and LBHF Local Plans to deliver new homes, generate employment and deliver significant public realm improvements. There is no reference within either Site allocation, or the Site’s Opportunity Area designation, that refers to the value or importance of retaining any of the existing buildings on the Site. It is clear from their intent in relation to the delivery of significant amounts of new development that the redevelopment of the existing Site envisages the replacement of existing buildings. In terms of borough-specific requirements for the Site, Local Plan allocations identify the following: 6.4

RBKC Draft Local Plan

Draft Local Plan Policy SA2 supports the residential led mixed use redevelopment of the Site, which delivers a minimum of 1,050 new homes and 40,000 sqm of non-residential floorspace, including a series of interlinked green spaces and a new public park.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

6.5

LBHF Local Plan

Policy FRA1 states that the mixed use redevelopment of the ECWKOA should provide a mix of land uses, including housing [7,500 indicative new homes across the Opportunity Area], employment [9,000 indicative new jobs] and associated facilities, along with infrastructure improvements and green corridors, public open spaces and a central park to create a new sense of place and range of density in recognition of the substantial scope offered by the scale and location of the Opportunity Area. Supporting text to Policy FRA1 also notes the adverse impact the Lillie Bridge Depot (‘LBD’) has on the neighbouring estate land and supports the redevelopment of the Opportunity Area to deliver new homes and jobs, improve permeability and provide new connections. It is against this strategic policy context and taking account of other planning policies and GLA Circular Economy guidance, that The Applicant has approached its strategy and assessment of options for retention and demolition of existing buildings and structures as part of the redevelopment of the Site. The Applicant has developed a set of development and design parameters, and a demolition and retention strategy, through an extensive design and landscape-led pre-application process that has considered retention of existing building and structures in arriving at an optimised redevelopment of the Site that delivers against the above strategic requirements. If comparing that against a scenario where assets that are proposed to be demolished are retained, these objectives would not otherwise be met. The retention of existing buildings / structures has been considered prior to proposing demolition, and where demolition is proposed, this is either because retention is not feasible (e.g. because the building has reached the end of its useable life) or, in some cases, retention may be technically possible, but would not be suited to the requirements of the Site as it would restrict the ability of the Proposed Development to deliver against strategic objectives. Part 2 below considers each existing building and structure on the Site, having regard to the GLA Decision Tree process, and where demolition is proposed, provides reasons based on technical considerations and planning and public benefits associated with its replacement. Summaries of design options explored during this process are referred to in the table below, with further details provided in the Design Options Report enclosed in Appendix B – Existing Buildings Design Scenarios.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Part Two – Technical feasibility: strategic review The Outline Components of the Site include buildings and structures which are proposed to be demolished but may be technically feasible to retain. The Hybrid Applications seek permission for their demolition, having regard to the justification set out in this document and the requirements of the Site referred to above, but flexibility is also sought to allow for applications for Reserved Matters Approval (RMAs) to also cover the detailed feasibility of applicable buildings and structures at that stage when the details of the redevelopment of different parts of the Outline Components are confirmed. Existing buildings and structures have been reviewed for their feasibility of retention prior to the submission of the Hybrid Applications, in line with relevant planning policy and guidance. The buildings reviewed in most detail are those that will affect key masterplanning and placemaking considerations, as well as development quantum relevant to the delivery of new homes and employment that help to achieve the strategic requirements for the Site. This process includes in-person audits focussed on the buildings outlined in Table 8. This process and outcomes of the table were agreed with planning officers through a series of preapplication meetings, as well as issue of separate topic specific notes through the pre-application process. Pre-Development and Pre-Demolition Audits have been undertaken together and considering both options, i.e. retention or demolition. These can be seen in Appendices D-M – Pre-Demolition Audits. The outputs from these audits help form part of the planning applications. Outline Component Pre-Development Audits assess technical feasibility against design options identified in the enclosed Design Options Report. The Applicant is committed to reviewing the audits again at the time of relevant RMA applications. This is because the following considerations could change the technical feasibility of retention during the lifetime of the development: 1. Building condition at the time. a. Some parts of the Proposed Development could come forward more than 20 years after the grant of planning permission for the Hybrid Applications. 2. Development in methods of construction / demolition. a. Which may result in buildings be able to be retained, or b. Materials more readily reused. 3. Change to the current Circular Economy within London contractors and market. a. Ability for sharing of materials across London between developments. 4. Masterplan context at the time. a. Which types of use classes are needed in certain plots. It is proposed that the assets identified in this document and on the Demolition Parameter Plan are demolished, with the potential for partial retention as marked on the Parameter Plan and mentioned in the following section. Feasibility of retention and material reuse will be the subject of future applications for RMA for each Plot initially applied for in outline.

Figure 21: Proposed Earls Court Development – Empress Place.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Retention and Demolition Plan 6.6

Retention Categories

The building retention strategy plan has been produced by HBSEW through detailed discussions with the Design Team, landowner and building occupiers (i.e. TFL) and pre-application engagement with RBKC, LBHF and GLA officers. See the Demolition Parameter Plan (Ref: ECD-SW-ZZ-HBS-07-XX-DR-A102202-DemolitionPlan) for the diagram submitted for approval. This differs to diagram shown here, as the diagram included here also features retained elements and is used for categorising building for review in this document. The retention and demolition plan provides further detail to the Demolition Parameter Plan in relation to the considerations for each building and structure. Each existing building or structure on-Site has been categorised into one of the following four categories: Buildings/Structures to be retained. Buildings/Structures to be partially retained. Buildings/Structures to be demolished (low value). Buildings/Structures requiring additional assessments understand feasibility/condition. Categories have been provided to simplify the approach and ensure the team and officers focus on the most meaningful buildings on-Site. Each category then has a corresponding sequence of actions to complete. These actions are determined by the 'design approach', as corroborated by the GLA decision tree. As seen, there are four buildings or groups of buildings that have been identified as requiring additional assessments, which are outlined in this document. The scope of these assessment and the building/structure groupings were agreed with planning officers through the pre-application process: 01 – Ashfield House. 02 – 9 Beaumont Avenue. 03 – 1 Cluny Mews. 04 – Empress Place / Lillie Road Properties. These are covered in more detail in Section 7.0. Figure 22: Retention and demolition.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Circular Economy Design Approach – Decision Trees This section outlines the grouping based on the GLA flow diagram. The groupings and buildings categorised into each group have been developed by the applicant with technical input from the Design Team, Architect, Structural Engineer and Sustainability Consultant. Legal advice and planning considerations have been provided by the planning consultant and lawyers. The four groupings have been set to align with the flow diagram outcomes.

6.8

Category 2: Buildings / Structures to be Partially Retained

Category includes WLL Deck, Exist 3 Earls Court Station, TFL train Sidings, Empress Place. Buildings/ Structures to be partially retained.

The buildings/structures that have been allocated to each group also have been listed. A breakdown of the considerations which have informed the decision making on technical feasibility of retention, and requirements for the Site is provided in Table 8: Existing building and structures summary table and audit proposals, in the following section of this report. 6.7

Category 1: Buildings / Structures to be Retained

Category includes North End Road Shops, West Kensington Operations Building, Warwick Apron, West Brompton Apron. Buildings/ Structures to be retained.

Figure 24: Buildings/structure to be partially retained.

Figure 23: Buildings/Structures to be retained.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

6.9

Category 3: Buildings / Structures to be Demolished

Category includes TFL Maintenance Sheds, TFL Buildings, Existing Brompton Concourse, West Brompton Podium, community hub.

Buildings/ Structures to be demolished.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

6.10

Category 4: Buildings / Structures Requiring Additional Assessments

Category includes Ashfield House, 1 Cluny Mews, 9 Beaumont Avenue, Project Rooms

Buildings/ Structures which additional assessments have been undertaken. Audits needed to show this is not the case

Figure 26: Buildings/structures requiring additional assessments. Figure 25: Buildings/structures to be demolished.

Pre-development and Pre-demolition audits have been undertaken in line with the detailed outlined in 5.2 PreDevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audits.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Existing Building and Structure Assessment Table Table 8 outlines each of the existing buildings and structure on the Site, along with a qualitative judgment of technical feasibility and Site suitability. It also outlines benefits of a demolition scenario for each element, where relevant and concluded as the proposed approach following consideration of options for full or partial retention, and the resulting audits that have been undertaken. The existing buildings and structures across the Site sit within the Outline Components of the Earls Court Development. As such a high-level approach has been taken at this stage to consider actions to be taken in line with GLA guidance. As discussed in Part 1, technical feasibility and Site suitability is a qualitative judgement, based on design and the Applicant’s Site knowledge and project team input. Conclusions have been confirmed and details also included from the physical Site audits, undertaken by building surveyors and pre-demolition auditors. Table 8: Existing building and structures summary table and audit proposals

Outcome to action

The form, appearance and location of the existing building is not suited to requirements for the Site. See Appendix B – Existing Buildings Design Scenarios for further details.

Buildings/ Structures requiring

Options analysis, Pre-development

additional assessments

and Pre-demolition audits have been

facilitate development)

Ashfield House

Large building which is currently in use / operational Built in the 1990s

Medium

Low

Large quantity of carbon locked into materials from

Its removal allows for redevelopment of this part of the Site and for a larger office Plot in this location, delivering greater GIA (Gross Internal Area) for workspace and employment-generating uses and contribution to a cohesive public realm strategy.

construction Existing structure has

Removal of Ashfield House would benefit the local townscape and create an opportunity to align with views along Mornington Avenue.

potential for part demolition and form part of new Plot

Summary conclusions

Reasons for / Benefits of Demolition

The design of a new building in this location can prioritise connectivity, inclusive access, active frontages and quality architecture in meeting BCO (British Council of Offices), IEQ (Indoor Environmental Quality) and best practice standards, creating a workspace for the future, and attracting market interest, while delivering additional workspace and employment for LBHF. Development of this part of the Site enables a balanced distribution of Plots and massing to optimise employment-generating floorspace and / or new homes, as well as high quality frontages and activation within a resolved masterplan, Plot and public realm structure. If kept in part, there is complexity of aligning the new and retained elements, compromising the quality and efficiency of floorspace created. Full demolition would allow for much simpler construction and efficient replacement.

Pre-demolition audit

(and still

Suitability for the Site requirements?

Pre-redevelopment audit

Ref.

Feasibility for Retention (GLA Decision Tree considerations)

Reports / Audits required Scenario modelling report

Element (Building / Structure)

Technical feasibility of retention?

undertaken prior to application submission. This will need to be re-reviewed at

✓ ✓ ✓ RMA stage.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Suitability for the Site requirements?

Reasons for / Benefits of Demolition

Outcome to action

facilitate development)

TFL Train Sidings

One of the few existing structures with any

(Tramshed / Train stabling)

architectural value onSite

Medium / High

Medium

Proposal includes potential for partial retention of existing building (subject to future building surveys) to incorporate it into the wider redevelopment of the Site.

Summary conclusions

Buildings/ Structures to be

Pre-redevelopment audit to be

partially retained

undertaken at RMA to understand the

Building to be retained, altered and extended (if confirmed to be feasible following future building surveys) to deliver new Ground Floor cultural, retail and food and beverage uses with new homes or student accommodation above.

Alternative proposals would retain the same

Pre-demolition audit

(and still

Reports / Audits required Pre-redevelopment audit

Feasibility for Retention (GLA Decision Tree considerations)

Technical feasibility of retention?

Scenario modelling report

Element (Building / Structure)

Ref.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

✓

footprint in the Proposed Development framework

best methods to integrate the existing and new buildings and consider design techniques to maximise material reuse.

TFL

Limited to none due to

Maintenance sheds

age and state of existing buildings.

Low

Very Low

The retention of the existing buildings and structures would prevent redevelopment and constrain capacity for new development to deliver against strategic targets.

(Operations

workshop, points & crossing workshop,

Pre-demolition

Structures to be demolished

audit to be undertaken at RMA stage, to understand material that could be reused on-Site, which could ✓ some be recycled off-Site and some which is hazardous and

TFL plans to move existing services to other locations in its network.

machine shops, pant services,

arge quantum of public realm, residential and non-residential land uses could be developed in this location.

TDU Office, holding areas,

Connectivity through the Site would be improved significantly in all directions with the redevelopment of the existing buildings and structures.

Site services) Empress Place and Shop fronts

Buildings/

Existing buildings and structures are at, or close, to, the end of their useable lives and require replacement. Asbestos and damp (water ingress issues) present.No architectural value in existing buildings, which would detract from public realm and development aesthetic if retained. Townscape, placemaking and public realm improvements will result from their replacement.

buildings, carpenters'

The form, quality and location of existing buildings are not suited to requirements for the Site.

Potential to maintain the street front aesthetic (subject to further surveys prior to and during any future works) The Prince of Wales pub

Medium

Low

There may be some architectural interest in retaining existing frontages, where possible. However, existing building footprints and configuration are not suited to the requirements for the Site. Demolition of buildings fronting Lillie Road to the east of Empress Place will make pavement widening possible, improving pedestrian safety and the quality of the public realm.

has previously been designated an 'Asset of

Many of the existing buildings are in poor condition and in need of full refurbishment.

Community Value'.

Extensions over the years are not consistent and in keeping with the original form of Empress Place buildings, therefore architectural value has been eroded. Removal of existing buildings / floorspace will facilitate potential for delivery of a significant amount of more efficient employment generating floorspace, which will include attractive and active frontages onto the surrounding area.

cannot be recycled.

Buildings/ Structures requiring

Options analysis, Pre-development

additional assessments

and Pre-demolition audits have been undertaken prior to application

✓ ✓ ✓ submission.

This will need to be re-reviewed at RMA stage.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Suitability for the Site requirements?

Outcome to action

The form, appearance and location of the existing building is not suited to requirements for the Site. See Appendix B – Existing Buildings Design Scenarios for further details.

Buildings/ Structures requiring

Options analysis, Pre-development

additional assessments

and Pre-demolition audits have been

facilitate development)

Project Rooms

Currently a functioning office

Medium

Low

Potential to integrate into Plot massing (subject to

Redevelopment would facilitate new and improved bus layover and staff welfare facilities.

further design and Project rooms does have

undertaken prior to application

Wider connection potential from bus layover to Empress Place which could provide more taxi drop off / pick up.

architectural / historical value to Site

✓ ✓ ✓ submission.

Removal of existing building / floorspace will facilitate delivery of significant amount of more efficient employment generating floorspace above.

More taxi laybys (from the project room

Summary conclusions

Reasons for / Benefits of Demolition

Pre-demolition audit

(and still

Reports / Audits required Pre-redevelopment audit

Feasibility for Retention (GLA Decision Tree considerations)

Technical feasibility of retention?

Scenario modelling report

Element (Building / Structure)

Ref.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

This will need to be re-reviewed at

demolition) can be achieved by moving the

RMA stage.

adjacent Plot further north 6

Existing Eardley

Existing structure has

Crescent Concourse

locked in embodied carbon from materials (as

Medium

Low

The form, appearance and location of the existing structure is not suited to requirements for the Site. Demolition approved and commenced but not completed under 2013 planning permission.

concrete) Structure could have

Buildings/

Pre-demolition

Structures to be demolished

audit to be undertaken at Plot RMA stage, as may include a large

✓ volume of material

Redevelopment enables delivery new homes and areas of public realm as part of comprehensive redevelopment of the Site. If retained, levels across this part of Site would be prohibitive to redevelopment.

potential to hold low rise buildings proposed on

that could be

this part of Site

Existing Piled

No discernible public

Foundations

benefit of demolition Some piles could be reused for new development if locations and building loads allow Costly to remove for limited benefit

reused on-Site.

High

Medium

N/A – proposed to be retained.

Buildings/

No further actions,

Structures to be retained

plots to consider if any existing foundations can be reused.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Suitability for the Site requirements?

Reasons for / Benefits of Demolition

Outcome to action

facilitate development)

West London Line Deck (‘The

Retention of the WLL deck would minimise

Table’)

disruption to public transport services

High

Small parts of structure proposed to be demolished to enable incorporation of remainder of deck into significant area of public open space ('The Table Park'). Otherwise, structure to be retained.

Pre-demolition audit

(and still

Reports / Audits required Pre-redevelopment audit

Feasibility for Retention (GLA Decision Tree considerations)

Technical feasibility of retention?

Scenario modelling report

Element (Building / Structure)

Ref.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Summary conclusions

Buildings/ Structures to be

No further actions significant majority

partially retained

of element to be retained and

Can be reused to form part of a new public park

reduced in current form.

in the centre of the Site Existing structure has locked in embodied carbon from materials (as concrete) 9

1 Cluny Mews

Existing building providing office space.

High

Low

Recent development (built in the 2010s).

The form, appearance and layout of the existing building is not suited to requirements for the Site. See Appendix B – Existing Buildings Design Scenarios for further details. Potential to create a more welcoming entrance to Cluny Mews with new public realm design through redevelopment.

Buildings/ Structures requiring

Options analysis, Pre-development

additional assessments

and Pre-demolition audits have been undertaken prior to application

✓ ✓ ✓ submission.

Proposed redevelopment would make more effective and efficient use of the land by replacing low quality office floorspace and public realm with improved public realm and much needed affordable housing to help the Council deliver against strategic housing targets.

This will need to be re-reviewed at RMA stage.

Warwick Apron /

Heavy weight structure

London Square

which protects an operational railway

High

N/A – proposed to be retained.

Buildings/ Structures to be retained

No further actions.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Suitability for the Site requirements?

Outcome to action

The form, appearance and location of the existing building is not suited to requirements for the Site.

Buildings/ Structures requiring

Options analysis, Pre-development

Its redevelopment will enhance connectivity to and from the estates and enable delivery of new homes and significant public realm and connectivity improvements.

additional assessments

and Pre-demolition audits have been

facilitate development)

9 Beaumont Avenue

Eastern part of building only provides some

Low/Medium

Low

limited architectural interest, but would need significant upgrade and renovation.

Summary conclusions

Reasons for / Benefits of Demolition

Pre-demolition audit

(and still

Reports / Audits required Pre-redevelopment audit

Feasibility for Retention (GLA Decision Tree considerations)

Technical feasibility of retention?

Scenario modelling report

Element (Building / Structure)

Ref.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

undertaken prior to application

✓ ✓ ✓ submission.

Redevelopment will enable remediation of land understood to be contaminated from previous land uses. Townscape improvements, including improved interaction with adjoining enhanced public realm at Ground Floor level will be possible through redevelopment.

This will need to be re-reviewed at RMA stage.

Exit 3 Earls

Proposed use of existing

Court Station

ticket hall space to be confirmed. Current

Low

Proposed to be retained.

Buildings/

Excluded from the Application boundary. Therefore not applicable.

Structures to be retained

N/A

proposal to retain and safeguard for future use.

TFL substation and firefighting

Provides a key function for TFL's network and

comms link

would need to be relocated on-Site

Community Hub & Gardens

Temporary building. Provides existing community function.

Medium

High

The Application parameter plan seeks permission for full or partial demolition in the event that these buildings are no longer required for TfL operation

Buildings/ Structures to be partially retained

However proposed to be retained, subject to agreement with/ and requirement of TFL.

Low

Design options and material retention

✓

considered at RMA.

Designed as a temporary structure, which is required to be removed upon expiry of temporary planning permission.

Buildings/ Structures to be

Pre-demolition audit to be

Options for re-use elsewhere within the Site to be considered.

demolished

undertaken when building is removed there may be an ✓ asopportunity to dismantle and reuse on-Site or off-Site, for meanwhile use.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Suitability for the Site requirements?

Reasons for / Benefits of Demolition

Outcome to action

facilitate development)

Philbeach Concourse

Existing structure has locked in embodied

(semisubterranean

carbon from materials (as concrete)

Very low

Low

Buildings/ Structures to be

Pre-demolition audit to be

Redevelopment will enable delivery of improved public realm and new homes in this part of the Site.

demolished

undertaken at Plot RMA stage, as may

a large ✓ include volume of material

underground)

Small terrace of shops along

Summary conclusions

Existing structure in poor condition and majority of elements have been demolished previously.

storage spaces along

Pre-demolition audit

(and still

Reports / Audits required Pre-redevelopment audit

Feasibility for Retention (GLA Decision Tree considerations)

Technical feasibility of retention?

Scenario modelling report

Element (Building / Structure)

Ref.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

that could be reused on-Site.

Existing occupied shops

Low

North End Road adjacent the

The form, appearance and location of the existing building is not suited to requirements for the Site. See Appendices D-M – Pre-Demolition Audits for further details.

Buildings/ Structures to be

Assume retained with the potential

retained

for demolition, based on station

Existing structure in poor condition, shops not offering healthy working conditions, i.e. shared separate toilets.

existing entrance to WK

✓

Demolition of these buildings may be required to allow for a new southern entrance into West Kensington station, if it is proposed in the future.

Station

mitigation requirements, reassessment of options at RMA.

Demolition would help to create new and improved areas of public realm and provide. 18

Pedestrian footbridge

Existing structure has locked in embodied

servicing connection

carbon from materials (as steel)

Very low

Low

Location of existing bridge not suited for the requirements of the Site. Its replacement with a new office building will deliver significant employment and wider public realm improvements in this part of the Site.

Buildings/ Structures to be

Pre-demolition audit to be

demolished

undertaken at RMA stage. Material

✓ reuse on-Site will need to be considered.

TFL Office

Limited to none (GLA

buildings (Transplant

policy to consider as part of any demolition plans)

house and facilities

Brick built building which could potentially provide

manager office)

an interim function for contractor welfare or

Very low

Low

The form, appearance and location of the existing building is not suited to requirements for the Site. Redevelopment will facilitate significant public realm improvements and delivery of substantial amount of new employment generating floorspace to the north and improve spatial relationship with estate land to the west.

Buildings/

Pre-demolition

Structures to be demolished

audit to be undertaken at RMA stage. Material reuse on-Site will

✓ need to be

considered.

management during construction phase. 20

West Brompton

Heavy weight structure

Apron

which protects an operational railway

High

N/A – proposed to be retained.

Buildings/ Structures to be retained

No further actions.

Chapter 6.0 - Existing Buildings – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Suitability for the Site requirements?

Reasons for / Benefits of Demolition

Outcome to action

facilitate development)

Covered Ways 03 and 04

Heavy weight structure which protects an

Very low

Medium

Existing structure is not suited to requirements for the Site. Existing tunnel roofs in poor condition and require replacement to protect the tunnel underneath.

operational railway

Pre-demolition audit

(and still

Reports / Audits required Pre-redevelopment audit

Feasibility for Retention (GLA Decision Tree considerations)

Technical feasibility of retention?

Scenario modelling report

Element (Building / Structure)

Ref.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Summary conclusions

Buildings/ Structures to be

Pre-demolition audit to be

partially retained

undertaken at RMA stage, as may

✓ include a material

Replacement will also enable redevelopment and public realm delivery above the tunnel in this part of the Site.

that could be recovered/recycled.

Bridging

Heavy weight structure

elements over the Piccadilly /

which protects an operational railway

High

N/A – proposed to be retained.

Buildings/

No further actions.

Structures to be retained

District lines

West Brompton Podium

Heavy weight structure which protects an operational railway Demotion may be complex and implications on TFL operations would need to be carefully considered

Low

Existing structure left over from previous demolition works. Not suited to the requirements for the Site and adjacent to contaminated land requiring remediation. Method of demolition approved in 2024 by RBKC under separate Prior Notification of Demolition (PNOD) application ref. PA/23/08286

Buildings/ Structures to be

If not demolished earlier, pre-

demolished

demolition audit to be undertaken at RMA stage, as may include material

✓ that could be

reused on-Site, subject to contamination assessment.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.0 Existing Buildings – Design Approach This section outlines the design approaches considered for the existing buildings designated as ‘Buildings/ Structures requiring additional assessments’ as per Table 8 .The summary of these approaches are included, further details can be found in the associated appendices of this document.

Spectrum of retention to demo

GLA definition and requirements

Design Approach Spectrum

These four design approaches provide clarity, however do not always represent the full spectrum of design options for multiple buildings. As such Figure 27 outlines the four design approaches against a spectrum of full retention to full demolition. This has been used for the building review to show multiple options that could be appropriate for an existing building, which would sit within the same design approach defining. They however include different quantum of retention to demolition. Design options and approaches outlined in the section use this spectrum to clarify where they sit against the GLA definition and an indication of the magnitude of retention vs demolition.

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Design options considered along varying positions along the spectrum

x Noted by the icon

Greater quantity of demolition of the existing

A review process has been undertaken by the applicant and Design Team in line with the design approaches outlined in Table 2 CE design approaches for existing structure of the GLA’s published guidance document London Plan Guidance – Circular Economy Statements (March 2022).

Thresholds positions along the spectrum not a change in strategy, as per GLA definition.

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Significant quantities of carbon-heavy aspects of the building are retained in place, such as the floors and substructure, with replacement of some elements of the building, such as walls or roofing. More significant refurbishment can involve adding floors or extensions.

Disassemble sections of a building and enable their direct reuse ideally on the Site or, where this is not possible, off Site (with nearby Sites preferred). This approach also includes careful selective deconstruction of the building and material types i.e. taking apart each layer and material type as much as possible, minimising damage to parts and maintaining their value, and then reusing those elements and materials. If reuse is not possible, materials may be carefully and selectively separated for processing and recycling into new elements, materials and objects

Traditional demolition, with elements and materials processed into new elements, materials and objects for use on the Site or on another Site.

Figure 27: Spectrum of retention to demolition against GLA definitions and thresholds.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

This section provides the headlines as outlined from the Design Options Report in Appendix B – Existing Buildings Design Scenarios and Pre-Demolitions Audits in Appendices D-M – Pre-Demolition Audits

Approach to Whole Life Carbon Benchmarking of Scenarios Whole life carbon studies over a 60-year period have been conducted for a range of the scenarios proposed for the existing buildings. These utilise benchmarked data (detailed in Appendix E – Data Used in Existing Building Whole Life Carbon Analysis) for each WLC module. For the Ashfield House refurbishment operational energy, a 30% reduction over the figures in the current DEC has been assumed. CO2 emission associated with the operational energy have been evenly spread over the 60 years.

Line starts with upfront A1-A5 emissions, some scenarios have higher upfront than others Demolition emissions of existing buildings also included

Another major refurbishment considered at midpoint of analysis

End of life emissions, accounted for in year 60

Operational energy and maintenance emission accounted for year by year

For each assessed building three initial scenarios were analysed. These included a baseline situation in which full retention and refurbishment occurred. The other scenarios differ for each building and are outlined later in this section. Figure 28 shows example graphs for the results obtained from the analysis. This shows the cumulative amount of carbon emissions produced by the building for each scenario. The extracted figures show the amounts at the beginning, mid-point and end of the 60-year analysis. It has been assumed that a further uplift to the refurbished areas occurs 30 years into the analysis. This is circled in the graph.

Total lifetime emission per person shown on secondary axis and presented with a line. Used to levelise emission for larger buildings against smaller refurbishment scenarios

It also outlines the total whole life carbon in stacked bars, broken down by module type. This is plotted against the left-hand axis. On the right-hand axis, the carbon emissions per person have been plotted, and the figures extracted for each scenario. Total lifetime emissions for the same scenarios, stacked by emission module

Breakeven scenario Hypothetical scenario run, with reduced A1-A5 upfront emissions, in order for the WLC to breakeven in T/person with a partial retention scenario

Figure 28: Annotated cumulative and total whole life carbon graphs

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Ashfield House 7.1

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.2

Design Scenario 1: Full retention, Extension of 3 Additional Storeys

Description and Condition

Ashfield House, a nine-story building from the 1970s, is situated in the northwestern part of the Earls Court Site. Constructed from pre-cast concrete sections, it features a concrete façade. The building is in good condition with minimal weathering. Interior fittings vary, reflecting the different departments. The roof condition appears satisfactory, but further investigation is needed regarding insulation. The double-glazed windows have metal frames, which are thermally inefficient and pose safety hazards due to their ability to open fully. The existing building is a purpose-built workplace building. The building is distinctive due to its size and proximity to the A4. It does not have heritage status. The WK03 and WK04 plots are intended to deliver commercial workspace as part of the Northern commercial cluster, focused around West Kensington Station. There is a townscape view from Mornington Avenue that currently terminates on the existing building, and this could be improved with a more considered massing arrangement and architectural treatment. For existing buildings there are a range of potential design options, from full retention and refurbishment to full demolition and new build. A number of scenarios have considered for Ashfield House and their position on the retention-demolition scale is outlined in Figure 29 below and the scenarios explored in further detail in this section.

Figure 30: Ashfield House Scenario 1. This scenario would result in 23,200m2 GEA over 13 storeys, and approximately 1,400 jobs. This includes the addition of 3 new storeys, the most the existing structure could accommodate, based on initial input form the structural engineer. The addition of storeys requires the removal of significant structures at roof level and the relocation of the plant. The existing core is unlikely to meet current regulations and will require alteration.

Figure 29: Scale of retention and demolition for Ashfield House design scenario.

The master planning and design scenarios include considerations that the adjacent Plot to the west reduces in footprint and is less likely to be able to bridge over tracks due to rail constraints. The entrance sequence into the Site from the North becomes fragmented with a lack of definition into the streetscape. The townscape from Mornington Avenue remains terminated with Ashfield House. This provides a limited floor area and job uplift compared to the other design scenarios, and therefore is the least suited to the Site requirements. The existing building is at 3.66m floor to floor (2.6m floor to ceiling), and therefore meeting best practise for Internal Environmental Quality and BCO standards is challenging. This may also be affected due to the replacement of existing services. The risers will likely need to increase in size to provide ventilation flowrates to meet current practises.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

7.3

Design Scenario 2: Full Retention, Extension of 3 Additional Storeys, and New-Build Extension to the South

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.4

Design Scenario 3: Full Retention, Extension of 3 Additional Storeys, and New-Build Extension to the North (Landing over Tracks) and South

Figure 32: Ashfield House Scenario 3. Figure 31: Ashfield House Scenario 2. This scenario would result in 51,200m2 GEA over 13 storeys, and approximately 3,100 jobs. This scenario would result in 34,200m2 GEA over 13 storeys, and approximately 2,100 jobs. As with Scenario 1, the adjacent Plot to the West reduces in footprint and is less able to bridge over tracks due to rail constraints. The extension to the south would define the entrance route into the scheme and provides opportunities for a south facing terrace. However, the townscape view from Mornington Avenue still terminates with Ashfield House. The addition of storeys requires the removal of significant structures at roof level and the relocation of the plant. The existing core is unlikely to meet current regulations and will require alteration. The existing building is at 3.66m floor to floor (2.6m floor to ceiling), and therefore meeting best practise for Internal Environmental Quality and BCO standards is challenging. This may also be affected due to the replacement of existing services. The risers will likely need to increase in size to provide ventilation flowrates to meet current practises. A new extension will either need to match the existing floor to floor, or consider a misaligned approach, which will compromise building floorplates.

The adjacent Plot to the West reduces in footprint and is less able to bridge over the tracks due to rail constraints. The townscape view from Mornington Avenue terminates with Ashfield House The addition of storeys requires the removal of significant structures at roof level and the relocation of the plant. The existing core is unlikely to meet current regulations and will require alteration. The existing building is at 3.66m floor to floor (2.6m floor to ceiling), and therefore meeting best practise for Internal Environmental Quality and BCO standards is challenging. This may also be affected due to the replacement of existing services. The risers will likely need to increase in size to provide ventilation flowrates to meet current practises. A new extension will either need to match the existing floor to floor, or consider a misaligned approach, which will compromise building floorplates. It will also require stabilisation through tying back to the existing building. Design scenarios 2 and 3 both also result in smaller, less viable side blocks resulting in two complicated buildings.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

7.5

Design Scenario 4: Partial Retention, and New-Build Extension to the North (Landing over Tracks) and South

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.6

Design Scenario 5: Full Demolition and New-Build

Figure 34: Ashfield House Scenario 5. Figure 33: Ashfield House Scenario 4. This scenario would result in 69,000m2 GEA over 16 storeys, and approximately 4,200 jobs. This scenario would result in 58,230m2 GEA over 13 storeys, and approximately 3,600 jobs. In this scenario, townscape view from Mornington Avenue is allowed to continue into the Site and is no longer terminated by the existing building. The adjacent Plot footprint to the West is maximised and the streetscape is clearly defined. However, height is limited due to the existing structure. The existing core is unlikely to meet current regulations and will require alteration. The existing building is at 3.66m floor to floor (2.6m floor to ceiling), and therefore meeting best practise for Internal Environmental Quality and BCO standards is challenging. This may also be affected due to the replacement of existing services. The risers will likely need to increase in size to provide ventilation flowrates to meet current practises. The new extensions will either need to match the existing floor to floor, or consider a misaligned approach, which will compromise building floorplates. The construction of the Northern extension will require piling between the existing building and live tracks. It will also require stabilisation through tying back to the existing building.

The townscape view from Mornington Avenue is allowed to continue into the Site and is no longer terminated by the existing building. The adjacent Plot footprint to the West is maximised and the streetscape is clearly defined. Whilst this scenario is the least technically challenging, it still requires demolition and construction within proximity to live rail. It is anticipated that the building will have to be designed to the highest environmental standards to represent a lower carbon impact than retention. This scenario is preferred as it provides the greatest density of jobs and efficiency of building development. This scenario provides 2800 more jobs/office spaces over the scenario 1 of retaining and extending the existing building. As the Site has been designated for office/workspace, these jobs would need to be provided elsewhere in Earls Court or in another area of the borough. Due to the new build nature of this scenario, higher building performance standards can be adhered to, by not having to work around existing floor to floors and structural connections. This means the use of timber structures is more feasible whilst also provide compliance with BCO standards and NABERS UK ratings.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

7.7

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Feasibility of Retention

The building appears to be constructed from pre-cast concrete sections assembled on-Site, possibly clad with a more decorative concrete or composite material as a façade. The building appears to be in very good structural condition with little visual evidence of weathering to the external façade, which would be consistent with the material and age of the building. Overall, the concrete was noted to be in good condition. The roof was not accessible for this survey but the parts that were visible appeared to be in good condition and there were no signs of water ingress from external areas into the interior of the building. The windows are double glazed with metal frames and although likely to provide a level of thermal barrier they will not meet modern standards as many of them open fully on all levels creating a safety hazard. Metal framed double glazing tends not to be as thermally efficient as some more modern constructions. The mixed metals found on-Site were noted to be in between good to poor condition. Timber and timber products were noted to be between good and fair condition. Tiles, ceramics, gypsum-based construction materials, glass, textiles, and luminaires were found to be in reasonable condition. Plastics noted to be in fair condition. Stone noted to be in good condition.

Figure 35: Proposed Earls Court Development – West Kensington post development

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

7.8

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Whole Life Carbon Implications

80,000

For the scenarios with new build, the upfront carbon is significantly higher than for the full retention scenario without new build, and it contributes over half of the total carbon in the analysis. Carbon from operational energy decreases in the scenario with full demolition and new build. This is because the design is not restricted by the current building and new systems can be installed. However, operational energy carbon increases in the scenario with full retention and additional new build.

58,103

46,025 50,000

30,319 30,000 20,000 7,961

43,791

40,000 30,319 30,000 20,000

2030

2035

2040

2045

2050

2055

2060

2030

2035

2040

Full retention & refurbishment

2045

2050

2055

2060

Full retention & additional new build

2065

2070

2075

2080

Full demolition and new build

20,000

2070

2075

2080

Full demolition and new build

A1-A5

C mod

80,000

20.0 18.25 17.13

17.08

70,000

18.0 16.0

60,000 14.0 50,000

12.0

40,000

10.0

8.0

30,000

6.0 20,000 4.0 2.0

2025

30,000

B5 Re

1,937 0

2065

Full retention & additional new build

10,000

40,000

12,344 7,961

50,000

1,937

Figure 36: Cumulative whole life carbon.

Total whole life carbon (Tonnes CO2)

Cumulative Whole Life Carbon (Tonnes CO2)

50,000

60,000

10,000

Full retention & refurbishment

46,025

70,000

12,344

2025

56,571

60,000

43,791

40,000

Redevelopment of the Plot allows to generate greater employment opportunities. This means that although the total whole life carbon is higher than for full retention, both with and without additional new build, the whole life carbon per person is lower for full demolition and new build. The qualitative benefits of the proposal to demolish allows the Earls Court Development design to fulfil quality principles of urban80,000 design and placemaking, providing the opportunity to deliver a future-proofed workspace with clearly defined routes through the development, along with framing public spaces and a massing 71,719 relationship that responds to townscape and urban design principles. Scenarios involving the retention of 70,000 Ashfield House, while lower in whole life carbon, carry significant complexity and reduce the commercial opportunity. 58,103

56,571

60,000

Whole life carbon per person (TCO2/person)

Full retention & refurbishment refers to a baseline scenario where no demolition or new build occurs. Full retention & additional new build reflects Scenario 3, and full demolition & new build reflects Scenario 5. It has been assumed for the refurbished buildings that an additional refurbishment will occur 30 years into the analysis. The number of jobs for the commercial spaces has been based on a 1:12 m2 occupancy.

70,000 Cumulative Whole Life Carbon (Tonnes CO2)

Whole life carbon studies over a 60-year period have been conducted for a range of the scenarios proposed for Ashfield House. These utilise benchmarked data (detailed in Appendix N – Data Used in Existing Building WLC ) and for the refurbishment operational energy, a 30% reduction over the figures in the current DEC has been assumed.

Total whole life carbon (Tonnes CO2)

71,719

Full retention & refurbishment

Full retention & Full demolition and additional new build new build

A1-A5 modules

B1-B4 modules

B5 Refurbishment module

B6 Operational Carbon

C module

Tonnes per person

Figure 37: Total whole life carbon with the whole life carbon per person for each scenario.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

9 Beaumont Avenue 7.9

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.10

Design Scenario 1: Full Retention and Refurbishment

Description and Condition

9 Beaumont Avenue, located in the northwest part of the Earls Court Site, is a Victorian brick building. The existing buildings are a series of light industrial spaces that have been added to over time. Originally a laundry, it has housed a factory, a school, a church and now hosts a temporary theatre. Some of the additions are in poor condition and of low architectural quality. The brickwork is in reasonable condition, though altered over time. The roofing, a mix of metal sheeting and glass, shows signs of water ingress. The building has various single-glazed windows and dated interiors. The proposed WK01 Plot creates the Southern elevation of West Kensington Boulevard, the key route into the Earls Court Development from the Northwest. The Plot facilitates a transition in scale and use-class from the neighbouring Local Authority estate to the South and Kensington Hall Gardens to the West. The Parameter Plans and design codes allow for a route through the plots, improving connectivity to the estates. This is a result of pre-application discussions with the planning officers. A number of scenarios have considered for 9 Beaumont Avenue and their position on the retention-demolition scale is outlined in Figure 38 below and the scenarios explored in further detail in this section. Figure 39: 9 Beaumont Avenue Scenario 1. This is a commercial scenario and would result in 2,600m2 GEA over 2 storeys, and approximately 100 jobs. The desired connection to the estates is not possible through the Plot and the geometry of existing buildings disrupts connectivity into the Site from the West. The existing building is a collection of different construction types, and the architecture is of low quality in instances. For these reasons, residential use would not be plausible in a full retention scenario. However, the building would likely be difficult to let commercially due to an inefficient floorplate. Substantial intervention on building services and environmental performance would be required to accommodate any permanent uses. Figure 38: Scale of retention and demolition for 9 Beaumont Avenue design scenarios.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

7.11

Design Scenario 2: Partial Retention of Eastern Brick Building with Additional Storey, Reception Building and New-Build

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.12

Design Scenario 3: Partial Retention of Eastern Brick Building with Additional Storey and New-Build

Figure 41: 9 Beaumont Avenue Scenario 3. Figure 40: 9 Beaumont Avenue Scenario 2.

This is a residential scenario and would result in 7,000m2 GEA over 7 storeys, and 75 homes.

This is a residential scenario and would result in 6,050m2 GEA over 7 storeys, and 64 homes.

The desired connection to the estates is possible through partial demolition. The retention of an existing brick building to the east is possible, but subject to realignment of the access route into the scheme. Whilst not of high architectural quality, the retained elements have the potential to add character, however, this scenario would not optimise the use of the land.

The desired connection to the estates is possible through partial demolition. The retention of an existing brick building to the east and the reception building is technically feasible, but subject to realignment of the access route into the scheme. Whilst not of high architectural quality, the retained elements have the potential to add character, however, this scenario would not optimise the use of the land and would not provide a transition or be well aligned with the design approach for this part of the development. Structural surveys would be required to determine if additional height would be achievable on the Eastern brick building or if additional structural frames would be required.

Structural surveys would be required to determine if additional height would be achievable on the Eastern brick building or if additional structural frames would be required.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

7.13

Design Scenario 4: Full Demolition and New-Build

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.14

Feasibility of Retention

The building is of brick construction throughout. Brick work appears to be in the condition expected for the age. The building has been added to and modified at various points during its lifetime so there are varying degrees of repair to the external brickwork. The bricks found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition, with signs of age-related war and tear. Some areas of the building have an internal steel framework support structure. The roofing that was visible appears to be partly metal sheeting and some glass panelling. There was evidence within the building of significant water ingress in some areas. With this type of roofing arrangement and age it is likely that there will be little to no insulating materials present or it will be of poor quality compared to modern standards. There are single glazed glass sky lights in several areas which could also create heat retention problems. Original style single glazed windows were present in lots of areas of the building. With some areas having different styles and designs of window added at different times. Much of the building has large single glazed windows with poor insulating properties. Figure 42: 9 Beaumont Avenue Scenario 4. This is a residential scenario and would result in 9,200m2 GEA over 10 storeys, and 97 homes. The desired connection to the estates is possible through full demolition. A defined streetscape is created from North End Road into the scheme and can be realigned through full demolition to improve sightlines into the Earls Court Development. There are greater opportunities for public uses or active frontages at ground level through maximising the development potential of the Plot.

The internal fit out of the building is very dated and in many areas is specialised to the present and past uses of the building. The timber and timber products found on-Site were noted to be in between fair to poor condition. With the structural timber, skirting and kitchen worktops in fair condition. Whereas all the doors were noted to be in poor condition and require replacing. The mixed metals found on-Site were noted to be in good condition. Tiles, ceramics, glass, textiles, and luminaires were noted to be in reasonable condition. Gypsum based construction and plastics were noted to be in fair condition.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Whole Life Carbon Implications

8,000 7,000 6,000 4,784

Cumulative Whole Life Carbon (Tonnes CO2)

The qualitative benefits of the proposal to demolish allows the Earls Court Development design to fulfil quality 7,000 and placemaking, providing the opportunity to deliver a future-proofed residential principles of urban design 5,994 building with clearly defined routes through the development, along with framing public spaces and a massing 6,000 to townscape and urban design principles. Scenarios involving the retention of 9 relationship that responds 4,784 Beaumont Avenue, while lower in whole life carbon, limit the commercial opportunities, and residential use is 4,976 not plausible in a full5,000 retention scenario. 3,815 4,000 2,823

3,000 1,949

1,556 578

0 2025

2030

2035

2040

2045

2050

2055

2060

2065

2070

2075

Full retention & refurbishment

Partial retention & additional new build

Full demolition and new build

Full demolition and new build breakeven

2080

6,000 5,000

3,815 4,000

4,000

2,823

3,000

1,949

1,556

2,000

578

1,000

0 2025

2030

2035

2040

2045

2050

2055

2060

2065

2070

2075

Full retention & refurbishment

Partial retention & additional new build

Full demolition and new build

Full demolition and new build breakeven

2080

Ful ref

Figure 43: Cumulative whole life carbon. 9,000

45 40.49

38.88

8,000 Total whole life carbon (Tonnes CO2)

8,000

4,976

5,000

Carbon from operational energy is approximately the same across the scenarios, although a refurbished design would be restricted by the current building and a new build scenario would allow for new systems to be installed. To breakeven with the partial retention scenario (when considering the whole life carbon per person), the full demolition and new build scenario requires 450 kgCO2/m2 of upfront carbon compared to the benchmark of 9,000 redevelopment of the Plot allows for a switch in use-class from commercial to 500 kgCO2/m2. However, residential. 7,854

7,000

5,994

1,000

Total whole life carbon (Tonnes CO2)

For the full retention & refurbishment scenario, the carbon is more evenly split between the modules than for the scenarios incorporating new build. All new build scenarios demonstrate that upfront carbon is responsible for over half of the total carbon in the analysis.

8,000

38.12

7,000

6,000

5,000

25 19.49

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

Full retention & refurbishment

Partial retention & additional new build

Full demolition and new Full demolition and new build build breakeven

A1-A5 modules

B1-B4 modules

B5 Refurbishment module

B6 Operational Carbon

C module

Tonnes per person

Figure 44: Total whole life carbon with the whole life carbon per person for each scenario.

Whole life carbon per person (TCO2/person)

Scenario 1 provides a baseline scenario in which there is full retention and refurbishment, with no demolition or new build. Scenario 2 demonstrates a partial retention with additional new build and Scenario 4 outlines a full demolition and new build scenario. Analysis has been done to determine the upfront embodied carbon required for a full demolition and new build scenario to break-even with the partial retention with additional new build. It has been assumed for the refurbished buildings that an additional refurbishment will occur 30 years into the analysis. The number of jobs for the commercial spaces has been based on a 1:12 m2 occupancy and for residential spaces 2 people have been assumed per home.

2,000

9,000 7,854

Benchmarked whole life carbon studies have been undertaken for a range of the scenarios outlined above. Due a lack of reliable and complete metered energy data, a best-case scenario benchmark for an all-electric building has been assumed. This will produce the lowest operational carbon throughout the use of the building’s life. The benchmarks used can be found in Appendix N – Data Used in Existing Building WLC .

1,000

9,000

Cumulative Whole Life Carbon (Tonnes CO2)

7.16

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

1 Cluny Mews 7.17

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.18

Design Scenario 1: Full Retention and Refurbishment

Description and Condition

The 1 Cluny Mews, built in 2010, is a five-story office space in good condition, with glass and metal cladding. The adjacent dwellings, a converted office space, are framed prefabricated buildings, 20 years old, in good condition but needing aesthetic cleaning. The buildings have modern fittings but oversized windows, affecting heat retention. The existing 1 Cluny Mews does not have a significant street presence, as it sits behind large advertising hoardings and mature trees. The building is disconnected from the rest of the Site by neighbouring landholdings and although there are aspirations for a connection to the rest of the Earls Court Development, this is subject to third party agreement and addressing level changes at the western end of Cluny Mews. There is no heritage or local value associated with the building. The irregular and inefficient floorplate delivers poor quality office floorspace. Further commentary in relation to the existing residential building? It has been determined that the building will deliver affordable housing for the Site. As Cluny Mews is third party dependant, decisions involving it will be subject to third party agreement. A number of scenarios have been considered for 1 Cluny Mews and their position on the retention-demolition scale is outlined in Figure 45 below and the scenarios explored in further detail in this section.

Figure 46: 1 Cluny Mews Scenario 1. This scenario is a mix of commercial and residential and would result in 1,950m2 GEA over 5 storeys, 5 homes, and approximately 120 jobs. The 1 Cluny Mews will be retained as an office and the Cluny Mews building retained for residential use. The existing buildings create a narrow entrance that has potential to connect to the rest of the Earls Court Site through the western end of Cluny Mews. The existing buildings create a narrow entrance that has potential to connect to the rest of the Earls Court Site through the western end of Cluny Mews. The irregular and inefficient floorplate delivers poor quality office floorspace. The refurbishment of the building to current office standards will require review and potential upgrades to building services.

Figure 45: Scale of retention and demolition for 1 Cluny Mews design scenarios.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

7.19

Design Scenario 2: Full Retention and Refurbishment

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.20

Design Scenario 3: Additional Storey

Figure 47: 1 Cluny Mews Scenario 2. This is a fully residential scenario and would result in 1,950m2 GEA over 5 storeys, and 15 homes.

Figure 48: 1 Cluny Mews Scenario 3.

The existing buildings create a narrow entrance that has potential to connect to the Earls Court Development through Cluny Mews.

This is a residential scenario and would result in 2,050m2 GEA over 6 storeys, and 16 homes.

The refurbishment of the building to modern standards will require review and potential upgrades to building services. Structural interventions might potentially be required for additional floor slab penetrations. There is structural capacity for one to two additional floors, but this would take the Upper Floor above 18m and as such require a second stair. This has been discounted due to the impact this would have on the building. The building is overlooked by surrounding residential properties and would require careful consideration of privacy and internal light levels. A typical floorplate could accommodate up to three flats, however the irregular shape results in an inefficient layout. A typical floorplate could accommodate up to three homes, however the irregular shape results in an inefficient layout. The proximity to adjacent residential buildings will require an external amenity to be inset, and it is considered that the existing fins might be retained to maintain privacy. The existing structure of the core makes it difficult to occupy the existing toilets for accommodation, although these could be used as additional storage for residents.

The existing buildings create a narrow entrance that has potential to connect to the Earls Court Development through Cluny Mews. The refurbishment of the building to modern standards will require review and potential upgrades to building services. Structural interventions might potentially be required for additional floor slab penetrations. There is structural capacity for additional floors, however this is likely limited to an additional setback floor due to DSO impacts. It is anticipated a new secondary stair will be required to replace the existing spiral staircase. The building is overlooked by surrounding residential properties and would require careful consideration of privacy and internal light levels.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

7.21

Design Scenario 4: Full Demolition of 1 Cluny Mews and New-Build, Full Retention of Adjacent Dwellings

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.22

Design Scenario 5: Full Demolition of 1 Cluny Mews and Adjacent Dwellings and New-Build

Figure 50: 1 Cluny Mews Scenario 5. Figure 49: 1 Cluny Mews Scenario 4.

This is a residential scenario and would result in 2,050m2 GEA over 5 storeys, and 22 homes.

This is a residential scenario and would result in 2,170m2 GEA over 5 storeys, and 25 homes.

The existing buildings create a narrow entrance that has potential to connect to the Earls Court Development through Cluny Mews. A new build allows for a more direct access into the Site, and for creating a more attractive and welcoming entrance and public realm. The building is overlooked by surrounding residential properties. Therefore, GIA has been involved in developing the massing envelope for this Plot to ensure the scenario proposed on the Demolition Parameter Plan provides acceptable levels of privacy and internal light.

The building is overlooked by surrounding residential properties and would require careful consideration of privacy and internal light levels. Replacement of the existing residential properties results in a predominately North facing building, which is challenging for daylight and sunlight.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

7.23

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Feasibility of Retention

The building is constructed mainly of steel with extensive areas of glass and metal cladding. Generally, the building appears to be in good general structural condition. The existing building has a non-standard / non-regular shape that gives an irregular floorplan and does not necessarily make maximum use of the space available on-Site. The exterior of the building would benefit from some external aesthetic cleaning work. The internal fit out of the building is relatively contemporary. Individual dwellings are heated by separate gas boiler and central heating systems. There were no visible areas of damp or ingress of water into the interior of the roof. Some of the windows are oversized compared to standard residential dwellings of a comparable type, probably due to the original design as office space. This may have heat retention implications. Although all units appear to be double glazed. It was not clear from visual inspection what the level or type of insultation was. The concrete, mixed metals, tiles, ceramics, glass found on-Site were noted to be in good condition. Timber and timber products, gypsum-based construction materials and textiles were noted to be in fair condition. Luminaires were noted to be in in reasonable condition and plastics between fair and poor condition.

Figure 51: 1 Proposed Earls Court Development – Cluny Mews from A4 – post development

Whole Life Carbon Implications

2,000

The increase in whole life carbon per person from full retention to full demolition is partially due to the current commercial spaces being redesigned for residential use. The occupancy density for commercial is significantly more than for residential, resulting in a higher amount of carbon per person for residential developments.

1,437 1,148

1,102 1,200

1,307

1,000 1,028 800 600 400

430 410

0 2030

2035

2040

Cumulative Whole Life Carbon (Tonnes CO2)

2050

2055

2060

2065

2070

2075

2080

1,437

1,440

1,400 1,148

1,102 1,200

1,307

1,000 1,028 800 430 410

Figure 52: Cumulative whole life carbon. 2,500

50 45 37.20

2,000

40 35

1,500

30 25

1,000

20 15

11.08 500

10 5

2025

2030

2035

2040

2045

2050

Full retention & refurbishment Full demolition of Clear Chanel and new build

2055

2060

2065

2070

2075

2080

1,000

500

Full retention & refurbishment

Partial retention & additional new build

A1-A5 modules B6 Operational Carbon

Ful

A1-A5 B6 Op

Full demolition of Clear Chanel and new build

200 0

1,500

Partial retention & additional new build

43.58

1,600

400

2045

Full retention & refurbishment

1,860

2,000

200

1,800

600

1,440

1,400

2025

The qualitative benefits of the proposal to demolish the 1 Cluny Mews allows the Earls Court Development design to replace the irregular and inefficient floorplate and maximise the potential for residential. This allows the design to incorporate future-proofing and to fulfil quality design principles of urban design and placemaking, including ensuring that the design provides acceptable levels of privacy and internal lighting. 2,000

1,600

Total whole life carbon (Tonnes CO2)

Scenario 1 outlines a full retention and refurbishment scenario, without demolition or new build, which acts as a baseline. The partial retention and additional new build has been modelled from Scenario 3 and full demolition of Clear Chanel and new build demonstrates Scenario 4. As can be seen in Figure 50 the demolition of Clear Chanel scenario breaks even with the partial retention scenario. It has been assumed for the refurbished buildings that an additional refurbishment will occur 30 years into the analysis. The number of jobs for the commercial spaces has been based on a 1:12 m2 occupancy and for residential spaces 2 people have been assumed per home.

2,500

1,860

1,800 Cumulative Whole Life Carbon (Tonnes CO2)

Benchmarked whole life carbon studies have been undertaken for a range of the scenarios outlined above. Due to a lack of reliable and complete metered energy data, a best-case scenario benchmark for an allelectric building has been assumed. This will produce the lowest operational carbon throughout the use of the building’s life. The benchmarks used can be found in Appendix N – Data Used in Existing Building WLC .

Total whole life carbon (Tonnes CO2)

7.24

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Partial retention & additional new build B1-B4 modules C module

Full demolition of Clear Chanel and new build B5 Refurbishment module Tonnes per person

Figure 53: Total whole life carbon with the whole life carbon per person for each scenario.

Whole life carbon per person (TCO2/person)

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Empress Place, Lillie Road, Project Rooms 7.25

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.26

Design Scenario 1: Full Retention and Refurbishment, New-Build Office

Description and Condition

Empress Place is a Victorian cul-de-sac, including double-story cottages, shops, and a pub. The Project Rooms, a former railway engineering headquarters, and the houses are in reasonable condition but need modernisation. Roofs are generally in poor condition, and internal layouts vary due to different renovations. The shops and dwellings on Lillie Road are underused, needing extensive repairs. The Prince Pub, rebuilt in the 1930s, and adjacent dwellings also need refurbishment. The area features heritage interest but requires modernisation. The existing buildings have some local interest, and their character contributes to the current identity of Earls Court. The Empress Place buildings have undergone a light touch refurbishment and currently are a mix of temporary residential and small-scale workplace uses with retail and food and beverage units fronting Lillie Road. ECDC is based in the Project Rooms. These are meanwhile uses, intended to be temporary for the duration of the planning process. The Empress Place is a key pedestrian route into the Site from the South. The WB01/07 plots are intended for a workplace cluster due to the proximity to stations, particularly West Brompton. The plots are used to transition from the scale of existing buildings on Lillie Road to the taller residential buildings adjacent to MOPAC. A number of scenarios have considered for Empress Place / Lillie Road and their position on the retentiondemolition scale is outlined in Figure 54 below and the scenarios explored in further detail in this section.

Figure 55: Empress Place / Lillie Road Scenario 1. This scenario is a mix of residential and commercial and would result in 25,700m2 GEA over 10 storeys, 25 homes and approximately 1,250 jobs. The full retention scenario does not facilitate the widening of Lillie Road pavement, which would result in pedestrian congestion. A key entrance into the Site would remain a relatively low-key street of residential character and would diminish the opportunity to create a new workplace hub in this location. The increase in height to the adjacent plots would appear stark and, subject to townscape, would require a reduction in height. The existing buildings could be refurbished for residential use, as they were originally intended, with retail / F&B Ground Floor uses into Lillie Road. Small scale workplace may also be possible, but it is unlikely to meet BCO or accessibility standards and would not optimise the use of the land.

Figure 54: Scale of retention and demolition for Empress Place / Lillie Road design scenarios.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

7.27

Design Scenario 2: Partial Retention (Bays) and Demolish Lillie Road East

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.28

Design Scenario 3: Partial Retention (Façade Only) and Demolish Lillie Road East

Figure 56: Empress Place / Lillie Road Scenario 2. This is a fully commercial scenario and would result in 51,590m2 GEA over 13 storeys, and approximately 3,200 jobs. The demolition of Lillie Road East facilitates the widening of the Lillie Road pavement as required by the Earls Court Development’s transport analysis. A limited infill could be added to the West of the street in the existing gardens. A more significant Plot can be built to the East. The residential floor to floors of the existing properties would potentially restrict the connectivity of the retained buildings to the new build. The scale of the existing buildings would curtail the height and volume of the new build elements as sensitive stepped massive likely. The existing buildings could be refurbished for residential use, as they were originally intended, with retail / F&B Ground Floor uses into Lillie Road. Small scale workplace may also be possible, but it is unlikely to meet BCO or accessibility standards.

Figure 57: Empress Place / Lillie Road Scenario 3 and CGI representation This is a fully commercial scenario and would result in 51,590m2 GEA over 13 storeys, and approximately 3,200 jobs. The demolition of Lillie Road East facilitates the widening of the Lillie Road pavement as required by the Earls Court Development’s transport analysis. The alignment of openings (windows and doors) and storey heights of the existing residential façades would need to be accommodated by the new build elements.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

7.29

Design Scenario 4: Retain Project Rooms, Demolish Remainder and New-Build

Figure 58: Empress Place / Lilli Road Scenario 4. This is a fully commercial scenario and would result in 37,400m2 GEA over 12 storeys, and approximately 2,300 jobs. The demolition of Lillie Road East facilitates the widening of the Lillie Road pavement as required by the Earls Court Development’s transport analysis. Demolition allows for an architectural response to address the entrance into the Site. The alignment of openings (windows and doors) and storey heights of the existing residential façades would need to be accommodated by the new build elements.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.30

Design Scenario 5: Full Demolition and New-Build

Figure 59: Empress Place / Lillie Road Scenario 5. This is a commercial scenario and would result in 40,200m2 GEA over 12 storeys, and approximately 2,400 jobs. The demolition of Lillie Road East facilitates the widening of the Lillie Road pavement as required by the Earls Court Development’s transport analysis. Demolition allows for an architectural response to address the entrance into the Site. Demolition of the project rooms allows more space to be created on Lillie Road whilst maintaining viable floorplates. Whilst this widening is not required on the grounds of safety (as is the case for Lillie Road East), it would create a more generous public realm at an entrance to the Earls Court Development. The alignment of openings (windows and doors) and storey heights of the existing residential façades would need to be accommodated by the new build elements.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Feasibility of Retention

The tiles, ceramics and gypsum-based construction material found on-Site were noted to be in good condition. Bricks and plastics were noted to be in fair condition. Glass, textiles, luminaires, and the asphalt roof were noted to be in reasonable condition. Mixed metals and timber and timber products were noted to range between good and poor condition. Whole Life Carbon Implications

52,709 50,000

42,754 52,686

40,000

30,000

32,899

20,000

14,233

10,000

42,678

33,778

The differences between Scenarios 2 and 3 are negligible for both the total carbon and the carbon per person. Both scenarios estimate a lower whole life carbon per person and breakeven with the full retention and refurbishment scenario. 30,000 32,899

24,677

19,894 As with all the new build scenarios investigated in this section, over half of the benchmarked carbon derives from the upfront 20,000 carbon. The increase in carbon from operational energy will be due to the increase in the size 14,233 of the development. 10,000

2030

2035

2040

2045

2050

2055

2060

Scenario 2 - Partial retention (Bays)

2065

2070

2075

Scenario 3 -Partial retention (facade)

60,000

18.98 16.46

16.47

50,000

18 16 14

40,000

12 30,000

10 8

20,000

6 4

10,000

2025

2030

2035

Full retention & refurbishment

2040

2045

2050

2055

2060

Scenario 2 - Partial retention (Bays)

2065

2070

2075

2080

Scenario 3 -Partial retention (facade)

30,000

20,000

10,000

Full retention & refurbishment

A1-A5

B6 Ope

2 0

40,000

2080

Figure 60: Cumulative whole life carbon.

Total whole life carbon (Tonnes CO2)

Cumulative Whole Life Carbon (Tonnes CO2)

40,000

50,000

Full retention & refurbishment

60,000

Scenario 1 outlines a full retention and refurbishment scenario, without demolition or new build, which acts as 52,709 a baseline. Scenario 2 and 3, both of which feature partial retention and demolishing Lillie Road East, have been included in50,000 the analysis. It has been assumed for the refurbished 42,754buildings that an additional refurbishment will occur 30 years into the analysis. The number of jobs for the commercial spaces has been 52,686 based on a 1:12 m2 occupancy and for residential spaces 2 people have been assumed per home.

24,677 19,894

2025

42,678

33,778

Total whole life carbon (Tonnes CO2)

It is clear that the roofs in most of them are in poor condition due to extensive observation of damp and water ingress into almost all of the properties. Over the years the properties have all been divided differently ranging from up to 5-6 dwellings/units within each property with some of them being whole intact houses as per the original design. This has resulted in internal layouts that are not at all uniform. The properties are attractive and have many period features that may present a heritage interest. All the internal fitouts and utilities require extensive modernisation and improvements to meet current standards of performance and comfort.

60,000

Scenario 2 - Partial retention (Bays)

Scenario 3 -Partial retention (facade)

A1-A5 modules

B1-B4 modules

B5 Refurbishment module

B6 Operational Carbon

C module

Tonnes per person

Figure 61: Total whole life carbon with the whole life carbon per person for each scenario.

Whole life carbon per person (TCO2/person)

The majority of Empress Place consists of terraced Victorian houses constructed from brick in the 1860s. Most of these are partially rendered on the lower storey. The brick is extensively weathered due to the age and further rendering may possibly extend the life of the external brickwork.

7.32

60,000

Cumulative Whole Life Carbon (Tonnes CO2)

7.31

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.33

Scenario Summary Table 9: Proposed Scenarios and breakeven whole carbon emissions. Break Even emission (modules A-C) Tonnes CO2/person

kgCO2/m2

Scenario 5: Full Demolition and New Build

17.1

1,039

9 Beaumont Avenue

Scenario 4: Full Demolition and Rebuild

38.1

1 Cluny Mews

Scenario 4: Residential Demolition of 1 Cluny Mews and New Build, Full Retention of Adjacent Homes

37.2

857

Empress Place

Scenario 2: Partial Retention (Bays) and Demolish Lillie Road East

16.5

1,021

Scenario 3: Partial Retention (Façade Only) and Demolish Lillie Road East

16.5

1,042

Ashfield House

Proposed approach and RMA Commitments for plots with existing buildings.

To ensure that reuse of material is maximised on Site and that WLC emission are minimised overall, the following tasks will be completed and submitted as part of each RMA for the equivalent plots:To ensure that reuse of material is maximised on-Site and that WLC emission are minimised overall, the following tasks will be completed and submitted as part of each RMA for the equivalent plots:

Table 9 outlines the scenarios that are proposed for each existing building.

Existing building Proposed Scenario

804

The full demolition scenario for 9 Beaumont Avenue did not manage to break-even using the benchmark data. The break-even has been achieved with 450 kgCO2/m2 of upfront carbon (A1-A5) compared to the benchmark of 500 kgCO2/m2, with assumptions for the rest of the modules remaining the same as the benchmarks. However, the scenarios involving the retention of 9 Beaumont Avenue, while lower in whole life carbon, limit the commercial opportunities, and residential use is not plausible in a full retention scenario. Redevelopment also allows for the opportunity to fulfil quality principles of urban design that responds to the townscape. All of the other Proposed Scenarios, as listed above, broke even with the baseline scenario using benchmarked data.

—

Each of the buildings will be re-audited to understand the current condition and if changes have been made since this outline application;

—

A full materials schedule will be produced for the existing buildings

—

Consider reuse of material and avoidance from landfill by material class – compared to those outlined in this document

—

Outline that material reuse on-Site has been maximised within reasonable limits

—

Undertake Whole life carbon analysis for the proposed scenarios

—

Compare WLC emissions to the breakeven analysis points, for proposed scenario emission, against those in Table 9

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Other Buildings Audited A Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the Proposed Development. Individual Pre-Demolition Reports can be found in Appendices D-M – Pre-Demolition Audits. The purpose of the Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.36

TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

The TDU Project Office is a two-storey office building of brick construction and what appears to be some asbestos containing corrugated material on the roof and gable ends of the building. Internal partitions are brick or concrete blockwork, and internal flooring is painted concrete covered with large areas of quarry tile in some areas. The interior of the building is extremely dated, and the insulating properties of the current materials are likely to be very poor. The roof appears to contain a significant amount of asbestos containing material. There is extensive visual evidence of significant damp or water ingress to several areas of the building. 7.37

TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

This section provides a summary of conclusions for the following audits. The full details of the Reports can be found in Appendix D.

Lillie Bridge Depot, a one-to-three-story office building, has dated interiors and poor insulation. It contains asbestos materials and has been developed haphazardly. Large areas have original single-glazed windows, and some parts are condemned due to asbestos.

—

TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed.

7.38

—

TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores.

—

TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office.

—

TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot.

The Community Hub is a prefabricated building, around 7-10 years old, with oak and metal cladding, serving as a community centre. It's in good condition with modern amenities. The adjacent former show home is now part of the hub, functioning as an artist studio and community space.

—

Community Hub and Gardens

—

Carpark, and

—

Shops and Dwellings above adjacent to West Kensington Station.

These building were identified through the flow diagram process as outlined in section Retention Categories, could feasibility be retained in some form. This audit process investigated that further. It was also considered that although the buildings may not be able to be retained, the materials they are made of could be reused throughout the development. 7.34

TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

The Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed is an industrial unit made of metal sheets and concrete blockwork. It's highly specialised for transport maintenance, with poor insulation and thermal efficiency. The roof is in reasonable condition, but large ventilation panels affect thermal efficiency. The Signalling Switch room, a small brick building, is newer and houses equipment. 7.35

TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

The Trans Plant House is a two-storey office building of brick construction with a flat roof. Internal partitions appear to be stud frame and plasterboard and internal flooring carpet throughout with large areas of quarry tile in washroom and changing facilities. The interior layout is quite specific to office space with a straightforward geometry of the floorplate. The insulating properties of the current materials are likely to be quite poor compared to the most modern construction methods available. The Ultrasonics Equipment Stores is a very small brick out building next to the Trans Plant House.

7.39

Community Hub and Gardens

Shops and Homes above adjacent to West Kensington Station

The building near West Kensington Station is a row of shops and homes, partially rendered brick. The interiors are small and lack Water Closet facilities, with no heritage value. The Site development will focus on creating significant green space, homes, office buildings, and cultural venues.

Chapter 7.0 - Existing Buildings – Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Meanwhile Use Strategy This section explores the potential to use the existing buildings in a meanwhile temporary condition during the development of the Site. This will positively contribute towards inclusive growth and the well being of the community. The current meanwhile uses on the Site focus on providing and delivering benefits to the local community, encouraging access to open spaces, promoting engagement while offering opportunities for creativity, social impact, wellbeing development and skills enhancement. The potential uses through engagement, participation, inspiration and innovation will allow specific understanding of the importance of localness and place identity. They will assist informing our neighbourhoods, provide community programmes, enliven engagement and enhance social & economic growth. Additionally, these possibilities allow for temporary meanwhile activities to translate into permanent uses or installations within the Earls Court Development, providing longer-term legacies. Aligning to Four Pillars —

Neighbourhood: An inspiring neighbourhood designed for all stages of life.

—

Innovation: A showcase for climate, clean innovation and skills.

—

Culture: A cultural ecosystem for the future of talent.

—

Nature: A celebration of nature and its ability to connect and revive.

7.40

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

7.41

Meanwhile Use – from existing buildings

A meanwhile strategy has sought to incubate culture, creativity and collaboration from the start. Opportunities have been explored across the whole Site and the following existing buildings will look to be utilised in the short to medium term, prior to demolition. Maximising their use and minimising emission associated with creating a new meanwhile spaces. The need for other meanwhile have been realised in the following locations: —

Warwick Road Apron.

—

Lillie Road Units.

—

Empress Studios.

—

Empress Space (multiple venues).

—

Earls Court Community Hub.

—

9 Beaumont Avenue.

—

Old Brompton Rd.

In addition to these, current TfL buildings will be considered for their use as construction welfare facilities, if unoccupied and works within phasing of Site. Strategies how these will be developed will occur at their respective RMAs.

Meanwhile Use to Date

The strategic use of engagement, participation, inspiration and innovation will allow specific understanding of the importance of localness and place identity. They will assist informing our neighbourhoods, provide community programmes, enliven engagement, and enhance social & economic growth. Additionally these possibilities allow for temporary meanwhile activities to translate into permanent uses or installations within the Earls Court Development, providing longer-term legacies. In the immediate term, the focus centres on harnessing the following drivers: —

Supporting Local Talent: By providing affordable spaces that serve as incubators for artists, entrepreneurs, and local organizations, this not only nurtures a culture of creativity and innovation but also ensures that the pulsating talent within our community finds its place and space to flourish.

—

Encouraging Sustainability: By repurposing existing buildings, meanwhile use reduces the environmental impact associated with new constructions and fostering a culture of sustainability that aligns with our commitment to ecological stewardship.

—

Boosting Local Economy: Meanwhile projects do more than occupy space; they draw visitors, spark interest, and stimulate economic activity. This approach not only supports local businesses by increasing foot traffic but also contributes to job creation, reinforcing the economic backbone of our community.

Figure 62: Map of existing building meanwhile use locations.

Chapter 8.0 - Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

8.0 Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide Reusing materials is a key principle of Circular Economy. It reduces generated waste and helps reduce new elements being added to the material economy. This reduces the amount of carbon emissions produced. Figure 63 sets out the hierarchy for building approaches that maximises the use of existing materials. Diminishing returns are gained by moving through the hierarchy outwards, working through refurbishment and reuse through the least preferable option of recycling materials produced by development or demolition process. The inner three circles show that retaining existing buildings is the most resource-efficient option, followed by refits and refurbishments. The outer three circles apply to building elements, where the priority is to design components that can be reclaimed or remanufactured and only recycled or returned to the biosphere as a last resort. The five segments demonstrate the design principles associated with circular economy:

—

Build in layers (detailed further in Section 10.0).

—

Designing out waste.

—

Design for adaptability.

—

Design for disassembly.

—

Selecting materials.

Figure 63: Circular Economy hierarchy for building approaches (London Plan Policy D3 Figure 3.2).

Chapter 8.0 - Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Conserving Resources and Sourcing Sustainably The priority in Circular Economy is to reuse existing assets. However, this is not always feasible and due consideration must be given to minimising material and resource requirements, and responsibly and sustainably the materials and resources that cannot be reused or eliminated from the design. 8.1

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

8.5

Circular Procurement

Product Service Systems. Product-, use-, result-orientated delivery of offerings which combine products and services.

Recycled Materials Renting / Leasing.

As part of the design optioneering for the development frame, the consideration of reuse of off-Site steel has been considered for the Earls Court Development. Constraints such as procurement and material availability and quality will need to be considered during construction before committed to.

Transaction for the use of an asset while ownership is retained by a third party who is paid.

8.2

Take-back Arrangements.

Minimising the Quantities of Materials Used

The Earls Court Development is being assessed under BREEAM New Construction v6 and targeting credit MAT 06 – Material efficiency. As such, measures and practices that can be adopted to reduce quantities of materials used have been and will continue to the discussed at each RIBA stage of works. 8.3 Minimising the Quantities of Other Resources Used In addition to minimising use of land resources, the scheme will be designed to address efficient use of energy and water. Operational energy demands will be minimised in line with London Plan requirements. Sustainable urban drainage systems are to be implemented. Please refer to the drainage strategy produced by WSP for full detail. 8.4

Specifying and Sourcing Materials Responsibly and Sustainably

The scheme will aim to support the local procurement of materials, with prioritisation of products under a recognised responsible certification scheme. A Whole Lifecycle Carbon Assessment has been completed and will be used to inform the design and selection of materials.

Agreements that manufacturers or another third-party “take back” the products that are at the end of their lives. Second-life Materials / Components. Procurement of reuse materials and components or materials with recycled content.

Just-in-time Procurements. Aligns procurement from suppliers directly with construction programme to avoid wastage.

Chapter 8.0 - Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Site-Wide Material Arising Table 10 presents estimated quantities by volume/weight or tonnage of material from the main material types, which are expected to arise from the Site-Wide development during the demolition process.

Table 10: Estimated Quantities of Material.

The materials quantities have been deduced from the Site audits, undertaken by KaNect, and categories by the surveyor to assess their quality. The estimated volumes are based on the Site visit and do not consider the actual skip volumes that may result from the Site (i.e., does not account for bulking and the inevitable voids within the skip during disposal).

Table 10: Estimated Quantities of Material. European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

Concrete

17.01.01

13,949

77%

33,458

83%

Bricks

17.01.02

2,398

13%

4,592

11%

Mixed Metals

17.04.07

210.60

617

Timber and Timber Products

17.02.01

183

146

0.4%

Tiles and Ceramics

17.01.03

37.71

0.2%

38.43

0.1%

Gypsum based construction material

17.08.02

6.62

0.02%

Glass

17.02.02

13.03

0.1%

25.60

0.1%

Textiles

20.01.11

44.27

0.2%

4.17

0.01%

Plastics

17.02.03

0.2%

6.16

0.02%

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

17.03.02

8.20

0.05%

8.20

0.02%

Stone (Tiles and Marble)

17.05.04

232

533

Type of Material

% of Total Volume (%m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Type of Material

European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

% of Total Volume (%m3)

Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt)

17.03.03

666

733

Insulation

17.06.04

207

248

18,078.81

100%

40,416.18

100%

Total

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding.

See Appendices D-M – Pre-Demolition Audits for full pre-demolition audits.

% of Total Tonnage

Chapter 8.0 - Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Figure 64: Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Figure 65: Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage.

Chapter 8.0 - Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

On-Site Material Reuse, Remanufacture and Recycling Potential Table 11 presents the waste reduction opportunities for each of the material groups that could be reused, remanufactured or recycled on-Site, as per the ‘Waste as a Resource’ principles. Using these principles, waste is seen as a value resource that can be managed to produce sustainable benefits, rather than a problem and burden. The remainder of the material would be recycled off-Site where feasible. The quantity of material for reuse, remanufacture or recycling on-Site has been developed in coordination with the Design Team, based on practical application with the outline plots. Table 11: Waste reduction opportunities. Type of Material

On-Site Reuse

On-Site Recycle

Off-Site Reuse

Off-Site Recycle

Disposal

Constraints

Concrete

0% of this material will be reused onSite. However, further testing and investigations will be undertaken by the Principal Contractor to understand this materials potential and associated limitations for reuse on-Site.

97% of the total volume of this material 0% of this material will Remaining 3% of this This material will not be sent for will be crushed and used for constructing be reused off-Site material (that potentially disposal. pile mats and also used for infilling comprises rebar) will be purposes. However, this material will be recycled off-Site. further investigated by the Principal Contractor, to further explore its potential and associated limitations to be used onSite.

This will require additional storage space and potentially a license from Environmental Agency (EA) for storing this waste

Bricks

100% of the total volume of this material 0% of this material will 0% of this material will will be crushed and used for constructing be reused off-Site be recycled off-Site pile mats and used for infilling purposes. However, this material will be further investigated by the Principal Contractor, to further explore its potential and associated limitations to be used on-Site.

This material will not be sent for disposal.

This will require additional storage space and potentially a license from Environmental Agency (EA) for storing this waste

Mixed Metals

0% of this material will be recycled onSite.

0% of this material will 100% of this material will This material will not be sent for be reused off-Site be recycled off-Site. disposal.

Further testing will be required on or off-Site to understand the potential of reuse or recycling. Temporary storage required prior to sending this off-Site.

Chapter 8.0 - Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Table 11: Waste reduction opportunities. Type of Material

On-Site Reuse

On-Site Recycle

Off-Site Reuse

Off-Site Recycle

Disposal

Constraints

Timber and Timber Products

80% of this material will be crushed and 0% of this material will 15% of this material will used for landscaping. However, further be reused off-Site be recycled off-Site testing and investigations will be undertaken by the Principal Contractor to understand this materials potential and associated limitations for recycling and using on-Site

It is assumed that 5% of this Further testing will be required material will be sent for energy for on or off-Site to understand the waste or disposal. However, potential of reuse or recycling. further investigations will be Temporary storage required undertaken by the Principal prior to sending this off-Site. Contractor to identify opportunities to reduce this percentage, and alternatively increasing the % of reuse or recycle on-Site.

Tiles and Ceramics

0% of this material will be recycled on0% of this material will 100% of this material will This material will not be sent for Site. However, further testing and be reused off-Site be recycled off-Site disposal. investigations will be undertaken by the Principal Contractor to understand this materials potential and associated limitations for recycling and using on-Site

Gypsum based construction material

0% of this material will be recycled on0% of this material will 95% of this material will Site. However, further testing and be reused off-Site be recycled off-Site investigations will be undertaken by the Principal Contractor to understand this materials potential and associated limitations for recycling and using on-Site

Glass

Further testing will be required on or off-Site to understand the potential of reuse or recycling. Temporary storage required prior to sending this off-Site.

Textiles

Further testing will be required on or off-Site to understand the potential of reuse or recycling. Temporary storage required prior to sending this off-Site

Further testing will be required on or off-Site to understand the potential of reuse or recycling. Temporary storage required prior to sending this off-Site.

Chapter 8.0 - Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Table 11: Waste reduction opportunities. Type of Material

On-Site Reuse

On-Site Recycle

Off-Site Reuse

Off-Site Recycle

Disposal

Constraints

Plastics

Further testing will be required on or off-Site to understand the potential of reuse or recycling. Temporary storage required prior to sending this off-Site

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

It is assumed that 5% of this Further testing will be required material will be sent for energy for on or off-Site to understand the waste or disposal. However, potential of reuse or recycling. further investigations will be Temporary storage required undertaken by the Principal prior to sending this off-Site Contractor to identify opportunities to reduce this percentage, and alternatively increasing the % of reuse or recycle on-Site.

Stone (Tiles and Marble)

100% of this material will be reused onSite for interior design or landscaping purposes. However, further testing and investigations will be undertaken by the Principal Contractor to understand this materials potential and associated limitations for reuse on-Site.

0% of this material will be recycled on0% of this material will 0% of this material will Site. However, further testing and be reused off-Site. be recycled off-Site. investigations will be undertaken by the However, further Principal Contractor to understand this testing and materials potential and associated investigations will be limitations for recycling and using on-Site undertaken by the Principal Contractor to understand this materials potential and associated limitations for reuse on-Site.

0% of this material will be reused Further testing will be required off-Site on or off-Site to understand the potential of reuse or recycling. Temporary storage required prior to sending this off-Site.

Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt)

0% of this material will be recycled on0% of this material will 0% of this material will 100% of this material will be sent Temporary storage required Site. However, further testing and be reused off-Site. be recycled off-Site. off-Site for energy recovery or prior to sending this off-Site. investigations will be undertaken by the However, further However, further testing disposal. Principal Contractor to understand this testing and and investigations will be materials potential and associated investigations will be undertaken by the limitations for recycling and using on-Site undertaken by the Principal Contractor to Principal Contractor to understand this materials understand this potential and associated materials potential limitations for recycling and associated and using on-Site limitations for reuse on-Site

Chapter 8.0 - Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Table 11: Waste reduction opportunities. Type of Material

On-Site Reuse

On-Site Recycle

Off-Site Reuse

Off-Site Recycle

Disposal

Insulation

0% of this material will be recycled on0% of this material will 75% of this material will Site. However, further testing and be reused off-Site be recycled off-Site investigations will be undertaken by the Principal Contractor to understand this materials potential and associated limitations for recycling and using on-Site

Luminaries

0% of this material will be recycled on0% of this material will 100% of this material will 0% of this material will be reused Site. However, further testing and be reused off-Site. be recycled off-Site. off-Site investigations will be undertaken by the However, further However, further testing Principal Contractor to understand this testing and and investigations will be materials potential and associated investigations will be undertaken by the limitations for recycling and using on-Site undertaken by the Principal Contractor to Principal Contractor to understand this materials understand this potential and associated materials potential limitations for recycling and associated and using on-Site limitations for reuse on-Site.

Constraints

It is assumed that 25% of this Temporary storage required material will be sent for energy for prior to sending this off-Site. waste or disposal. However, further investigations will be undertaken by the Principal Contractor to identify opportunities to reduce this percentage, and alternatively increasing the % of reuse or recycle on-Site. Further testing will be required on or off-Site to understand the potential of reuse or recycling. Temporary storage required prior to sending this off-Site.

Chapter 8.0 - Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

8.6

Local Re-Processors

Table 12: Local Re-processors available for each material type.

Examples of local reprocessing and recycling facilities have been identified, however these facilities suggested are not an exhaustive list. Table 12: Local Re-processors available for each material type. Type of Material

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Local Re-processors

Type of Material

Local Re-processors

Mixed Metals

Powerday | Remove All London |

Concrete

Yes Waste Y The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company EMR

Quattro Uk Ltd Q | Powerday | Remove All London

Get In Touch With EMR | EMR Metal Recycling Reimagined (emrgroup.com)

| Yes Waste Y The Waste Co

Timber and Timber Products

Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Bricks

| Yes Waste Y The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network

Quattro Uk Ltd Q | Powerday | Remove All London | Yes Waste Y The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company

Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reuse-network.org.uk) Windsor Reclamation Reclaimed bricks - Windsor Reclamation (reclaimed-brick.co.uk)

Powerday | Remove All London

Home - Reuse Network (reuse-network.org.uk) Tiles and Ceramics

Powerday | Yes Waste Y The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reuse-network.org.uk)

Chapter 8.0 - Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Table 12: Local Re-processors available for each material type.

Type of Material

Local Re-processors

Gypsum Powerday based | construction Yes Waste material

Bituminous Powerday Material | (including asphalt roof) Remove All London

The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Glass

Yes Waste

Stone (Tiles Powerday and Marble) |

Yes Waste

The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reuse-network.org.uk)

Plastics

The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company

Powerday | Remove All London |

Textiles

Local Re-processors

Yes Waste Construction Waste Tower Hamlets | Licensed & Efficient | Yes Waste The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reuse-network.org.uk)

The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reuse-network.org.uk) Bituminous Powerday Material | (assume Tar, Tarmac and Remove All London Felt) Yes Waste

Y The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reuse-network.org.uk)

Powerday | Remove All London | Yes Waste

Y The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reuse-network.org.uk)

Insulation

Powerday | Remove All London | Yes Waste

Y The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company

Chapter 8.0 - Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Table 12: Local Re-processors available for each material type. Type of Material

Local Re-processors

Luminaries

Reco Light Recycling Map | Recolight FREE lamp recycling Enviromate Enviromate | Surplus Material | Community Projects Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Chapter 8.0 - Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

On-Site Material Reuse, Remanufacture and Recycling 8.7

The Earls Court Development will aim to achieve the following targets:

—

Diversion from Landfill – at least 95% of the total volume (as per London Plan Policy SI 7).

—

Reuse and Recycling On-Site – approximately 94% of the total volume.

There are several opportunities to apply the waste hierarchy and Circular Economy to the buildings being demolished. The final choices of the recommendations made within the pre-demolition audits will need to be determined by the demolition contractor, based on the costs and benefits of the options presented. There are clear benefits to implementing waste reduction initiatives, these include:

—

Reducing costs associated with disposal,

—

Realising financial benefits by diverting waste from landfill, and

—

Environmental and social benefits of implementing the waste hierarchy and Circular Economy.

Table 13: Waste targets.

Use class

Target

Target Measure

Waste Type Targeted

Total Waste Target

Measure

Waste Target 1: Domestic

8.1

m3 / 100m2 GIFA Construction

TBC

Waste Target 2: Non-Domestic

7.5

m3 / 100m2 GIFA Construction

TBC

Early Phases

Table 15: Estimated waste targets for Early Phases. Waste Material & European Waste Catalogue

Waste Management Action Estimated Hazardous Waste Type Quantity % Waste to Waste % Reused % Recycled (m3) Energy

% Landfill

Mixed C&D (17 09 04)

Demolition

65,425

n/a

Mixed C&D (17 09 04)

Excavation

144,339

n/a

Mixed C&D (17 09 04)

Construction

33,757

n/a

TBC

Yes

Hazardous

TBC

8.8

All Phases

Table 16: Estimated waste targets for All Phases. Table 14: Diversion from landfill. Use class

Target (%)

Target Measure

Waste Target 1: Domestic

Construction

Waste Target 2: Non-Domestic

Construction

Waste Target 3: Demolition

Demolition

Waste Material & European Waste Catalogue

Waste Management Action Estimated Hazardous Waste Type Quantity Waste % Waste to % Reused % Recycled % Landfill (m3) Energy

Mixed C&D (17 09 04)

Demolition

79,026

n/a

Mixed C&D (17 09 04)

Excavation

97,980

n/a

Mixed C&D (17 09 04)

Construction

31,757

n/a

TBC

Yes

Hazardous

TBC

Chapter 9.0 - New-Build Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

9.0 New-Build Design Approach The Circular Economy design approach has been developed according to the specific context and needs of the Earls Court Development. The Circular Economy commitments focus on embedding circular economy principles within the new buildings on the Site.

Circular Design Strategies The circular design strategies that have been implemented in the new build design can be seen summarised below. Details of the new build strategies are included in each of the accompanying Sustainability Statements for each Plot. 9.1

Maintainability,

Design to improve the ease of maintenance of the building, systems and components to extend their useful life. 9.2

Longevity,

Design to improve the durability of the building, systems and components to avoid unnecessary damage and/ or replacement. 9.3

Flexibility,

Design to accommodate regular changes in the short-term to meet occupant needs. 9.4

Adaptability,

Design to future-proof the building to accommodate changing use scenarios and needs. 9.5

Disassembly,

Design to facilitate the deconstruction of the building while retaining the value of the constituent elements. 9.6

Material Recovery.

Design to enable recycling of materials at end-of-life, avoiding the need for downcycling.

Figure 66: Design approaches and life span of elements/buildings. 9.7

Design for Longevity, Adaptability or Flexibility and Reusability or Recoverability

The Earls Court Development aspires to deliver a design for long-term adaptability and is being assessed under BREEAM New Construction v6 and targeting credits WST05 – Adaption to climate change and WST 06 – Design for disassembly and adaptability. 9.8

Design out Construction, Demolition, Excavation and Municipal Waste

A feasibility review of the existing building was undertaken at early stages of design to consider the appropriateness of refurbishment over demolition. Construction waste arising from the Earls Court Development will be minimised through adoption of pre-fabrication methods where viable. As there is a requirement for standardisation and repetition across the extension this reduces the complexity of the construction process and would reduce the waste that is normally associated with non-modular construction buildings. Some manufacturers also use some ‘excess/waste’ materials or from processes to generate and supply energy to run their factory operations. The Earls Court Development is being assessed under BREEAM New Construction v6 and HQM v6 and targeting credits WST01 – Construction Waste Management and 10.4 Site Waste Management respectively. As part of the credit criteria, a pre-demolition will be completed for the existing building to assess the suitability of reuse of materials on-Site. Furthermore, a target has been set for amount of waste generated per 100m2 (gross internal floor area) for demolition and construction waste. A minimum target of <6.5 tonnes/100m2 with an aspiration of <3.2 tonnes/100m2 has been set for the Earls Court Development. In line with Circular Economy principles, the main priority is to extend the lifetime of the buildings on the development through careful design and specification.

Chapter 9.0 - New-Build Design Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

The buildings developed on the Site will follow best practise principles in their design and construction with the overarching aims of reducing material usage, minimising waste, and embedding longevity, flexibility and adaptability.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

—

Material circularity.

‒ Material procurement via leasing frameworks. ‒ Responsible procurement.

The decision tree below shows the recommended approach to Circular Economy by the GLA.

‒ Sustainable sourcing. ‒ Local sourcing. ‒ Supply chain engagement. —

Structural and fabric resilience.

—

Life cycle assessments.

—

Disassembly and demountability. It is expected that the Earls Court Development will have long life and is likely to be retained for commercial and use throughout its life. However, the Earls Court Development has been designed to allow flexibility and adaptability should an alternative use be desired during the Earls Court Development’s lifetime, ensuring that potential waste generation is mitigated. Furthermore, advances in innovation and best practiser over time combined with effective feedback loop mechanisms are expected to lead to continuous improvements as second phase is developed.

Table 17 directly addresses the six Circular Economy principles laid out in the GLA Circular Economy Statement guidance.

Table 17: Circular Economy principles and their application Site-Wide.

Figure 67: Decision tree below shows the recommended approach to Circular Economy by the GLA.

Principle

Application across Earls Court Development

Building in layers

Dry connections where possible Removeable and accessible panels Further details in section 11

Designing out waste

Pre-demolition audits Lean design principles Off-Site manufacturing Modular Building

Designing for longevity

Developed maintenance plan Durable Specification of materials Residential super and sub structures

Designing for adaptability or flexibility

CAT A Fit out Flexible internal layouts (offices) BCO Criteria risers for future flexibility

Designing for disassembly

Meanwhile uses End-of-life scenarios to prioritise reuse and recycling

Using systems, elements or materials that can be reused and recycle

Pre-redevelopment audits Recycled content of new materials

The following focus areas have been reviewed to maximise opportunities to embed Circular Economy principles:

—

‘Fabric first’ design principles.

—

Material efficiency.

—

Adaptability.

—

Flexibility.

—

Low carbon construction.

—

Off-Site / modular construction.

—

Design for Manufacture and Assembly (DfMA).

—

Minimisation of excavation waste.

Chapter 10.0 - New-Build Design Principles EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

10.0 New-Build Design Principles This section provides practical applications for applying building by layer principles and implementing Circular Economy within the design. Details of the new build strategies are included in each of the accompanying Sustainability Statements for each Plot. A building can be defined in terms of ‘layers’, where each layer has its own life cycle, life span and relevant Circular Economy design approaches. These layers can be seen in the figure below. The lifespan of the Earls Court Development is likely to be longer than average, therefore building in layers is key aspect to be incorporated. Any building component that is anticipated to have a short lifespan that is likely to be replaced during the building’s life will be designed to be recovered or reused and recycled as the needs of the building users change.

The layers have been defined as below:

—

Skin / Shell: the layer keeping out wind, water, heat, cold, direct sunlight, and noise. It includes

exterior surfaces such as the roof, siding, sheathing, windows, and the façade. This layer often has the biggest impact on long-term durability, occupant comfort and building-energy performance. —

Superstructure: this layer includes load-bearing elements above the plinth, including the roof-

supporting structure. Generally, it is the longest-lasting building element and may have insulation and services embedded here. —

Substructure: this layer covers excavations, foundations, basements and Ground Floors.

—

Services (building): this layer includes installations to ensure comfort, practicality, accessibility

and safety, including plumbing, heating, cooling, ventilation and electrics. The distribution systems can be hard to change. —

Space plan / interior: the layer including the layout, internal walls and partitions, ceilings, floors,

surface finishes, fixtures, doors and fitted furniture. This is changeable without changing the structure, services, or skin. —

Stuff / contents: this layer includes anything that could fall down if the building was turned upside down. These are not permanent, they are easily movable and the most frequently changed by the A occupant. For example this includes appliances, electronics, and furniture.

The following subsections set out how individual building layers have adopted the key circular design principles. 10.1

Skin / Shell

Panels used will be sized to match a standardised grid spacing to enable further reuse elsewhere. Minimise connection points. Supports will be at individual floors to allowing disassembly without comprising the main structure. The demand for cooling load will be reduced through fabric specification, external shading, and natural ventilation where possible. A high quality of construction will provide excellent air tightness.

Figure 68: Building layers and their indicative lifespans. The different layers should be independent, accessible and removable whilst retaining their value. This supports reuse and recycling and allows layers that need more frequent replacements to have them without affecting other layers. Circular economy design approaches will be applicable to each layer depending on function and expected lifespan.

Plot specific The current proposal is for precast concrete with glass fibre reinforced concrete (GRC) rainscreen for the EC1 plots (EC05 and EC06), and WB03 from the EC2 plots. For WB04 a glazed unitised façade with an aluminium and GRC rainscreen is proposed. It is proposed the WB05 will have brick faced precast panels. The precast concrete panels will be supported at columns rather than loaded at mid-span to reduce the number of dead-load brackets and minimise connections. 10.2

Structure

Structural options are limited due to the height of the buildings in the Earls Court Development. The shared podium level is more efficient in terms of form factor for an efficient substructure. The Institution of Structural Engineers has determined that as ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBS) is a limited and constrained resource that is almost fully utilised globally, and that locally increasing GGBS use is

Chapter 10.0 - New-Build Design Principles EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

unlikely to decrease global emissions. Therefore, alternative options should be explored for reducing emissions when using concrete. 10.3

Services

Reducing in-use energy performance is a key design parameter in designing out waste. The residential areas will use Passivhaus to inform design measures and the non-residential spaces will be designed to achieve a NABERS UK 5-star rating. This will include a ‘fabric first’ approach to reduce the energy demand and CO2 emissions – please refer to the associated Energy Strategy report for the detailed methodology. Water consumption will be reduced through the installation of water efficient fittings. Development Plot specific Demand led HVAC controls will be in each dwelling for the residential spaces and in non-residential spaces these will be available on each floor. This will allow occupiers to monitor and reduce energy in-use. 10.4

Space Plan

Occupier fit-out guides will be provided with clear performance targets for embodied carbon, material specification to enable reuse, recycled content and reduce waste. The non-residential spaces will have flexible and adaptable floor plates. Office plots are being designed with consideration for research and lab facilities. Desing for “flip plots” will allow for adaptability and flexibility in the building use type. All dwellings are oversized with respect to London Plan Guidelines. Multiple residential use types are being considered throughout the design process –affordable, later living, student accommodation and build to rent. The overarching approach to design across plots will allow for interchangeability between residential use types later in life cycle of the buildings. 10.5

End of Life

In Circular Economy is it important to focus on the end of building life. Using systems, elements or materials that can be reused and recycled will ultimately help in ensuring that waste is avoided, or at least reduced. The strategies proposed are as follows:

—

Standard-size materials have been proposed to enable reuse.

—

Similar modular approaches will be encouraged during fit-out.

—

Material passports and supporting building information model data will help enable disassembly,

future reuse and minimise or avoid waste. —

Exposed and reversible connections will facilitate disassembly and ensure materials can be recovered at high value.

Figure 69: Proposed Earls Court Development – Pavilion.

Chapter 11.0 - Whole Life Carbon – Overview & Buildings EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

11.0 Whole Life Carbon – Overview & Buildings London Plan Policy SI 2 requires development proposals referable to the Mayor calculate whole life-cycle carbon emissions through a nationally recognised Whole Life-Cycle Carbon Assessment and demonstrate actions are taken to reduce life-cycle carbon emissions.

In line with standard UK practice, the LCA process and results included in this document have been assessed in line with BS 15978:2011 and the RICS Professional Statement: Whole Life Carbon Assessment for the Built Environment. All EPDs used have been procured in line with the requirements of BS EN 15804:2012.

Strategy To standardise Whole Life Carbon Assessment, they are reported against a number of stages as defined in EN 15978; 7.4. These life cycle stages begin with raw material extraction, moving through product manufacture, transportation, and installation within a development, this continues into maintenance and use of a Site during operation, and eventual material disposal at the end-of-life stage. These stages are grouped into three modules, A, B, and C, representing upfront, operational, and end-of-life carbon, Module D represents the circularity of products that are re-used or recycled. The assessment of the Whole Life Carbon (WLC) emissions consists of the following sections: total operations carbon emissions (regulated plus unregulated); embodied carbon emissions; and any future potential carbon emission ‘benefits’, post end-of-life, including benefits from reuse and recycling of building structure and materials. This assessment has been undertaken in line with the GLA guidance for undertaking WLC assessments and therefore in line with the RICS Professional Statement; Whole Life Carbon Assessment for the Built Environment. 11.1

Operational Carbon Emissions

In line with GLA guidance, the operational carbon emissions are calculated based on benchmarks for the nonresidential spaces and the SAP results for the residential buildings undertaken as part of the Energy Strategy for planning. This encompasses carbon emissions related to both regulated and unregulated energy uses, accumulated over a 60-year study period. Please refer to the associated Energy Strategy report for further details on methodology of the above energy modelling. 11.2

Embodied Carbon Assessment and End-of-Life Emissions

To assess the embodied carbon for a project, a Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) tool – One Click LCA – has been used to make allocations for the anticipated material quantities in an inventory analysis. The materials are represented within the model by using materials with associated Environmental Product Declarations (EPDs). EPDs are produced by manufacturers and identify the carbon emissions of a product. By scheduling the materials proposed for the Earls Court Development, the overall carbon emissions for the project can be approximated. It should be noted here that the LCA tool has a limited database of materials. In the scenario where a specified materials isn’t included in the database, the most similar material in terms of material composition is selected instead.

Figure 70: Whole Life Carbon reduction hierarchy.

Chapter 11.0 - Whole Life Carbon – Overview & Buildings EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Methodology and Inputs 11.3

Assessment scope

The assessment of Whole Life Carbon (WLC) emissions consists of the following sections: total operational carbon emissions (regulated plus unregulated); embodied carbon emissions; and any future potential carbon emission ‘benefits’, post end-of-life, including benefits from reuse and recycling of building structure and materials.

11.5

Table 37 in Appendix N – Data Used in Existing Building WLC Analysis lists the building elements covered by the assessment, in line with the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) Professional Statement: Whole Life Carbon assessment for the built environment. 11.6

11.4

Inputs

Life Cycle Modules

Operational Carbon Emissions

The operational carbon emissions will be calculated based on Part L1 or PHPP modelling undertaken for the Site as part of the Energy Strategy submitted in support of the Hybrid Applications. This encompasses carbon emissions related to both regulated and unregulated energy uses, accumulated over a 60-year study period.

Table 39 in Appendix P – Life-Cycle Modules gives a description of each life cycle stage, and a commentary on, the source of information used for each stage. 11.7

Life Cycle Assessment Impacts

A building Life Cycle Assessment considers a range of environmental indicators that assess the relevant overall impacts of the materials selections. Whilst ideally an LCA assessment would consider all environmental factors relevant to the product or material, due to lack of information in some cases, and lack of consensus in how to calculate Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) within the industry, not all environmental impacts can be considered. Standard ratios are used to convert the various greenhouse gases into equivalent amounts of CO2. These ratios are based on the global warming potential (GWP) of each gas. GWP is a relative measure of how much a given mass of greenhouse gas is estimated to contribute to global warming over a given time interval – usually 100 years. It is expressed relative to carbon dioxide which is set as the baseline which other emitters are compared against, and which therefore has a GWP of 1. This assessment thus reports on the embodied carbon of the Earls Court Development as ‘global warming potential’ with the annotation ‘CO2 equivalent (CO2e)’.

Figure 71: Whole Life Carbon Modules and Stages as defined by EN 15978; 7.4.

Chapter 11.0 - Whole Life Carbon – Overview & Buildings EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Results 11.8

Overview

The table below demonstrates the estimated whole life carbon emissions per life cycle module alongside the average and the total emissions for each module for Earls Court Detailed Component assessments. A summary of the anticipated Site-Wide results can be seen in Table 37.

Table 18:Plot level whole life carbon results per module. Modules

WB03

WB04

WB05

EC05

EC06

614

596

580

616

628

423

358

421

481

334

465

541

464

609

495

1,559

1,552

1,540

1,814

1,528

A1-A5 (kgCO2e/m2 GIA) B1-B5 (kgCO2e/m2 GIA) C1-C4 (kgCO2e/m2 GIA) B6 (kgCO2e/m2 GIA) B7 (kgCO2e/m2 GIA) Total (kgCO2e/m2 GIA)

Table 19: Average Detailed Component Benchmark life cycle results per module. Module/ result

Average (kgCO2e/m2 GIA)

Total Detailed Component (tCO2e)

A1-A5

605

72,892

B1-B5

405

48,805

C1-C4

5,993

521

62,756

2,630

Additional comments

Regulated and unregulated energy are combined.

Chapter 11.0 - Whole Life Carbon – Overview & Buildings EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

11.9

Detailed Component Results – Upfront Carbon

Figure 72 shows the detailed upfront carbon breakdowns of the detailed assessed plots in the Detailed Component.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

However, the frame for EC06 is a much greater proportion (157 kgCO2e/m2) compared to the other two plots assessed (between 55 and 118 kgCO2e/m2). This is potentially due to the additional St Cuthbert’s Lane transfer structure captured within the frame category, and additional core walls which are noted as thicker to the St Cuthbert’s Lane within the cost information used. This area is illustrated for reference in Figure 73.

Figure 72: Upfront Carbon (A1-A5) breakdown by RICS category for Detailed Component (kgCO2e/m2). The Upfront carbon results demonstrate performance that exceeds ‘typical building’ performance, which aligns with the GLA Baseline benchmark rate of 850 kgCO2e/m2. On average, the Detailed Component results are demonstrating a betterment over this performance of upfront carbon emissions (A1-A5) of circa 250 kgCO2e/m2. Whilst this is good progress in terms of addressing the capital carbon impact of the assessed components, no component achieves the GLA Aspirational Benchmark, which is in line with the LETI 2020 design target. Examining the results in detail to appraise the most significant contributing materials, and exploring opportunities for reduction within each component assessment is essential to optimising performance against the benchmarks and has been considered at a high level within the current stage of design, with further detailed analysis recommended for the next design stages. Across the Detailed Component assessments, the most contributing material categories have some variation, but generally follow similar trends. The most significant contributors to upfront carbon are: Figure 73: Illustration of St Cuthbert’s Lane location in relation to EC06 (highlighted in green).

—

Upper Floors.

—

Building services.

—

Frame/substructure.

Across the plots assessed, substructure is between 57 and 65 kgCO2e/m2, and Upper Floors between 87 and 103 kgCO2e/m2, demonstrating similar percentages of total upfront carbon across the assessed plots.

Detailed building services quantities are not available this early in the design development process, therefore, where necessary, material inputs have been benchmarked based on previous project experience. Typically, accurately capturing the embodied carbon emissions of building services materials has been a noted weakness within Whole Life Carbon analysis. The inputs used in collaboration with the MEP team have aimed to provide a comprehensive early-stage value in line with the level of detail noted in the GLA guidance.

Chapter 11.0 - Whole Life Carbon – Overview & Buildings EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

GLA benchmark guidance indicates MEP is anticipated to contribute 16% of upfront carbon for residential use types, and the values within the Plot assessments range between 14% and 16% (excluding Site wide emissions from the percentage breakdown), therefore this is as anticipated. One other area that could potentially be contributing to upfront carbon rates exceeding the GLA Aspirational benchmark is the A5 Site Operations emissions. Typically, at early-stage assessment, the impact of Site operations is benchmarked using the RICS rate of 1,400kgCO2e/£100k of project value, which has been applied to the Plot assessments. In addition, the cost plans provided noted estimated quantities for excavation, piling mats and formwork, which have been included. Therefore, as the design progresses and we are able to be more accurate with what is captured under A5, this impact may decrease. 11.10

Detailed Component Results – Embodied Carbon

Figure 74 shows the embodied carbon (B1-B5, C1-C4) emissions breakdowns of the assessed plots in the Detailed Components. The GLA benchmarks have been illustrated for performance reference.

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

All of the most significant contributing material categories have high replacement rates and greater emissions associated with repair during their lifespans. Attention should be paid to following the Circular Economy principles when considering these elements; build less, consider adaptability, modular construction, robust material procurement and considering the re-useability and recyclability of material selections. Variation in overall embodied carbon emissions between the three assessed plots is likely primarily due to variations in fit out specification for the residential units, and associated variations in unit density mix within each Plot. All plots exceed the GLA baseline benchmark for B1-B5, and C1-C4 emissions for residential use type buildings. This is potentially due to the comprehensive detail provided in the Stage 2 cost plan information used to undertake the Whole Life Carbon assessments, particularly regarding fit out of the dwellings, where items such as finishes and FF&E can be excluded or assumed at early stages. In addition, service lives have been estimated in line with the RICS methodology, and where clear guidance is not available, conservative estimates made. Detailed information should be sought to replace the standardised inputs used, to minimise replacement intervals of the finishes, fittings, building services and bathroom pods in particular. It should also be noted that in-use and end-of-life carbon emissions are more difficult to estimate due to uncertainty of actual service lives and embodied carbon emissions of replacement materials looking up to 60 years in advance. For this reason, the Applicant will implement Circular Economy principles throughout design development. Robust material decisions and a focus on adaptability in particular will allow for low carbon decisions to be easily implemented throughout the lifespan of each Plot. The GLA benchmark guidance indicates building services are anticipated to contribute approximately 30% of B1-B5 and C1-C4 emissions. All Detailed Components assessed demonstrate building service proportions in exceedance of this (32% to 44%), however this could be due to residential density and detailed specification. Particularly, the use type of WB03 is student residential, which is still considered residential use type, but is more densely populated due to the arrangement of bedrooms, communal living and studios. It could also be that other material groups demonstrate a reduction over the GLA benchmark guidance to balance out overall embodied emissions, illustrating the significance of robust material selection as well as considering the whole building scope of carbon emissions. FF&E is another RICS category which can have a significant impact at the embodied scope (B1-B5 and C1C4) due to the high repair and replacement rates; which are typically 5-20 years. Within the assessed Detailed Components embodied emissions associated with FF&E varies from 21 kgCO2e/m2 to 67 kgCO2e/m2. This reflects variations in finish types, specifications and density of residential units across components, and the impact product selection within consideration of fittings and furnishings can have.

Figure 74: Embodied carbon (B1-B5, C1-C4) breakdown by RICS category for Detailed Component (kgCO2e/m2). Considering the carbon impact across the 60-year lifespan of the Detailed Component plots, we see similar trends in terms of in-use and end-of-life impacts. Consistently across the plots the most contributing elements are:

—

Building services,

—

Finishes,

—

Prefabricated (pod bathrooms).

In the case of the prefabricated pod bathrooms, despite making use of off-Site modular construction, embodied carbon data is still in its infancy for such products, and product data is limited. It is also likely that at this stage, the rate of replacement is a cautious estimate, and it is a recommendation that this is further explored during design development, and whether pod bathrooms are the best option both from a cost and carbon perspective.

Chapter 11.0 - Whole Life Carbon – Overview & Buildings EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Opportunities to Improve Performance 11.11

Opportunities

Within evaluation of the embodied carbon impact of the Detailed Component, a variety of options considering the superstructure have been appraised. Opportunities have primarily been considered for this scope at present as, as previously mentioned, frame, Upper Floors and other part of the superstructure can have a significant impact on upfront carbon (A1-A5). Across all assessed components, concrete has a significant impact in terms of the upfront carbon (modules A1-A5). An optioneering study has been undertaken which specified a concrete mix with a reduced GWP of <198 kgCO2e/m2 against the baseline design, with results indicating a reduction in upfront carbon of approximately 35*-63 kgCO2e/m2 across the respective plots. *For WB03 and WB04, where the podium is shared, options appraisals were considered on the towers only which likely explains why the carbon savings demonstrated are considerably lower than the other plots. It should be noted that the most common method for reducing the carbon intensity of a concrete mix in current industry is to use cement replacements (such as ground granulated blast-furnace slag (GGBS) or pulverised fly ash (PFA)) in varying quantities, where the higher the percentage of cement replacement, the greater the reduction in the overall carbon. Owing to supply and demand issues in the wider supply chain for the provision of cement replacements, reliance on these methods to reduce the GWP of the concrete mix within the design could be considered a risk if there is not already an established supply chain in place. It is recommended that further exploration is undertaken during the next stages of design into current UK manufacturers of ‘low-carbon concrete’ mixes to establish the feasibility of achieving a lower GWP in the specified concrete mix, to further reduce embodied carbon within the design. During the circular economy workshops it was noted that this is already a consideration with the structural engineers, and conversations will continue with design development to ensure the most appropriate solution. There is a mixture of aluminium windows and composite aluminium faced timber windows utilised between the detailed assessed plots. We have considered the benefit of one against the other and found there to be a relatively minor impact of this decision, and there are pros and cons to either solution. At the upfront carbon scope (A1-A5) timber frame windows cannot utilise the benefit of the biogenic carbon stored in the timber. On the other hand, aluminium is a readily re-used and recycable material, so it may be that aluminium windows last longer, and have greater circularity. It should be noted that WB03 has fixed window, whereas other Detailed Components have operable windows, based on the EPD selection at this stage the resultant embodied carbon difference is negligible. It should also be noted that at this stage the Detailed Components using Aluminium frame windows have been costed based on a 0% recycled content. Opportunities to maximise recycled content and minimise the embodied carbon impact from using virgin materials should be considered during design development.

Table 20: Upfront Carbon reduction kgCO2/m2. Reduction opportunity

EC05

EC06

WB03

WB04

WB05

Baseline

616

628

614

596

581

Concrete GWP <198 kgCO2e/m2

-63

-60

-36

-35

-47

40% recycled steel

-14

N/A

-2

Brickslip façade

N/A

+13

N/A

Aluminium frame window

-3

-2

N/A

Composite frame window

N/A

-0

-6

-2

Total

550

552

591

559

529

Chapter 12.0 - Whole Life Carbon – Public Realm & Energy Network EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

12.0 Whole Life Carbon – Public Realm & Energy Network This section outlines the calculated embodied carbon of the public realm and proposed energy network. This is in order to provide a benchmark for future comparison at RMAs, until such time that well established industry benchmarks are available.

Public realm 12.1

Analysis scoping

The embodied emissions of the building emissions have been calculated, see previous sections. public realm and shared energy infrastructure, especially for a multi-phase Proposed Development, is typically lost in scope of assessments. GLA Whole life carbon benchmarks do include a % for external works, based on the GIA of the building. This accounts for landscape/external areas in the redline boundary of a typical building. Building analysis has included these elements for each Plot on the Earls Court Development. However, the benchmarks do not account for large areas of public realm and infrastructure works, between buildings not related to the area of the buildings.

the emissions, as expected. The most contributing elements are; Ground works, Highways, Utilities and Hard Landscaping. These are the key elements which should be considered for material selection when considering carbon emissions. Groundworks and hard landscaping are elements which have been identified as potential for material re-use on Site form building demolition, as per section 8.0 Material Reuse Strategy – Site-Wide The impact of on-Site material reuse will be considered in future RMA analysis. Analysis results suggest A1-A5 emission could equate to ~150 kgCO /m² and A-C of ~230 kgCO /m² of public realm. If these emissions were associated to Earls Court Development per m² GIA, this would equate to an uplift of ~27 kgCO /m² GIA using the max development cap of ~ 660,700 m² GIA.

C1-C4, 408 B7, 7

B6, 688

Industry guidance and benchmarks related to this are not particularly mature, therefore a benchmark has been created for use going forward. The public realm design forms part of the matters reserved in this application, in outline, therefore this will form for a basis of comparison at RMA. 12.2

Process and results

The analysis process has followed a similar approach to building analysis, however undertaken in a simpler form. The analysis uses assumptions on material volumes and areas and associated carbon emissions based on material or typical EPD outputs. Analysis has been undertaken outside of Oneclick LCA. The analysis assumes that material is all new material. The assessment of the Whole Life Carbon (WLC) emissions consists of the following sections: —

Site clearance & demolition

—

Ground works

—

Temporary works

—

Highways

—

Utilities

—

EV charging

—

Soft landscaping – trees and shrubs considered for carbon removal only

—

Hard landscaping

— Ancillary buildings Figure 75, Table 21 and Table 22 outline the results of the analysis, breaking down the emissions by RICS Carbon module and also by main and sub categories. It shows that Modules A1-A5 make up the majority of

A1-A5, 10,705 Ancillary buildings, 60

B1-B5, 5,767

Site clearance & demolition, 408

Hard landscaping, 2,525

Ground works, 5,838

Soft landscaping, 1,234

Temporary works, 105

EV charging, 407 Utilities, 1,824 Highways, 5,172

Figure 75: Embodied carbon breakdown of public realm by module and sub-category.

Chapter 12.0 - Whole Life Carbon – Public Realm & Energy Network EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Table 21: Public realm area assumptions used for analysis. Category Total illustrative area public realm Site area assumed

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Area used 71,016 m² 40 acres (161,874 m²)

Table 22: Public realm construction assumptions by category and Tonnes CO by Carbon module. Category

Enabling works

Practical Site element

Material or product

Number/ area/ length

Assumptions

Site clearance & demolition

Demolition

Assumed floor area 3x exhibition centre

120,000 m²

3.4 kgCO /m²

Earthworks cut (excavated & removed)

Earthworks Clay soil

~32,000 m³

20% Site excavated to 1m depth%

1498

1,498

Earthworks cut fill (excavated & reused)

Earthworks Clay soil

~160,000 m³

50% Site excavated to 2m depth%

225

Earthworks fill (from external sources)

Aggregate General

~60,000 m³

25% of Site area to 1.5m depth

4115

4,115

Hoarding

Timber OSB

4.5km at 2.5m tall

18mm thick

Formwork

Timber OSB

4.5km at 2.5m deep

18mm thick

Capping & subbase

Aggregate General

33,750 Tonnes

1309

1586

Asphalt

Asphalt 5% binder content

8,625 Tonnes

686

1,371

Kerbing

Concrete Precast concrete paving

64 Tonnes

Lamp columns

Steel Galvanised

~1,300 posts

Lamp post every 7.5m of network

149

298

Signage

Steel Plate steel

~50 general signs

One every 100m of network

Manholes

Steel Galvanised

~500 manholes

One every 10m of network

Electrical supply

Copper EU Tube & Sheet

10 km of cable

11kV UKPN cable

126

403

530

Electrical substations

Iron General

10.8 Tonnes of steel

~11MVa

300

324

Water supply

Plastic HDPE Pipe

10km of pipework

20mm ID pipe (2.3mm wall)

280

284

Digital infrastructure

Optical Fibre Cable

10km of cabling

1996 kgCO /km

317

358

Sewers

Concrete Precast concrete paving

3km for pipework

20mm thick concrete wall

303

329

EV chargers

EV Charger 1 unit

202 units

50.7 kg/unit

326

407

Turfing & seeding

~40,500 m²

25% of Site area

1228

476

1,710

Trees

1000 tress

-1,349

Ornamental planting

5000 shrubs

-294

Ground works

Temporary works

Highways

Infrastructure

Utilities

EV charging Soft landscaping

Landscaping Hard landscaping

Ancillary buildings &

Ancillary buildings

A1-A5

B1-B5

C1-C4

Total Tonnes

Sub-category

408

53 524

3,420

Walkways

Concrete Precast concrete paving

~17,000 m²

assumed 10% of Site area

470

768

Retaining walls

Concrete Generic

3km

2m high 200mm thick

304

608

Walls & screens

Bricks Generic

2km

1m high 216mm thick

213

425

Fencing, railings & barriers

Steel Galvanised

1km

Irrigation systems

Plastic PVC General

2km of pipework

20mm ID pipe (2.3mm wall)

Benches

Timber Average (excluding sequestration)

50 benches

20kg/unit

100m2 GIA

300kgCO /m² assumption

10,705

5,767

688

408

- 1,167

16,409

151

0.1

-16.4

215

Electrical substations

164

1,402

structures Total Tonnes CO kg CO /m² of public realm

Chapter 12.0 - Whole Life Carbon – Public Realm & Energy Network EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Energy network and shared plant 12.3

Centralised energy centre

Analysis scoping

The energy network, which provides heating and cooling for all Plot, includes shared plant, network pipework and energy 3 no. energy centres across the Site. Figure 76 outlines the network, with locations of energy hubs and roof top plant. To understand how the system works in more detailed, see the accompanying application Energy Strategy. The energy centres include heat pump and dry air coolers are situated across roof tops. These are clustered for efficiency, providing heating and cooling. These sit within the Plot footprints, however they provide shared energy systems for the whole Site. As such they have been excluded from the Plot analysis. Similar to the public realm, shared energy networks are not represented in building benchmarks. As such this analysis has been provided to supplement the building whole life carbon analysis. The new RICS Whole Life Carbon assessment for the Built Environment Version 2, is effective as of the 1st July 2024. This includes new guidance on energy network infrastructure and how it can be accounted for in assessments. Appendix H states that “Embodied carbon of district heating networks, in the first instance, obtain a value for the embodied carbon per kWh of delivered heat from the district heating network operator. Where this is not possible, a generic value of 0.02 kgCO2/kWh heat can be assumed (see this EPD from Kraftringen Energi AB). These emissions should be accounted for in B6 (operational emissions).” It outlines that when assessing the embodied carbon of district energy networks, all equipment for heat generation and distribution up until the plate heat exchangers of the buildings that are connected to the network, should be analysed. Including earthworks for installing distribution pipework, distribution pipework and insulation material, heat generation equipment, thermal stores, ancillaries and distribution pumps. 12.4

Rooftop heat rejection plant

Figure 76: Proposed 5th generation, ‘ambient loop’ energy network.

Proposed network shared plant

Plant is required to maintain the temperature of the energy network. This consists of dry air coolers and/or air source heat pumps located on selected plots. The dry air coolers are connected to the water-to-water heat pumps located in the basement plantrooms. These are connected to thermal stores that acts as a reservoir of water to maintain the temperature of the energy network between maximum and minimum values. The rooftop heat rejection plant is connected to central plantrooms located strategically within basement or Lower Ground Floor spaces in selected plots in each of the three Development Zones. In each plantroom will be thermal stores, water-to-water heat pumps and circulating pumps. From each plantroom the pipework network is connected to each Plot. Table 23 provides a summary of the plant locations across each Development Zone.

Table 23: List of energy network plant. Zone EC Zone

EC Zone

WB Zone

WK Zone

Estate plantroom

Plant items

Location (plots)

Energy network

Thermal stores, water/water heat pumps, circulating

EC07 (basement, between plots

plantroom

pumps, heat exchangers, HV switchgear

EC05 & 06)

Rooftop heat rejection plant

Dry air coolers

EC01, 02 and 03 (Outline Component)

Energy network

Thermal stores, water/water heat pumps, circulating

WB04 (within Plot Ground Floor

plantroom

pumps, heat exchangers, HV switchgear

plantrooms)

Rooftop heat rejection plant Energy network plantroom Rooftop heat rejection plant

EC05 and 06 (Detailed Component)

WB05 (Detailed Component) Dry air coolers

WB01, 02 and 08 (Outline Component)

Thermal stores, water/water heat pumps, circulating pumps, heat exchangers, HV switchgear

WK04 (outline Plot)

Dry air coolers

WK04, 05, 10 and 12

Chapter 12.0 - Whole Life Carbon – Public Realm & Energy Network EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

12.5

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Analysis results

network, suggesting the embodied emission would only contribute an additional 14% to the B6 modules if reported in line with RICS V2.

Analysis results shown in Table 24 and Table 25 provide the expected carbon emissions breakdown for shared energy network plant by total RICS carbon module.

There is no policy regarding embodied carbon of infrastructure and is not included in the scope of whole life carbon assessments until RICS V2 is in place. As such there are very few benchmarks or targets for reference as an appropriate comparison case. Data has been provided purely for future reference and preempting the updates to guidance.

The results have been provided in total, per m² GIA and per kWh/yr/, as set out in the RICS V2 guidance. Results shows that The embodied emissions of the network would provide a ~11 kgCO /m² GIA uplift per Plot. If incorporated in the heat network carbon factor, this would increase the CO intensity factor by 0.009 kgCO /kWh/yr. The current energy strategy uses a carbon intensity of 0.064kgCO2/kWh for the whole

Table 24: Area and energy assumptions used for analysis. Category

Number used

Max development car (m² GIA)

660,700

Total kWh provided by shared plant

3,704,300 kWh/yr

Total kWh from whole network

14,308,314 kWh/yr

Table 25: :Energy network elements/category and kgCO by Carbon module. RICS category Element

5.4.Water installations

35,923

71,915

107,866

1,023,410

393

1,535,011

Pipe Length Ambient Loop Distribution – 12.4km

1,602,665

19,373

21,245

1,643,282

Side Stream Filters 26 no. units

18,010

36,050

54,072

Side Stream Filter - Condenser Side - 6 no. units

4,156

8,319

12,478

Side Stream Filter - Thermal Store Side - 6 no. units

4,156

8,319

12,478

Water Treatment Chemical Dosing Pots 26 no. units

5,338

5,347

10,690

Water Treatment Chemical Dosing Pot - Condenser Side - 6 no.

1,232

1,234

2,467

Water Treatment Chemical Dosing Pot - Thermal Store Side - 6 no.

5,338

5,347

10,690

Buffer vessels total volume 60m³ Thermal Stores total volume 420 m³

422

846

1,268

478,821

958,911

501

1,438,233

Ambient Loop Misc. Plant - Condenser Side. Air and Dirt Separator

128

254

383

Ambient Loop Misc. Plant - Thermal Store Side. Air and Dirt Separator

128

254

383

553

1,103

1,658

Rooftop Dry Air Coolers Quantity no.49 500kw units

491,033

982,674

3,572

1,477,279

Central - water/water heat pumps WSHP 28.2 MW

Separator (serving rooftop plant)

239,573

484,175

3,379

727,127

Ambient Loop Misc Plant - Condenser Side. Circulating Pumps

633

1,262

1,898

Ambient loop misc plant - Plot Interfaces circulating pumps

4,217

8,413

12,652

Ambient Loop Misc Plant - Thermal Store Side Circulating Pumps

633

1,262

1,898

Ambient loop circulating pumps network side - 5670 m³/hr total pumping

30,839

61,523

157

92,520

Plot Interfaces Circulating Pumps

1,845

3,681

5,535

313,068

Water/Water heat pumps - refrigerant R1234ze Total kgCO2

Totals

A-C

511,208

and Airconditioning

5.13.2.Refrigerants

Plate heat exchangers - 55.45 MW heating network side

Ancillary equipment provided to plots hosting rooftop plant. Air and Dirt

installations

HV plantrooms to serve ambient loop rooftop plant

5.6.Space heating

5.8.Electrical

A1-A5

3,436,851

3,996,740

29,347

7,462,937

Total per m² GIA

5.20

6.05

0.04

11.30

Total per kWh/yr (60 years) provided by shared energy network

0.02

< 0.001

0.03

0.004

0.005

< 0.0001

0.009

Total per kWh/yr (60 years) provided by whole system network + Plot systems

Chapter 13.0 - Carbon Budgets – Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

13.0 Carbon Budgets – Approach 13.1

Early and All Phases.

Table 26: Use class benchmark sources.

The development application has also been split into Early and All Phases. The Illustrative Masterplan provides a use class areas breakdown by Early and All Phases. Results within this strategy have been broken down by Early and All Phases to show how emissions and reductions change with these designations.

Land Use

13.2

Analysis

Purpose of a carbon budget

For Outline Components, a mix of use classes can be delivered. In order to set a framework for Whole Life Carbon emissions reporting including; embodied, operational energy and water, a budgetary approach is proposed. No specific embodied/whole life carbon targets are set within policy from the GLA, LBHF or RBKC, unlike operational carbon. The Development Zone budgets approach is proposed as a mechanism to set a target total emissions to guide future developments. The budgets can be reviewed at RMA stage, with carbon emissions assessed for each Development Plot to aim to deliver carbon savings on these targets. 13.3

Setting the Budgets

To estimate and set targets for carbon emission on-Site, a benchmark analysis approach has been used for the Outline Components of the application. The modelling results from the Detailed Component assessments have then been applied to the relevant building use-types to provide Site specific benchmarks. For many use classes relevant industry and policy benchmarks have been used. The Illustrative Masterplan provides GEAs, Gross Internal Area (GIA) are factored to 92% of the GEA. Use class emissions benchmarks have been applied to GIA areas. This results in a total estimated emission for the Outline Component. As this is only illustrative use class specific targets have been provided for review at RMA, depending upon the areas brough forward. Benchmark carbon data has been used to for each carbon module in line with RICs WLC guidance V2: A1-A5 – Upfront embodied carbon B1-5 – Embodied Carbon use stage C1-C4 – Embodied Carbon End of Life B6 – Operational energy B7 – Operational water The benchmarks/use class coordination applied to the Outline Components are outlined in Table 26. This shows the appropriate areas from across the Detailed Components, GLA benchmarks or industry benchmarks which have been used to estimate outline use class emissions.

Use Class

Residential

PBSA Co-living Hotel

Sui Generis Sui Generis

Form OneClick Plot models or benchmarks

From Part L 2021 1A and 2A analysis – 60years with no grid decarbonisation

EC05/06, WB04/04 - WLC

EC05/06, WB04/04

EC05 averaged - 90

analysis averaged

Averaged modelling

l/p/day

WB03 – Plot WLC analysis

WB03 - Plot modelling

Demand multiplied by Thames water supply and waste water treatment CO benchmark

Assumed 18litres/m²

benchmark

Part L benchmark (NABERS UK 5 star standalone office)

GIA as per BREEAM Wat01 calculator

F1(a)

Schools, universities etc. GLA WLC benchmark

EC06 - Community/Nursery

EC05/06, WB04/04 - WLC analysis averaged

EC05/06, WB04/04 Averaged modelling

EC05 averaged - 90 l/p/day

E(a)/(b)/(c)

WB04 - Retail range of types

Assumed 18litres/m² GIA as per BREEAM

E(d)

WB04 - Leisure box

Education Health / Older Persons Housing

Storage and Distribution Community / Social Infrastructure Ancillary (Station Interface / Plant Parking / General BoH)

Water benchmark source

Hoare Lea previous project -

E(g)

Culture

Operational carbon source

Office /Research & Development

Retail / F+B / Flexible Commercial Indoor Sport and Recreation

Embodied Carbon Source

Offices - GLA WLC

F / Sui Generis B8 F/ E(e)/(f)/(g) various

Retail - GLA WLC benchmark

WB05 - Community hall EC06 - Estate management WB05 - Community hall EC05 - Residential amenity and circulation

Wat01 calculator

Chapter 13.0 - Carbon Budgets – Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

13.4

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

The total outline emissions will be monitored throughout the application(s) for RMA process through the completion of Reconciliation Statements that will track the amount of floorspace, and emissions as proposed as each application for RMA comes forward.

Use class benchmarks

Table 27 outlines the Use class within the application and the associated benchmarks by WLC module. Table 27: Use class benchmarks by WLC module. Total B1-5 and C

Total A-C

Total WLC (includes B6 and B7)

Land Use

Use Class

Total A1A5

Residential PBSA Co-living Hotel Office /Research & Development Education

C3 Sui Generis Sui Generis C1

605 604 604 604

455 488 488 488

1,060 1,092 1,092 1,092

747 747 747 747

22.6 22.6 22.6 22.6

1,829 1,861 1,861 1,861

E(g)

950

450

1,400

950

9.3

2,360

F1(a)

750

250

1,000

9.3

1,089

604

488

1,092

747

22.6

1,861

E(a)/(b)/(c)

850

200

1,050

1,033

9.3

2,092

E(d)

850

200

1,050

711

9.3

1,770

F / Sui Generis

850

200

1,050

22.6

1,168

850

200

1,050

688

9.3

1,748

F / E(e)/(f)/(g)

850

200

1,050

9.3

1,155

various

850

200

1,050

491

22.6

1,564

Health / Older Persons Housing Retail / F+B / Flexible Commercial Indoor Sport and Recreation Culture Storage and Distribution Community / Social Infrastructure Ancillary (Station Interface / Plant Parking / General BoH)

13.5

Total budgets

Table 28 outlines the Illustrative Masterplan GIA floor areas by use class within each Development Zone. Benchmarks have been multiplied by these floor areas to provide the total Tonnes CO outlined in Table 29. These serve to inform design decisions relating to structure, façade and servicing strategy (though this consideration was balanced with operational impact). Table 30 summarises the emissions by the Early and All Phases application boundaries. The Detailed Plot assessments were then carried out based on design information and following the GLA methodology in line with the latest RICS WLC Guidance. The detailed Plot WLC emissions have been input for these relevant Development Zones. These will forma backstop for these plots, for review through construction and reviewed at Practical completion.

Chapter 13.0 - Carbon Budgets – Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Table 28: Use class area GIA used for budgets. Development Zone

Local Authority

RBKC

LBHF

RBKC

LBHF

RBKC

LBHF

RBKC

LBHF

RBKC

LBHF

RBKC

LBHF

Outline/Detail

Outline

Detailed

Outline

Detailed

Outline

Early or All Phases

Early Phases

All Phases

Residential

5,265

1,818

16,688

17,168

49,954

28,746

35,899

15,708

22,211

3,408

1,759

35,939

54,381

8,014

1,158

34,130

8,482

PBSA

28,627

Co-living

Hotel

Office /Research & Development

21,759

19,666

39,213

1,203

14,489

20,630

296.562

10,241

2,743

408

633

71,416

Education

Health / Older Persons Housing

Retail / F+B / Flexible Commercial

543

1,755

1,586

1,534

784

2,211

2,216

1,764

620

1,213

605

2,177

1,275

318

1,914

Indoor Sport and Recreation

588

1,881

699

Culture

1,701

1,537

1,063

1,100

947

Storage and Distribution

2,318

330

Community / Social Infrastructure

461.84

234.6

312.836 8

Ancillary (Station Interface / Plant Parking / General BoH)

137

124

230

500

1,526

1,365

785

489

171

1,490

890

571

223

456

Total Illustrative (sqm )

5,808

25,352

22,913

40,977

3,805

33,888

42,129

85,116

235

31,251

37,721

27,043

23,328

3,809

3,408

1,759

2,743

38,116

57,983

8,014

1,158

35,653

73,552

456

8,482

Table 29: Tonnes CO by RICS module and by Development Zone

Development Zone

Total A1-A5

3,647

23,725

21,443

38,752

2,910

26,167

33,668

50,098

199

19,524

22,794

20,164

14,390

3,237

2,062

1,064

2,605

23,597

36,009

4,850

701

22,010

69,661

388

5,133

Total B1-5 and C

2,504

10,510

9,499

17,999

1,525

14,654

17,960

36,279

13,578

18,520

11,973

10,328

762

1,550

800

1,234

16,784

25,561

3,646

527

15,989

32,564

3,859

Total A-C

6,151

34,235

30,942

56,750

4,435

40,821

51,628

86,377

246

33,102

41,314

32,138

24,718

3,999

3,612

1,865

3,840

40,382

61,570

8,495

1,228

37,999

102,225

479

8,992

Total WLC (includes B6 and B7)

10,768

57,214

51,711

96,096

7,805

70,127

88,151

129,880

271

107

56,400

63,197

54,934

42,007

6,382

6,234

3,218

6,471

70,303

106,129

14,662

2,119

65,493

172,866

714

15,518

Chapter 13.0 - Carbon Budgets – Approach EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Table 30: Estimated illustrative emissions summarised for detailed, outline by Early and All Phases. Early Phases Early Phases RICS Module Detailed Outline

All Phases Outline

Early and All Phases Outline only

Total Detailed + outline

Floor area GIA m²

122,837

268,540

223,415

491,954

614,792

Total A1-A5

72,892

213,638

162,349

375,987

448,879

Total B1-5 and C

54,799

114,941

99,022

213,963

268,761

Total A-C

127,691

328,579

261,371

589,950

717,640

Total WLC (includes B6 and B7)

193,077

557,899

447,804

1,005,703

1,198,780

Total A1-A5

593

796

727

764

730

Total B1-5 and C

446

428

443

435

437

Total A-C

1,040

1,224

1,170

1,199

1,167

Total WLC (includes B6 and B7)

1,572

2,078

2,004

2,044

1,950

Tonnes CO

kgCO /m²

Chapter 14.0 - Waste Strategy EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

14.0 Waste Strategy The Proposed Development has committed that at least 65% of on-Site operational waste will be sent to recycling facilities for both domestic and non-domestic developments in line with London Plan Policy SI 7, with an aim to go beyond these commitments. Technical detail from this section has been input and coordinated with the Operational Waste Management Strategy, as produced by WSP, and the Construction Site Waste Management Plan (‘SWMP’) and Site Waste Management Plan, as produced by Turner & Townsend, in support of this application.

Managing Waste Sustainably and at the Highest Value A Site Waste Management Plan has been produced by WSP. The Earls Court Development is being assessed under BREEAM New Construction v6 and HQM v6, and targeting credits WST01 – Construction Waste Management and 10.4 Site Waste Management respectively, both of which requires a Resource Management Plan (RMP) will be developed covering the non-hazardous waste related to on-Site construction and dedicated off-Site manufacture or fabrication.

The operational waste will be reduced, in line with the London Environment Strategy and in accordance with the waste hierarchy.

Construction Site Waste Management Plan The SWMP has been prepared by Turner & Townsend. The purpose of the SWMP is to assess the Earls Court Development in terms of construction impacts. A SWMP is an important management tool for planners, developers and construction contractors. The SWMP focuses specifically on construction supply chains and how their impact on the waste materials can be reduced. The construction supply chain covers all movements of goods, waste and servicing activity to and from the Site. The contractor will ensure the following: —

All waste from the Site is dealt with in accordance with the waste duty of care in section 34 of the

Environmental Protection Act 1990(1) and the Environmental Protection (Duty of Care) Regulations 1991(2); and All materials will be handled efficiently, and waste managed appropriately.

These are being submitted as part of the planning application. Please refer to the documents submitted by WSP for further information.

—

14.1

Circular Economy Approach for Municipal Waste During Operation

Demolition Waste

The Earls Court Development is being assessed under BREEAM New Construction v6 and HQM v6, and targeting credits WST01 – Construction Waste Management and 10.4 Site Waste Management respectively. As part of the credit criteria, a pre-demolition audit will be completed for the existing building to assess the suitability of reuse of materials on-Site. Furthermore, under the same criteria, a Resource Management Plan (RMP) will be developed by the appointed contractor covering the non-hazardous waste related to demolition as well as on-Site construction. 14.2

Excavation Waste

Excavation will be required to install the proposed basement level, however it is it expected that any nonhazardous material excavated would be sought to be reused in the necessary build up where possible. 14.3

Construction Waste

The aim would be to reduce construction waste arising through the use of off-Site construction and good Site management practices. Furthermore, the Earls Court Development is being assessed under BREEAM New Construction v6, and targeting credits WST01 – Construction Waste Management, with a target of 80% and 90% tonnage of non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (respectively) will be diverted from landfill as a minimum. An aspiration to achieve an increased diversion of 95% has been set, in line with the London Plan requirements. 14.4

Municipal Waste

Circular economy principles including reducing municipal waste were considered as part of the Design Teams discussions waste store design. A Transport and Waste Strategy has been developed by WSP for Earls Court Development, with a vision to minimise the volume of waste trips to and from the Site and to maximise recycling rates through efficient waste collection. This will be achieved through the following measures:

—

Encouraging compaction where appropriate to reduce waste vehicle trips.

—

Use of consolidation to be considered within the commercial land use to reduce refuse vehicle trips

through the public realm. —

Separation of waste at point of entry to system to encourage recycling.

—

Explore opportunities for reuse and composting on-Site to reduce volumes being generated for

export from Site. —

Working within the framework established by LBHF and RBKC to deliver a cost-effective solution for

users of the Site. The design is based on guidance contained within the London Freight Plan and the relevant national, London and local waste policies. However, the final refuse strategy will be subject to the design of each Plot. To ensure the efficient management of operational waste, appropriate refuse storage will be provided to enable recycling and best practise waste management.

Chapter 14.0 - Waste Strategy EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

In-use Operation Targets —

Manage, monitor, and report on operational waste performance.

—

Engage and educate the public on circular waste management.

—

Encourage composting of organic waste and use of organic matter within landscaping on-Site.

—

Conduct regular waste audits to identify main waste streams and reduction opportunities.

—

Offer maintenance and repair workshops for electrical and electronic goods.

—

Swap shops and second-hand markets.

Landfill Capacity Confirmation The Applicant commits to providing the written confirmation to the GLA that the destination landfills have the capacity to receive waste if required. 14.5

Site Wide Waste Management Strategy

The planning application seeks a flexible consent for a range of land uses including residential, commercial (both office and research and development), retail, leisure, logistics, community and supporting infrastructure. A series of minimum and maximum development quantum have been defined for the Site, which is include in the accompanying development specification document. An overarching cap on development quantum is then proposed across the Site. 14.6

Aims and Objectives

The following objectives have been developed to achieve the strategic aim of ensuring waste is effectively and economically managed: —

Achieve and, if possible, exceed the London Plan’s target to recycle 65% of household waste by

2030. —

Provision of facilities at suitable locations, adequately sized for the storage of wastes and recyclable materials that meet the requirements of LBHF and RBKC (as appropriate).

—

To encourage the use of compaction and consolidation, where appropriate, in order to reduce the

number of waste trips to/from and around the Site. —

To encourage a culture of reuse on the Site through community initiatives such as free-giving,

composting or organic waste and offering additional voluntary waste streams. 14.7

Waste Hierarchy

European and UK waste policy is based on the “waste hierarchy”. The waste hierarchy has been considered when preparing the strategy for the Earls Court Development.

Figure 77: The Waste Management Hierarchy.

Chapter 14.0 - Waste Strategy EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Waste Management Strategy – Residential Detailed waste management strategies for each Plot within the Earls Court Development will be prepared to support future applications for RMA.

The outline and detailed waste management strategies will encourage recycling by ensuring that they comply with LBHF and RBKC’s published planning guidance, and will specifically consider the following: Each residential property will be provided with a segregated bin within their kitchen which allows

It is proposed that each residential property will be provided with a segregated waste bin in their kitchen which allows refuse, recycling, and food waste to be segregated. The majority of household waste will then be stored in a communal waste facility prior to collection. Compaction / consolidation / waste chutes will be considered where appropriate.

— —

All residential waste generation volumes will be based on the councils published waste generation metrics.

The detailed waste management strategies will be prepared based on the planning requirements detailed in the boroughs’ guidance document and additional requirements detailed in the London Environmental Strategy (2018) and London Plan (2021).

—

Residential waste strategies would be based on a minimum recycling rate of 65% to comply with

14.8

Residential Waste

the residents to segregate refuse, mixed recyclables, and food waste.

the London Plan (2021). —

The waste storage areas would be less than 30m (horizontal distance) from the residents front

door. —

The waste refuse collection vehicle would be able to park within 10m of the waste storage area.

Residential waste management strategies will be prepared to comply with both the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham’s (LBHF) and the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea’s (RBKC) published planning guidance relevant to waste, and with due regard for the London Plan (2021) and the London Environment Strategy (2018).

—

The waste storage area should be designed so that all bins are accessible without having to move adjacent bins. Possible exception is when a waste chute is provided and residents will not be able to access the waste stores, then bins may be stacked up to three deep.

—

Any doors that waste bins need to pass through should be at least 1.5m wide.

The strategy has also considered the following options to store and transport wastes within the Site prior to collection by the appropriate waste collection authority:

—

1500mm should be allowed between adjacent bins and walls; and

—

Each Plot shall be provided with access to a bulky waste storage area.

—

Conventional communal collections (i.e. bins);

—

Compactors;

—

Underground waste systems; and

—

Pneumatic waste systems

Following a detailed review of each of these options and following consultation with both LBHF and RBKC, the residential waste management strategies for each Plot shall adopt one of the following strategies. —

Conventional communal collections (i.e. bins); or

—

Compactors (only LBHF offer a compacted waste collection service).

Residential plots within the Earls Court Development should also consider: —

Waste chutes; and

—

Waste consolidation (i.e. to a central location).

Chapter 14.0 - Waste Strategy EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Waste Management Strategy – Commercial / Community Detailed waste management strategies for each Plot will be prepared to support future applications for RMA. The commercial / community waste strategies for each Development Plot will be developed depending on the proportion of commercial / community activities within each Plot and whether each tenant has dedicated ground floor access points.The commercial / community waste strategies for each Development Plot will be developed depending on the proportion of commercial / community activities within each Plot and whether each tenant has dedicated Ground Floor access points. For commercial / community tenants within a residential block that will have Ground Floor access, the tenants will be responsible for providing their own waste storage facilities during their fit-out and for arranging waste collections through a licensed commercial waste contractor or LBHF / RBKC. For commercial / community tenants within a residential block that do not have Ground Floor access, the tenants will be provided with either a dedicated waste store or a communal waste storage. The dedicated or communal waste storage areas will be managed by the on-Site facilities management team who will appoint either a licensed commercial waste contractor or LBHF / RBKC to collect the waste and will recover the costs from the tenants. Waste generated from the public realm including litter bins and landscape maintenance will be managed by the Estate management team. These wastes will not be managed via the residential or commercial waste facilities detailed withing this waste management strategy. 14.9

Commercial Waste

The commercial waste management strategies will be prepared to comply with both LBHF’s and RBKC’s published planning guidance relevant to waste and with due regard for the London Plan (2021) and the London Environment Strategy (2018). Specifically, commercial / business waste strategies should be based on a minimum recycling rate of 75% to comply with the London Environment Strategy (2018).

For plots that are predominantly residential with commercial (retail, office, etc) areas that do not have dedicated entrances at Ground Floor level, the waste management strategy shall be based on the provision of commercial waste storage areas as part of the shell and core which are outside of the tenanted areas at Ground Floor level. Waste storage areas can either be provided to service each commercial tenant or a communal commercial waste storage area could be provided to service several tenants. The waste storage area(s) should be sized based on waste generation metrics detailed within LBHF and RBKC’s planning guidance or detailed within BS5906:2005 Waste management in buildings – Code of practice. The source of the waste generation metrics will depend on the information provided within the relevant councils planning guidance and following discussions with the Local Authority. If the commercial areas are provided at a level other than Ground Floor, a waste presentation area will be required at Ground Floor level and the on-Site FM team will be responsible for transferring the bins to the presentation area prior to collection. The on-Site FM team will be responsible for appointing a licenced waste management contractor to collect the waste, and for recovering the costs from the tenants. 14.12

Scenario 3 – Commercial Units Within a Commercial Plot

For plots that are predominantly commercial (office and research & development), communal waste storage areas should be provided at Ground Floor level which are sized to accommodate the estimated waste volumes based on waste generation metrics detailed within LBHF and RBKC’s planning guidance or detailed within BS5906:2005 Waste management in buildings – Code of practice. The source of the waste generation metrics will depend on the information provided within the relevant councils planning guidance and following discussions within the Local Authority.

The proposed commercial waste strategies will depend upon the location of the commercial uses, whether they are located in residential or commercial plots and the overall quantum of commercial space.

If the communal waste storage areas are provided at a level other than Ground Floor, a waste presentation area will be required at Ground Floor level and the on-Site FM team will be responsible for transferring the bins to the presentation area prior to collection.

The preferred waste strategies for each Plot will be selected on a Plot-by-Plot basis, and each Plot may adopt several of the following scenarios depending on their commercial provision.

The on-Site FM team will be responsible for appointing a licenced waste management contractor to collect the wastes, and for recovering the costs from the tenants,

14.10

14.13

Scenario 1 – Small Quantum of Commercial Uses in a Residential Plot, with Dedicated Access at Ground Floor Level

For plots that are predominantly residential with commercial (retail, office, etc.) areas with dedicated accesses at Ground Floor level, the waste management strategy shall be based on each tenant providing their own waste storage areas as part of the fit out of the tenanted area. The waste storage areas shall be sized based on the volumes of wastes generated by the individual tenant’s business activities, and the frequency that the wastes will be collected. The waste storage areas shall be designed to comply with BS5906:2005 Waste management in buildings – Code of practice. The tenant will be responsible for appointing a licenced waste management contractor to collect the wastes. 14.11 Scenario 2 -Small Quantum of Commercial Uses in a Residential Plot, without Dedicated Access at Ground Floor Level

Scenario 4 – Consolidation Strategy

The strategy whereby the on-Site FM team will visit each commercial tenant at pre-defined times to collect their wastes. These wastes are then transported to a central hub where they are segregated and placed into containers (bins or compactors), before being collected and removed from Site by a licenced commercial waste contractor. The hub could be designed to service a Plot, multiple plots or the whole development. The FM team will recover the costs of the managed collection service and waste disposal from the tenants.

Chapter 14.0 - Waste Strategy EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

End-of-Life Strategy The main priority is to extend the lifetime of the Earls Court Development through careful design and specification to ensure that if the development is to be deconstructed at a later date, that there is a clear process to follow. As the Proposed Development has considered a modular design and layering of material strategy, this should reduce the complexity at the end-of-life disassembly. This will be further developed in the next design stage. The design of the Proposed Development will seek to reduce material demands and enable building materials, components, and products to be disassembled and reused at the end of their useful life. The design will look to consider efficient design solutions, including: —

Increasing the utilisation factor of structural members

—

Designing to standard material dimensions to reduce off-cuts and waste on-Site, and

—

Removing redundant materials from the design

This approach, alongside on-going monitoring of energy, water, and transportation, will subsequently result in less of a demand being required for material resources. Finally, the scheme will be designed to accommodate an adaptable, flexible, and reusable design in the future, accommodating to potential change in use building services, as well as building user demands. In support of the end-of-life strategy, documentation will be made available by the design team (including Building User Guides (BUG), Building adaptability and disassembly guide) for the building occupants, tenants and FM team in order to inform them on the end of strategy, disassembly, future uses, waste avoidance and waste reduction principles which have been adopted and incorporated into the base build. In support of the end-of-life strategy, documentation will be made available by the Design Team (including Building User Guides (BUG), Building adaptability and disassembly guide) for the building occupants, tenants and FM team in order to inform them on the end of strategy, disassembly, future uses, waste avoidance and waste reduction principles which have been adopted and incorporated into the base build. These documents will also include the building drawings as well as manufacturer guidance. This information will facilitate the building occupiers in understanding how the building elements work, and appropriate management to adhere to.

Figure 78: Proposed Earls Court Development –Yard Space.

Chapter 15.0 - Conclusion EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

15.0 Conclusion Circular Economy The Earls Court Development will adopt the key principles of durability, disassembly, re-use and adaptability to enable the efficient use of natural resources. This document has set out the approach to the existing Site building and structures, considering all concerns of retention vs. demolition, not just the carbon emissions. Setting out how all buildings have been reviewed for their suitability for the Site, retaining where they are suitable for the Sites future plans. Eleven detailed and extensive audits have been undertaken on main buildings across Site. These have informed design development scenarios, in order to understand if spectrum of retention is possible. If these buildings are demolished the material arisings have been analysed with a plan for on-Site recycling form >95% of the material. New buildings have been designed around Circular Economy principles and low whole life carbon principles looking to maximise recycled content, minimise waste and use low carbon materials. Whole life carbon budgets have been set for the Site Development Zones, providing a carbon ceiling for each one, in order to, show carbon reductions in line with current policy. The applicant will endeavour to better the emissions of each Development Zone against these in the future as the development is built out. Reductions could come from lower carbon specification and decarbonisation of supply chains.

The Earls Court Development will aim to achieve the following targets, meeting the policy expectations and bettering where possible: Table 31: Circular Economy Targets. Circular economy targets for existing and new developments

Policy

Policy Requirement

Target (%)

Policy Met?

Demolition waste materials (nonhazardous)

Minimum of 95% diverted from landfill for reuse, recycling or recovery.

95% (proportion of reuse assumed on Site >90%)

✓

Excavation waste materials

Minimum of 95% diverted from landfill for beneficial reuse.

95%

✓

Construction waste materials

Minimum of 95% diverted form landfill for reuse, recycling or recovery.

>95%

✓

Municipal waste

Minimum 65% recycling rate by 2030

65%

✓

Recycled Content

20% target for Minimum 20% of the recycled content will building material be based on the top elements to be comprised 10 most costly of recycling or reused building elements. content.

London Plan SI 7

Circular Economy Guidance 2022

✓

Chapter 15.0 - Conclusion EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Whole Life Carbon London Plan Policy SI 2 requires development proposals referable to the Mayor calculate whole life-cycle carbon emissions through a nationally recognised Whole Life-Cycle Carbon Assessment and demonstrate actions are taken to reduce life-cycle carbon emissions. In line with the GLA guidance, the assessment methodology utilised in The RICS professional statement: Whole Life Carbon Assessment (WLC) for the Built Environment, released in 2017, seeks to standardise WLC assessment and enhance consistency in outputs by providing guidance on implementing the broad appraisal methodology set out in EN 15978: Sustainability of Construction Works.

Figure 79: Whole Life Carbon breakdown by lifecycle module for the detail component assessments. The results from the Detailed Component demonstrate that average upfront carbon (A1-A5) is 605 kgCO2e/m2, and average embodied carbon emissions (B1-B5, C1-C4) is 455 kgCO2e/m2. Considering the whole life cycle of the Earls Court Development, including emissions arising from operational energy and water, the average whole life carbon is 1,603 kgCO2e/m2 for the Detailed Component. For the Outline Component, estimations suggest an average whole life carbon of 2044 kgCO2e/m2 and for All Phases an average of 1955 kgCO2e/m2 is estimated.

As part of the studies undertaken at this stage, a number of material options have been appraised with regard to their potential benefit in reducing embodied carbon emissions. Options were considered based on the breakdown of carbon emissions by RICS material category, to provide targeted impacts to the most carbon intensive elements of the Earls Court Development. In addition to the detailed buildings assessment, the following outline analysis has been taken, exceeding the current policy requirements and future proofing the analysis for future RMAs: —

Development zone carbon budgets

—

Public realm and infrastructure assessments

—

Energy network assessment

Chapter 15.0 - Conclusion EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Retain buildings and structures which are suited for the requirements of the Site.

—

Set a voluntary target carbon budget for all buildings, plots and Development Components, that aims to go beyond policy to include emissions associated with the operation of public realm and infrastructure in addition to buildings.

— The applicant aspires to: —

Minimise construction waste by diverting more that 95% from landfill for reuse, recycling, or recovery.

—

Enable more than 65% of operational waste from all users to be diverted from landfill.

—

Reduce the up-front embodied carbon of buildings, targeting <500kgCO2/m2 for domestic and <650kgCO2/m2 for non-domestic uses, delivering ahead of policy expectations by setting targets.

15.1

Proposed approach and RMA Commitments for plots with existing buildings

To ensure that reuse of material are maximised on Site and that WLC emission are minimised overall, and ensure the strategies set out in this document are appropriate to the Development Zone/Development Plot, the following tasks will be completed and submitted as part of each RMA for the equivalent plots: —

Each of the building will be re-audited to understand the current condition and if changes have been made since this outline application;

—

A full materials schedule will be produced for the existing buildings

—

Consider reuse of material and avoidance from landfill by material class – compared to those outlined in this document

—

Outline that material reuse on Site has been maximised within reasonable limits

—

Undertake Whole life carbon analysis for the proposed scenarios

—

Compare WLC emissions to the breakeven analysis points, for proposed scenario emission, against those in Table 9

Figure 80: Proposed Earls Court Development – Warwick Apron.

100

Chapter 16.0 - Appendix A – Circular Economy Workshops EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

101

16.0 Appendix A – Circular Economy Workshops 16.1

GLA recommendations Discussion points

The GLA London Plan Guidance on Circular Economy Statements March 2022, states “Early collaboration between the people outlined in Table 4 can support CE outcomes being achieved and embedded. Compiling the required information is likely to need at least one workshop during the pre-application phase of the development between the people outlined in Table 4. Applicants are encouraged to set out how the CE workshop has informed the design of the development” This section outlines the approach to meeting and workshops, internally within the Applicant’s design team and externally through pre-application meetings with planning officers. 16.2

Supporting information

Details and outcomes of the external pre-application meeting with planning officers has been set out in section 4.7 and 4.8 of this report. The accompanying Plot Sustainability Statements and the GLA Circular Economy template spreadsheets outline the circular economy workshops undertaken in relation to each of the detailed application. 16.3

Outline elements workshops

Further detail is provided on the workshops undertaken covering the outline application elements of the Site. Circular resource use and circular economy has been on the Applicant’s agenda for many years and a core part of the SDC produced and published by the Applicant. The GLA guidance suggest that at least “at least one workshop during the pre-application phase”. For an application of this scale and type multiple circular economy workshops have been undertaken. Workshops on circular economy principles and approaches have been held with the team and applicant on a regular basis for several years leading up o the planning submission. This section outlines the headlines and workshop undertaken in tranches in the lead up to the application submittal. Specific meetings minutes and notes haven’t been provided, as not to provide too much information. Headlines have been provided in table format in Table 32 Table 33 and Table 34. Targets and principles Table 32: Circular economy principles and targets tranche Discuss and agree circular economy/circular resource use KPIs for the Site Purpose and inclusion in the SDC. Timescales Q3 2022 to Q2 2023 Frequency of meetings Quarterly Applicant – ECDC team members Planning consultant - ECDC-P Project manager – Cast Attendees Architect – HBSEW Sustainability consultant and MEP – Hoare Lea Structural Engineer – WSP

Outcomes

Potential metrics that could be set for the SDC. Agreement of Applicant’s ambitions and building approaches to be considered in plots. Ideas of innovations/material that could be used. Circular resource use objectives set in the SDC. Planning policy targets agreed and set in brief.

Existing Site and buildings Table 33: Existing buildings meetings workshop tranche Purpose Outline the approach to existing buildings and structures on Site Timescales August 2023 to Dec 2023 Frequency of meetings Weekly to Fortnightly Applicant – ECDC team members Planning consultant - ECDC-P Project manager – Cast Attendees Architect – HBSEW Sustainability consultant and MEP – Hoare Lea Structural Engineer – WSP GLA decision trees reviewed for each of buildings/structures. Site wide consideration of technical feasibility of retention and alignment with Discussion points ‘requirements for the Site’. Legal advice sought on approach the building reuse. Categorising of each existing building/structure. Scope of preOutcomes development/pre-demo audits required. Site audits and review Table 34: Site audits and outcomes tranche Agree scope, process and outcomes of existing building prePurpose development/demolition audits Timescales January 2024 to May 2024 Frequency of meetings Weekly Applicant – ECDC team members Project manager – Cast Architect – HBSEW Attendees Sustainability consultant – Hoare Lea Auditor – KaNect Structural Engineer – WSP Site construction waste management advisor – Turner & Townsend Condition of each existing building. Existing Buildings Design Scenarios for Discussion points each key building. Material arising consideration from demotion scenarios. Output of building Site audits and alignment with Existing Buildings Design Outcomes Scenarios. Based on proposed approach, potential material arisings, with re-use potential agreed for each material type.

Chapter 17.0 - Appendix B – Existing Buildings Design Scenarios EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

17.0 Appendix B – Existing Buildings Design Scenarios

102

Earls Court An Evolving Framework

Design Options Report 25th April 2024

Contents

1. Demolition Considerations 2. Ashfield House 3. 9 Beaumont Avenue 4. 1 Cluny Mews 5. Empress Place / Lillie Road Properties

01. Demolition Considerations 3

Planning scenario modelling – report requirements Demolition Considerations

Planning Scenario Modelling

From GLA circular Economy guidance From GLA Circular Economy Guidance

GLA definition and requirements

More demolition of the existing

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

The vast majority of the building’s fabric is retained, with the building refurbished for the same or new uses through restoring, refinishing and future-proofing. This also encompasses retrofitting, where new technology or features are added to existing buildings to make them more efficient and to reduce their environmental impacts Significant quantities of carbon-heavy aspects of the building are retained in place, such as the floors and substructure, with replacement of some elements of the building, such as walls or roofing. More significant refurbishment can involve adding floors or extensions.

Disassemble sections of a building and enable their direct reuse ideally on the site or, where this is not possible, off site (with nearby sites preferred). This approach also includes careful selective deconstruction of the building and material types i.e. taking apart each layer and material type as much as possible, minimising damage to parts and maintaining their value, and then reusing those elements and materials. If reuse is not possible, materials may be carefully and selectively separated for processing and recycling into new elements, materials and objects

Traditional demolition, with elements and materials processed into new elements, materials and objects for use on the site or on another site. 4

Demolition Considerations

Initial Site Assessment There are a number of buildings and structures across the site. The adjacent diagram outlines the initial approach to the site which has identified buildings/structures that are to be retained, those that are to be partially retained, those that are to be demolished. There are four buildings or groups of buildings that have been identified as requiring additional assessments in order to inform proposed partial retention or demolition, and these form the basis of the initial scenario testing 01 02 03 04

Ashfield House 9 Beaumont Avenue 1 Cluny Mews Empress Place / Lillie Road Properties

Buildings/Structures to be retained

01 02

Buildings/Structures to be partially retained Buildings/Structures to be demolished Buildings/Structures requiring additional assessments

02. Ashfield House 6

Ashfield House

Existing Building • The existing building is a 1960s purpose built workplace building • Although not valued in heritage terms, the building is distinctive and is described as a local landmark by some members of the public Plot's Role in Masterplan • The WK03/WK04 plots are intended to deliver commercial workspace as part of the northern commercial cluster, focused around West Kensington Station. • There is a townscape view from Mornington Avenue that currently terminates on the existing building and this could be improved with a more considered massing arrangement and architectural treatment. Ashfield House

WK04 WK03

Morn

ingto

n Av

enue

Key townscape view from Mornington Avenue terminated by Ashfield House

Ashfield House

Overview

Scenario 01: Full Retention, extension of 3 additional storeys

Scenario 02: Full Retention, extension of 3 additional storeys, and new build extension to the South

Scenario 03: Full Retention, extension of 3 additional storeys, and new build extension north landing over tracks and south

Scenario 04: Partial Retention, and new build extension north landing over tracks and south

Scenario 05: Full Demolition and New Build Current Masterplan Assumption

05 Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Unaltered Masterplan Plots

Ashfield House

Scenario 01 Full Retention, extension of 3 additional storeys Masterplan Design Considerations • Adjacent plot to the west reduces in footprint and is less able to bridge over the tracks due to rail constraints • Entrance sequence into the site from north becomes fragmented with a lack of definition to the streetscape • Townscape view from Mornington Avenue terminates with Ashfield House • Significant reduction in total floor area and approx. 3000 jobs Technical Challenges • The addition of storeys requires the removal of significant structures at roof level and relocation of plant. • Existing core is unlikely to meet current regulations and will require alteration. • The existing building is at 3.66m floor to floor (2.6m floor to ceiling) and therefore meeting best practice for Internal Environmental Quality and BCO standards (2.6-3.2m floor to ceiling) is challenging. Note replacement of existing services may affect current floor to ceiling. • Risers will likely need to increase in size to provide ventilation flowrates to meet current standards.

Use Commercial Storeys 13 GEA 23,200m2 Existing 8,650m2 New Build 14,550m2

Jobs ~1400 (Based upon 1:12sqm occupancy)

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Ashfield House

Scenario 02 Full Retention, extension of 3 additional storeys, and new build extension to the South Masterplan Design Considerations • Adjacent plot reduces in footprint and is less able to bridge over the tracks due to rail constraints • Extension to the south defines entrance route into the scheme • Townscape view from Mornington Avenue terminates with Ashfield House • Opportunities for a south facing terrace. Technical Challenges • The addition of storeys requires the removal of significant structures at roof level and relocation of plant. • Existing core is unlikely to meet current regulations and will require alteration. • The existing building is at 3.66m floor to floor (2.6m floor to ceiling) and therefore meeting best practice for Internal Environmental Quality and BCO standards (2.6-3.2m floor to ceiling) is challenging. Note replacement of existing services may affect current floor to ceiling. • Risers will likely need to increase in size to provide ventilation flowrates to meet current standards. • A new extension will either need to match the existing floor to floor, or consider a misaligned approach which will compromise building floorplates

Use Commercial Storeys 13 GEA 34,200m2 Existing 8,650m2 New Build 25,550m2

Jobs ~2100 (Based upon 1:12sqm occupancy)

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Ashfield House

Scenario 03 Full Retention, extension of 3 additional storeys, and new build extension North landing over tracks and south Masterplan Design Considerations • Adjacent plot reduces in footprint and is less able to bridge over the tracks due to rail constraints • Townscape view from Mornington Avenue terminates with Ashfield House Technical Challenges • The addition of storeys requires the removal of significant structures at roof level and relocation of plant. • Existing core is unlikely to meet current regulations and will require alteration. • The existing building is at 3.66m floor to floor (2.6m floor to ceiling) and therefore meeting best practice for Internal Environmental Quality and BCO standards (2.6-3.2m floor to ceiling) is challenging. Note replacement of existing services may affect current floor to ceiling. • Risers will likely need to increase in size to provide ventilation flowrates to meet current standards. • New extensions will either need to match the existing floor to floor, or consider a misaligned approach which will compromise building floorplates • The construction of the northern extension will require piling between the existing building and live tracks. • It will also require stabilisation through tying back to the existing building.

Use Commercial Storeys 13 GEA 51,200m2 Existing 8,650m2 New Build 42,550m2

Jobs ~3100 (Based upon 1:12sqm occupancy)

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Ashfield House

Scenario 04 Partial Retention, and new build extension north landing over tracks and south Masterplan Design Considerations • Townscape view from Mornington Avenue is allowed to continue into the site and is no longer terminated by the existing building. • Adjacent WK03 plot footprint is maximised. • The streetscape is clearly defined. • Height is limited due to the existing structure

Use Commercial Storeys 13 GEA 58,230m2 Existing 4,880m2 New Build 53,350m2

Jobs ~3600 (Based upon 1:12sqm occupancy)

Technical Challenges • Existing core is unlikely to meet current regulations and will require alteration. • The existing building is at 3.66m floor to floor (2.6m floor to ceiling) and therefore meeting best practice for Internal Environmental Quality and BCO standards (2.6-3.2m floor to ceiling) is challenging. Note replacement of existing services may affect current floor to ceiling. • Risers will likely need to increase in size to provide ventilation flowrates to meet current standards. • New extensions will either need to match the existing floor to floor, or consider a misaligned approach which will compromise building floorplates • The construction of the northern extension will require piling between the existing building and live tracks. • It will also require stabilisation through tying back to the existing building.

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Ashfield House

Scenario 05 Full Demolition and New Build Masterplan Design Considerations • Townscape view from Mornington Avenue is allowed to continue into the site and is no longer terminated by the existing building • The streetscape is clearly defined. • Adjacent plot footprint is maximised. • Height is limited due to the existing structure Technical Challenges • Whilst this scenario is the least technically challenging it still requires demolition and construction within proximity to live rail • It is anticipated that the building will have to be designed to the highest environmental standards to represent a lower carbon impact than retention.

Use Commercial Storeys 16 GEA 69,000m2 Jobs ~4200 (Based upon 1:12sqm occupancy)

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

03. 9 Beaumont Avenue 14

9 Beaumont Avenue

Existing Building

ion to ial Co nnect

Two storey element considered for retention in Scenarios 02 and 03 Reception Building considered for retention in Scenario 02 only

Poten t

Plot's Role in Masterplan • The WK01 plot creates the southern elevation of West Kensington Boulevard, the key route into the masterplan from the North West • It is intended as part of the northern workspace cluster, focused around West Kensington Station • The plot facilitates a transition in scale from the neighbouring local authority estate to the south and Kensington Hall Gardens to the west. • Connectivity to the Estates is desirable through the plot

Estate s

• The existing buildings are a series of light industrial spaces that have been added to over the years. • They are currently being used for immersive theatre events in a meanwhile capacity. • The buildings have an eclectic elevation onto the Earls Court site, due to the nature of additions over the years. Some of these are in poor condition and of low architectural quality.

WK01

9 Beaumont Avenue

Overview

Retain

Scenario 01: Full Retention and Refurbishment

Scenario 02: Partial Retention of Eastern Brick Building with Additional Storey, Reception Building and New Build

02 03

Scenario 03: Partial Retention of Eastern Brick Building with Additional Storey, and New Build

Scenario 04: Full Demolition and Rebuild Current Masterplan Assumption

04 Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Unaltered Masterplan Plots

9 Beaumont Avenue

Scenario 01 Full Retention and Refurbishment Masterplan Design Considerations • Connection to the estates is not possible through ECPL land • Geometry of existing buildings disrupts connectivity into the site from the west • The existing building is a collection of different construction types and the architecture is of low quality in instances.

Use Commercial Storeys 2 GEA 2,600m2 Jobs ~100 (Based upon 1:12sqm occupancy)

Technical Challenges • The building is currently occupied for meanwhile uses, and substantial intervention on building services and environmental performance would be required to accommodate any permanent uses. Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

9 Beaumont Avenue

Scenario 02 Partial Retention of Eastern Brick Building with Additional Storey, Reception Building and New Build Masterplan Design Considerations • Connection to the estates is possible through partial demolition. • Retention of an existing brick building to the east and the reception building is possible subject to realignment of the access route into the scheme. • Whilst not of high architectural quality, the retained elements have potential to add character. • This scenario would not optimise the use of the land. Technical Challenges • Structural surveys will be required to determine if additional height would be achievable on the brick building to the east, or if additional structural frames would be required.

Use Residential Storeys 7 GEA 6,050m2 Existing 1,065m2 New Build 4,985m2

Homes

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

9 Beaumont Avenue

Scenario 03 Partial Retention of Eastern Brick Building with Additional Storey, and New Build Masterplan Design Considerations • Connection to the estates is possible through partial demolition. • Retention of an existing brick building to the east is possible subject to realignment of the access route into the scheme. • Whilst not of high architectural quality, the retained elements have potential to add character. • This scenario would not optimise the use of the land. Technical Challenges • Structural surveys will be required to determine if additional height would be achievable on the brick building to the east, or if additional structural frames would be required.

Use Residential Storeys 7 GEA 7,000m2 Existing 770m2 New Build 6,230m2

Homes

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

9 Beaumont Avenue

Scenario 04 Full Demolition and Rebuild Masterplan Design Considerations • Connection to the estates is possible through full demolition. • Defined streetscape is created from North End Road into the scheme, and realigned through full demolition to improve sightlines into the masterplan. • Through maximising the development potential of the plot, there are greater opportunities for public uses or active frontages at ground level.

Use Residential Storeys 10 GEA 9,200m2 Homes 97

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

04. 1 Cluny Mews 21

1 Cluny Mews

Existing Building • The existing building does not have a significant street presence, as it sits behind large advertising hoardings and mature trees • The building is disconnected from the rest of the site by neighbouring land owners and although there is aspirations for a connection to the rest of the masterplan this is subject to 3rd parties • There is no heritage or local value associated with the building. • The adjacent building has been demolished and a residential project is in construction. • The irregular and inefficient floorplate delivers poor quality office floorspace. Plot's Role in Masterplan • The EC21plot delivers affordable housing for the masterplan. • A connection to the masterplan at the north end of St Cuthberts church is desirable but land ownership and level changes need to be overcome.

Existing office building

EC21 Existing residential properties included within the scenario

Building has been demolished and a residential building is currently in construction

Potential pedestrian connection to masterplan (3rd party dependent)

1 Cluny Mews

Overview

Scenario 01: Commercial Full Retention and Refurbishment

Scenario 02: Residential Scenario 03: Commercial Full Retention and Refurbishment Additional storey on top

Scenario 04: Residential Full Demolition of Office Building and New Build, Full Retention Adjacent Flats Current Masterplan Assumption

Scenario 05: Residential Full Demolition of Office Building and adjacent flats, and New Build

05 Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Unaltered Masterplan Plots

1 Cluny Mews

Scenario 01 Use Commercial/Residential Storeys 5 GEA 1,950m2

Commercial Residential

1,680m2 270m2

Homes 5 Jobs ~120 (Based upon 1:12sqm occupancy)

Technical Challenges • Refurbishment of the building to modern office standards will require review and potential upgrades to building services

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially)

Commercial Office

Existing residential properties

New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

1 Cluny Mews

Scenario 02 Use Residential Storeys 5 GEA 1,950m2 Homes 15

Full Retention and Refurbishment Masterplan Design Considerations • Existing buildings create a narrow entrance that has potential to connect through to the masterplan via Cluny Mews (third party dependent). Technical Challenges • Refurbishment of the building to modern standards will require review and potential upgrades to building services • Potential structural interventions required for additional floor slab penetrations. • There is structural capacity for additional floors, but this would take the upper floor above 18m and as such require a second stair. This has been discounted on the impact this would have on the building. • The building is overlooked by surrounding residential properties requiring careful consideration to privacy and also internal light levels.

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially)

Conversion to residential use Existing residential properties

New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

1 Cluny Mews

Scenario 02 Typical Residential Layout • A typical floorplate could accommodate up to three flats • The irregular shape results in an inefficient layout • Proximity to adjacent residential will require any external amenity to be inset, and it is considered that the existing fins might be retained to maintain privacy. • The existing structure of the core makes it challenging to occupy the existing toilets for accommodation, although these could be used as additional storage for residents.

Bedroom

Living/ Kitchen

Bath

Bedroom

Bath

Living/ Kitchen Bedroom

Living/ Kitchen

Bath

1 Cluny Mews

Scenario 03 Additional storey on top Masterplan Design Considerations • Existing buildings create a narrow entrance that has potential to connect through to the masterplan via Cluny Mews (third party dependent). • The irregular and inefficient floorplate delivers poor quality office floorspace. Technical Challenges • Refurbishment of the building to modern standards will require review and potential upgrades to building services • Potential structural interventions required for additional floor slab penetrations. • There is structural capacity for additional floors, however this is likely limited to an additional set back floor due to DSO impacts. • It is anticipated a new secondary stair will be required to replace the existing spiral staircase. • The building is overlooked by surrounding residential properties requiring careful consideration to privacy and also internal light levels.

Use Residential Storeys 6 GEA 2,050m2 Existing 1,950m2 New Build 100m2

Homes

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

1 Cluny Mews

Scenario 04 Full Demolition of Office Building and New Build, Full Retention Adjacent Flats Masterplan Design Considerations • Existing buildings create a narrow entrance that has potential to connect through to the masterplan via Cluny Mews (third party dependent). • A new build allows for a more direct access into the site, and creating a more welcoming entrance.

Use Residential Storeys 5 GEA 2,170m2 Existing 270m2 New Build 1,900m2

Homes

Technical Challenges • The building is overlooked by surrounding residential properties requiring careful consideration to privacy and also internal light levels. Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

1 Cluny Mews

Scenario 05 Full Demolition of Office Building and adjacent flats, and New Build Masterplan Design Considerations • Existing buildings create a narrow entrance that has potential to connect through to the masterplan via Cluny Mews (third party dependent). • A new build allows for a more direct access into the site, and creating a more welcoming entrance. Technical Challenges • The building is overlooked by surrounding residential properties requiring careful consideration to privacy and also internal light levels. • Replacement of the existing residential properties results in a predominantly north facing building which is challenging for daylight/sunlight

Use Residential Storeys 5 GEA 2,050m2 Homes 22

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

05. Empress Place / Lillie Road 30

Empress Place / Lillie Road

Existing Building • The existing buildings have some local interest and their character contributes to the current identity of Earls Court • The Empress Place buildings have undergone a light touch refurbishment and currently are a mix of low cost residential use and small scale workplace with retail and F&B onto Lillie Road. ECDC are based in the Project Rooms. These are meanwhile uses, intended to be temporary for the duration of the planning process. Plot's Role in Masterplan

Project Rooms Em s

es pr e

ac Pl

• Empress Place is a key pedestrian route into the site from the south • The WB01/07 plots are intended for a workplace cluster due to the proximity to stations, particularly West Brompton • The WB01/07 plots are used to transition from the scale of existing buildings on Lillie Road to the taller residential buildings adjacent to MOPAC

(E oad

) ast

ie R

Lill

The Prince Pub

Lill

d Roa

st) (We

Key pedestrian route into the site from the south

WB07 WB01

Empress Place / Lillie Road

Overview

Scenario 01: Full Retention and Refurbishment, New Build Office

Scenario 02: Partial Retention (Bays) and Demolish Lillie Road East

Scenario 03: Partial Retention (Facade Only) and Demolish Lillie Road East

Scenario 04: Retain Project Rooms, Demolish Remainder and New Build

Scenario 05: Full Demolition and Rebuild

Current Masterplan Assumption

05 Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Unaltered Masterplan Plots

Empress Place / Lillie Road

Scenario 01 Full Retention and Refurbishment, New Build Office Masterplan Design Considerations • Full retention does not facilitate the widening of Lillie Road pavement which will result in pedestrian congestion. • A key entrance into the site remains a relatively low key street of residential character, and would diminish the opportunity to create a new workplace hub in this location. • The increase in height to the adjacent plots would appear more stark and subject to townscape require a reduction in height. Technical Challenges • The existing buildings could be refurbished for residential use, as they were originally intended, with retail/F&B ground floor uses onto Lillie Road. Small scale workplace may also be possible but is unlikely to meet BCO or accessibility standards, and would not optimise the use of the land.

Use Residential / Commercial Storeys 10 GEA 25,700m2 Existing 6,590m2 New Build 19,110m2 Commercial Residential

20,700m2 5,000m2

Homes Jobs

25 ~1250 (Based upon 1:12sqm occupancy)

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Empress Place / Lillie Road

Scenario 02 Partial Retention (Bays) and Demolish Lillie Road East Masterplan Design Considerations • Demolition of Lillie Road east facilitates the widening of Lillie Road pavement as required by the masterplan's transport analysis. • A limited infill could be added to the west of the street in the existing gardens. A more significant plot can be built to the east. • Residential floor to floors of the existing properties would potentially restrict the connectivity of the retained buildings to the new build • The scale of the existing buildings would curtail the height and volume of the new build elements as sensitive stepped massing is likely Technical Challenges • The existing buildings could be refurbished for residential use, as they were originally intended, with retail/F&B ground floor uses onto Lillie Road. Small scale workplace may also be possible but is unlikely to meet BCO or accessibility standards.

Use Commercial Storeys 13 GEA 51,590m2 Existing 3,725m2 New Build 47,865m2

Jobs

~3200 (Based upon 1:12sqm occupancy)

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Empress Place / Lillie Road

Scenario 03 Partial Retention (Facade Only) and Demolish Lillie Road East Masterplan Design Considerations • Facade retention and demolition of Lillie Road east facilitates the widening of Lillie Road pavement as required by the masterplan's transport analysis. Technical Challenges • The alignment of openings (windows and doors) and storey heights of the existing residential facades would need to be accommodated by the new build elements.

Use Commercial Storeys 13 GEA 51,590m2 Existing 600m2 New Build 49,990m2

Jobs

~3200 (Based upon 1:12sqm occupancy)

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Empress Place / Lillie Road

Scenario 04 Retain Project Rooms, Demolish Remainder and New Build Masterplan Design Considerations • Demolition of Lillie Road East facilitates the widening of Lillie Road pavement as required by the masterplan's transport analysis to improve pedestrian safety and quality of the public realm. • Demolition allows for an architectural response to address the entrance into the site.

Use Commercial Storeys 12 GEA 37,400m2 Existing 1,050m2 New Build 36,350m2

Jobs

~2,300 (Based upon 1:12sqm occupancy)

Technical Challenges • The alignment of openings (windows and doors) and storey heights of the existing residential facades would need to be accommodated by the new build elements. Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Empress Place / Lillie Road

Scenario 05 Full Demolition and Rebuild Masterplan Design Considerations • Demolition of Lillie Road East facilitates the widening of Lillie Road pavement as required by the masterplan's transport analysis to improve pedestrian safety and quality of the public realm. • Demolition allows for an architectural response to address the entrance into the site. • Demolition of the project rooms allows more space to be created onto Lillie Road whilst maintaining viable floorplates. Whilst this widening is not required on the grounds of safety (as is the case for Lillie Road East), it would create a more generous public realm at an entrance to the development Technical Challenges • The alignment of openings (windows and doors) and storey heights of the existing residential facades would need to be accommodated by the new build elements.

Use Commercial Storeys 12 GEA 40,200m2 Jobs ~2400 (Based upon 1:12sqm occupancy)

Buildings to be retained (Fully or partially) New Buildings or Extensions

Full retention = retain and retrofit

Partial retention and retrofit

Disassemble and reuse

Full demolition = demolish and recycle

Chapter 18.0 - Appendix C – Pre-Redevelopment / Demolition Summary EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

18.0 Appendix C – Pre-Redevelopment / Demolition Summary

141

KaNect Limited EC.PA.24 - Appendix C 20 June 2024

Earls Court Development Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Earls Court Development

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 03

Contents 1.0 Introduction

2.0 Existing Site – Earls Court Redevelopment

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

4.0 Aims and Objectives

5.0 Key Principles

6.0 Method

7.0 Materials Identified

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

9.0 Embodied Carbon

10.0 Waste Reduction Opportunities

11.0 General Guidelines for the Management of Demolition Waste and Materials

12.0 Recommendations and Next Steps

Table 12 Location and Quantities of Glass .................................................................................. 46 Table 13 Location and Quantities of Textiles................................................................................ 48 Table 14 Location and Quantities of Plastics ............................................................................... 50 Table 15 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof) ....................... 53 Table 16 Location and Quantities of Stone (Tiles and Marble) .................................................... 54 Table 17 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt) ........... 56 Table 18 Location and Quantities of Insulation ............................................................................ 57 Table 19 Location and Quantities of Luminaries .......................................................................... 58 Table 20 Estimated Quantities of Materials ................................................................................. 61 Table 21 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e).................................................. 63 Table 22 Opportunity Key ............................................................................................................ 64 Table 23 Waste Reduction Opportunities ..................................................................................... 78

Figures Figure 1 All buildings – Location (marked by blue line) ................................................................ 10 Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy ............................................................................................................ 25 Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design ............................................. 25 Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume ...................................................... 62 Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage ........................................................ 62 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon............................................................................. 63

Images Tables Table 1 Retention Strategies – Ashfield House ............................................................................ 16 Table 2 Retention Strategies - 9 Beaumont Avenue ..................................................................... 18 Table 3 Retention Strategies - 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings ......................................... 20 Table 4 Retention Strategies - Empress Place ............................................................................. 22 Table 5 Circularity Rating ............................................................................................................. 28 Table 6 Location and Quantities of Concrete ............................................................................... 29 Table 7 Location and Quantities of Bricks .................................................................................... 31 Table 8 Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals ......................................................................... 33 Table 9 Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products ................................................. 36 Table 10 Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics.............................................................. 39 Table 11 Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material .................................. 43

Image 1 Ashfield House ............................................................................................................... 11 Image 2 Ashfield House ............................................................................................................... 11 Image 3 Ashfield House ............................................................................................................... 11 Image 4 9 Beaumont Avenue ...................................................................................................... 11 Image 5 9 Beaumont Avenue ...................................................................................................... 11 Image 6 1 Cluny Mews ............................................................................................................... 11 Image 7 1 Cluny Mews ............................................................................................................... 11 Image 8 Adjacent Dwellings......................................................................................................... 11 Image 9 Empress Place - The Project Rooms ............................................................................. 11 Image 10 Empress Place - Terrace Houses ................................................................................ 11 Image 11 Empress Place - Terrace Houses ................................................................................. 11 Image 12 Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops and Flats .............................................................. 11 Image 13 Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops and Flats .............................................................. 12 Image 14 Empress Place - Prince Pub ........................................................................................ 12

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Earls Court Development

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 03

Image 15 Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed ............................................... 12 Image 16 Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed ............................................... 12 Image 17 Signalling Switch Room ............................................................................................... 12 Image 18 Trans Plant House........................................................................................................ 12 Image 19 Ultrasonic Equipment Stores ........................................................................................ 12 Image 20 The TDU Project Office ................................................................................................ 12 Image 21 Lillie Bridge Main Depot ............................................................................................... 12 Image 22 Lillie Bridge Main Depot ............................................................................................... 12 Image 23 Community Hub ........................................................................................................... 12 Image 24 Show Home.................................................................................................................. 12 Image 25 Carpark ........................................................................................................................ 13 Image 26 Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station ...................................... 13 Image 27 Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station ...................................... 13 Image 28 Concrete Mullions (Ashfield House) ............................................................................. 30 Image 29 Concrete Stairs (Ashfield House) ................................................................................. 30 Image 30 Concrete Blockwork (Ashfield House) .......................................................................... 30 Image 31 Concrete Blockwork (1 Cluny Mews ) .......................................................................... 30 Image 32 Concrete Stairs (Adjacent Dwellings) ........................................................................... 30 Image 33 Concrete Blockwork (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ............ 30 Image 34 Concrete Blockwork (Trans Plant House) .................................................................... 30 Image 35 Concrete Blockwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ............................................................ 30 Image 36 External Brickwork (9 Beaumont Avenue) .................................................................... 32 Image 37 External Brickwork (9 Beaumont Avenue) .................................................................... 32 Image 38 External Brickwork (9 Beaumont Avenue) .................................................................... 32 Image 39 Internal Brickwork (9 Beaumont Avenue) ..................................................................... 32 Image 40 External Brickwork (Empress Place - The Project Room) ............................................ 32 Image 41 External Brickwork (Empress Place - Prince Pub) ....................................................... 32 Image 42 Internal Brickwork (Empress Place - Prince Pub)......................................................... 32 Image 43 Internal Brickwork (Empress Place - Prince Pub)......................................................... 32 Image 44 External Brickwork (Signalling Switch Room) .............................................................. 32 Image 45 External Brickwork (Trans Plant House)....................................................................... 32 Image 46 External Brickwork (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores) ....................................................... 32 Image 47 External Brickwork (The TDU Project Office) ............................................................... 32 Image 48 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .............................................................. 32 Image 49 Internal Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ............................................................... 32 Image 50 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .............................................................. 32 Image 51 External Brickwork (Community Hub and Gardens) ..................................................... 32 Image 52 External Brickwork (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) ..... 32 Image 53 Aluminium Windows (Ashfield House) .......................................................................... 34 Image 54 Stainless Steel Sink (Ashfield House) .......................................................................... 34 Image 55 Steel Handrail (Ashfield House) ................................................................................... 34 Image 56 Roller Shutter (Ashfield House) .................................................................................... 34 Image 57 Metal Window Frame (9 Beaumont Avenue) ................................................................ 34 Image 58 Roller Shutter (9 Beaumont Avenue) ............................................................................ 34 Image 59 Structural Metal (9 Beaumont Avenue) ........................................................................ 34 Image 60 Steel Handrail (9 Beaumont Avenue) ........................................................................... 34 Image 61 Metal Cladding (1 Cluny Mews ) .................................................................................. 34 Image 62 Metal False Ceiling (1 Cluny Mews ) ............................................................................ 34 Image 63 Metal Window Frame (1 Cluny Mews ) ........................................................................ 34

Image 64 Steel Walls (Adjacent Dwellings) ................................................................................. 34 Image 65 Metal Stair Handrail (Empress Place - The Project Rooms) ........................................ 34 Image 66 Metal Window Frame (Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops) ........................................ 34 Image 67 Metal Windows (Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops) .................................................. 34 Image 68 Metal Window Frame (Empress Place - Prince Pub) ................................................... 34 Image 69 Metal Sheet, Steel Columns and Roof Girders (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ................................................................................................................... 34 Image 70 Roller Shutter (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ...................... 34 Image 71 Tubular Handrail (Signalling Switch Room) ................................................................. 34 Image 72 Metal Window Frame (Ultrasonic Equipment Store) .................................................... 34 Image 73 Metal Stair Handrail (Trans Plant House) .................................................................... 34 Image 74 Metal Door (The TDU Project Office) ........................................................................... 34 Image 75 Metal Girder (The TDU Project Office) ......................................................................... 34 Image 76 External Metal Staircase (The TDU Project Office) ...................................................... 34 Image 77 Metal Door Frame (Community Hub and Gardens) ..................................................... 35 Image 78 Metal Composite Cladding (Community Hub and Gardens) ........................................ 35 Image 79 Metal Window Frame (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) 35 Image 80 Roller Shutter (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) ............ 35 Image 81 Double Door (Ashfield House) ..................................................................................... 37 Image 82 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (Ashfield House)...................................................... 37 Image 83 Curtain Door (Ashfield House) ..................................................................................... 37 Image 84 Panels (Ashfield House) .............................................................................................. 37 Image 85 Doors (9 Beaumont Avenue)........................................................................................ 37 Image 86 Window Frame (9 Beaumont Avenue) ......................................................................... 37 Image 87 Structural Timber (9 Beaumont Avenue) ...................................................................... 37 Image 88 Flooring (9 Beaumont Avenue) .................................................................................... 37 Image 89 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (1 Cluny Mews ) ...................................................... 37 Image 90 Internal Door (Adjacent Dwellings) .............................................................................. 37 Image 91 Internal Door (Adjacent Dwellings) .............................................................................. 37 Image 92 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (Adjacent Dwellings) ............................................... 37 Image 93 Internal Doors (Empress Place – The Project Rooms) ................................................ 37 Image 94 Stairs (Empress Place – Terrace Houses) ................................................................... 37 Image 95 Structural Timber (Lillie Road Shops) .......................................................................... 37 Image 96 Floorboard (Prince Pub) .............................................................................................. 37 Image 97 Internal Door (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ....................... 37 Image 98 Internal Door (Trans Plant House) ............................................................................... 37 Image 99 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (Trans Plant House) ................................................ 37 Image 100 Exit Door (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores) ................................................................... 37 Image 101 Internal Door (The TDU Project Office) ...................................................................... 38 Image 102 Staircase (The TDU Project Office)............................................................................ 38 Image 103 Partition Wall (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)..................................................................... 38 Image 104 Internal Door (Lillie Bridge Main Door)....................................................................... 38 Image 105 Internal Door and Door Frame (Community Hub and Gardens) ................................ 38 Image 106 External Cladding (Community Hub and Gardens) .................................................... 38 Image 107 External Fence (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) ........ 38 Image 108 Exit Door (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) ................. 38 Image 109 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Ashfield House) .......................................................................... 40 Image 110 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Ashfield House) ......................................................... 40 Image 111 Ceramic Floor Tiles (Ashfield House) ......................................................................... 40

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Earls Court Development

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 03

Image 112 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Ashfield House) .......................................................................... 40 Image 113 Ceramic Handbasin (9 Beaumont Avenue) ................................................................ 40 Image 114 Ceramic Water closet (WC) (9 Beaumont Avenue) .................................................... 40 Image 115 Ceramic Handbasin (9 Beaumont Avenue) ................................................................ 40 Image 116 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (9 Beaumont Avenue) .................................................. 40 Image 117 Ceramic Handbasin (1 Cluny Mews ) ......................................................................... 40 Image 118 Ceramic Wall Tiles (1 Cluny Mews ) ........................................................................... 40 Image 119 Ceramic Wall Tiles and Bath (Adjacent Dwellings) ..................................................... 40 Image 120 Ceramic Handbasin (Adjacent Dwellings) .................................................................. 40 Image 121 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Empress Place - The Project Rooms) ........................................ 41 Image 122 Ceramic Floor and Wall Tiles (Empress Place - Terrace Houses) .............................. 41 Image 123 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Empress Place -Lillie Road Shops) ............................................ 41 Image 124 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Empress Place - Prince Pub)...................................................... 41 Image 125 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ..................................................................................................................................................... 41 Image 126 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Trans Plant House) ..................................................................... 41 Image 127 Quarry Tiles (Trans Plant House) ............................................................................... 41 Image 128 Quarry Tiles (The TDU Project Office) ........................................................................ 41 Image 129 Ceramic Wall Tiles (The TDU Project Office) ............................................................. 41 Image 130 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (The TDU Office) ......................................................... 41 Image 131 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ............................................ 41 Image 132 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ............................................................ 41 Image 133 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Community Hub and Gardens) ................................................... 41 Image 134 Ceramic Wall and Floor Tiles, Ceramic Handbasin and Water Closet (WC) (Community Hub and Gardens) ................................................................................................... 41 Image 135 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) ... 41 Image 136 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)......................................................................................................................................... 41 Image 137 Plasterboard Wall (Ashfield House)............................................................................ 43 Image 138 Plasterboard Wall (Ashfield House)............................................................................ 43 Image 139 Plasterboard Wall (Ashfield House)............................................................................ 43 Image 140 Plasterboard Wall (Ashfield House)............................................................................ 43 Image 141 Plasterboard Wall (9 Beaumont Avenue) ................................................................... 43 Image 142 Plasterboard Wall (9 Beaumont Avenue) ................................................................... 43 Image 143 Plasterboard Wall (9 Beaumont Avenue) ................................................................... 43 Image 144 Plasterboard Wall (9 Beaumont Avenue) ................................................................... 43 Image 145 Plasterboard Wall (1 Cluny Mews ) ............................................................................ 43 Image 146 Plasterboard Wall (Adjacent Dwellings) ..................................................................... 43 Image 147 Plasterboard Walls (Empress Place - The Project Rooms) ........................................ 43 Image 148 Plasterboard Walls (Empress Place -Terrace Houses)............................................... 43 Image 149 Plasterboard Walls (Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops) ........................................... 44 Image 150 Plasterboard Walls (Empress Place - Prince Pub) ..................................................... 44 Image 151 Plasterboard (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ...................... 44 Image 152 Plasterboard Wall (Trans Plant House) ...................................................................... 44 Image 153 Plasterboard Wall (The TDU Project Office) ............................................................... 44 Image 154 Plasterboard Wall (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .............................................................. 44 Image 155 Plasterboard Walls (Community Hub and Gardens) .................................................. 44 Image 156 Plasterboard Wall (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) .... 44 Image 157 External Glass Door (Ashfield House) ........................................................................ 46

Image 158 Glass Windows (Ashfield House)............................................................................... 46 Image 159 Glass Panel in Door (Ashfield House) ....................................................................... 46 Image 160 Internal Glass Partition (Ashfield House) ................................................................... 46 Image 161 Glass Window (9 Beaumont Avenue) ........................................................................ 46 Image 162 Glass Window (9 Beaumont Avenue) ........................................................................ 46 Image 163 Glass Window (9 Beaumont Avenue) ........................................................................ 46 Image 164 Glass Window (9 Beaumont Avenue) ........................................................................ 46 Image 165 Glass Door (1 Cluny Mews ) ...................................................................................... 46 Image 166 Glass Window Panels (1 Cluny Mews ) ..................................................................... 46 Image 167 Glass Windows (Adjacent Dwellings) ........................................................................ 46 Image 168 Glass Windows (Adjacent Dwellings) ........................................................................ 46 Image 169 Glass Door (Empress Place - The Project Rooms).................................................... 47 Image 170 Glass Partition in Door (Empress Place - Terrace Houses) ....................................... 47 Image 171 Glass Doors/Windows (Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops) ..................................... 47 Image 172 Glass Window (Empress Place - Prince Pub) ............................................................ 47 Image 173 Internal Glass Partition (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ...... 47 Image 174 Glass Window (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ................... 47 Image 175 Glass Panel in Door (Trans Plant House) .................................................................. 47 Image 176 Glass Window (Trans Plant House) ........................................................................... 47 Image 177 Glass Window (The TDU Project Office).................................................................... 47 Image 178 Glass Panel in Door (The TDU Project Office) ........................................................... 47 Image 179 Glass Window (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ................................................................... 47 Image 180 Glass Partition (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .................................................................. 47 Image 181 Glass Door (Community Hub and Gardens) .............................................................. 47 Image 182 Glass Window (Community Hub and Gardens) ......................................................... 47 Image 183 Glass Windows (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)........ 47 Image 184 Glass Window/Panel (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) 47 Image 185 Carpet (Ashfield House) ............................................................................................ 49 Image 186 Carpet (Ashfield House) ............................................................................................ 49 Image 187 Carpet (Ashfield House) ............................................................................................ 49 Image 188 Carpet (Ashfield House) ............................................................................................ 49 Image 189 Carpet (9 Beaumont Avenue) .................................................................................... 49 Image 190 Carpet (9 Beaumont Avenue) .................................................................................... 49 Image 191 Carpet (9 Beaumont Avenue) .................................................................................... 49 Image 192 Carpet (9 Beaumont Avenue) .................................................................................... 49 Image 193 Carpet (1 Cluny Mews ) ............................................................................................. 49 Image 194 Carpet (1 Cluny Mews ) ............................................................................................. 49 Image 195 Carpet (Adjacent Dwellings) ...................................................................................... 49 Image 196 Carpet (Adjacent Dwellings) ...................................................................................... 49 Image 197 Carpet (Empress Place - The Project Rooms) ........................................................... 49 Image 198 Carpet (Empress Place - The Project Rooms) ........................................................... 49 Image 199 Carpet (Empress Place - Terrace Houses) ................................................................ 49 Image 200 Carpet (Empress Place - Terrace Houses) ................................................................ 49 Image 201 Carpet (Trans Plant House) ....................................................................................... 49 Image 202 Carpet (Trans Plant House) ....................................................................................... 49 Image 203 Carpet (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ............................................................................... 49 Image 204 Carpet (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ............................................................................... 49 Image 205 Carpet (Community Hub and Gardens) ..................................................................... 49 Image 206 Thermoplastic Olefin (TPO) Roofing (Ashfield House) .............................................. 51

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Earls Court Development

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 03

Image 207 Vinyl Flooring (Ashfield House) .................................................................................. 51 Image 208 Vinyl Flooring (Ashfield House) .................................................................................. 51 Image 209 Laminate Flooring (Ashfield House) ........................................................................... 51 Image 210 Vinyl Flooring (9 Beaumont Avenue) .......................................................................... 51 Image 211 Vinyl Flooring (9 Beaumont Avenue) .......................................................................... 51 Image 212 Laminate Flooring (9 Beaumont Avenue) ................................................................... 51 Image 213 Laminate Flooring (9 Beaumont Avenue) ................................................................... 51 Image 214 Vinyl Flooring (Adjacent Dwellings) ............................................................................ 51 Image 215 Thermoplastic Olefin (TPO) (Empress Place - The Project Rooms) .......................... 51 Image 216 Vinyl Flooring (Empress Place - The Project Rooms) ................................................ 51 Image 217 Laminate Flooring (Empress Place - The Project Rooms) ......................................... 51 Image 218 Laminate Flooring (Empress Place – Terrace Houses) .............................................. 51 Image 219 Laminate Flooring (Empress Place – Terrace Houses) .............................................. 51 Image 220 Vinyl Flooring (Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops) ................................................... 51 Image 221 Vinyl Flooring (Empress Place - Prince Pub) ............................................................. 51 Image 222 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Roof Lights (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) .................................................................................................................... 51 Image 223 Vinyl Flooring (Trans Plant House) ............................................................................. 51 Image 224 Vinyl Flooring (Trans Plant House) ............................................................................. 51 Image 225 Vinyl Flooring (Trans Plant House) ............................................................................. 51 Image 226 Vinyl Flooring (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .................................................................... 52 Image 227 PVC Roof Lights......................................................................................................... 52 Image 228 Vinyl Flooring (Community Hub and Gardens) ........................................................... 52 Image 229 Vinyl Flooring (Community Hub and Gardens) ........................................................... 52 Image 230 Laminate Flooring (Community Hub and Gardens) .................................................... 52 Image 231 Laminate Flooring (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) .... 52 Image 232 External Stone Cladding (Ashfield House) ................................................................. 55 Image 233 External Stone Cladding (Ashfield House) ................................................................. 55 Image 234 Marble Tile (Ashfield House) ...................................................................................... 55 Image 235 Marble Tile (Ashfield House) ...................................................................................... 55 Image 236 Stone Tiles (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) ............... 55 Image 237 Luminaries (Ashfield House) ...................................................................................... 59 Image 238 Luminaries (Ashfield House) ...................................................................................... 59 Image 239 Luminaries (Ashfield House) ...................................................................................... 59 Image 240 Luminaries (Ashfield House) ...................................................................................... 59 Image 241 Luminaries (9 Beaumont Avenue) .............................................................................. 59 Image 242 Luminaries (9 Beaumont Avenue) .............................................................................. 59 Image 243 Luminaries (9 Beaumont Avenue) .............................................................................. 59 Image 244 Luminaries (9 Beaumont Avenue) .............................................................................. 59 Image 245 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings)................................................... 59 Image 246 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings)................................................... 59 Image 247 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings)................................................... 59 Image 248 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings)................................................... 59 Image 249 Luminaries (Empress Place - The Project Rooms) .................................................... 60 Image 250 Luminaries (Empress Place - Terrace Houses) .......................................................... 60 Image 251 Luminaries (Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops) ....................................................... 60 Image 252 Luminaries (Empress Place - Prince Pub) ................................................................. 60 Image 253 Luminaries (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ......................... 60 Image 254 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ........................................................................ 60

Image 255 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ........................................................................ 60 Image 256 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ........................................................................ 60 Image 257 Luminaries (Community Hub and Gardens) .............................................................. 60 Image 258 Luminaries (Community Hub and Gardens) .............................................................. 60 Image 259 Luminaries (Community Hub and Gardens) .............................................................. 60 Image 260 Luminaries (Community Hub and Gardens) .............................................................. 60 Image 261 Luminaries (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) ............... 60 Image 262 Luminaries (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) ............... 60 Image 263 Luminaries (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) ............... 60 Image 264 Luminaries (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station) ............... 60

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

1.0 Introduction This Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’); and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (‘ESB’), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of this Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials. It should be noted that this Report will provide summarised information on the following buildings and structures: — — — —

Ashfield House, 9 Beaumont Avenue 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings Empress place including: o The Project Rooms

o Terrace houses o Lillie Road Shops, and o Prince Pub — TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed — TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores — TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office — TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot — Community Hub and Gardens — Carpark, and — Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station In addition to this Report, separate report for the above buildings and structures have been prepared and will be submitted in support of the planning application. For detailed information on each building, please refer to the separate reports prepared per building.

Requirement of a Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report As per the BREEAM New Construction 2018 (UK), a total of 5 credits can be obtained for the Wst 01 Construction Waste Management criteria. These credits are split into three parts (for Fully fitted) including: — One Credit – Pre-Demolition Audit: o Complete a pre-demolition audit of any existing buildings, structures or hard surfaces being considered for demolition. This audit will: ▪ Be carried out at Concept Design stage by a competent person prior to stripout or demolition works. ▪ Guide the design, consider materials for reuse and set targets for waste management. ▪ Engage all contractors in the process of maximising high-grade reuse and recycling opportunities. ▪ Refer to the audit in the resource management plan (RMP). ▪ Compare actual waste arisings and waste management routes used with those forecasts and investigate significant deviations from planned targets. — Up to Three Credits – Construction resource efficiency: preparing a compliant Resource Management Plan (RMP) with the aim of minimising and monitoring waste. — One Credit – Diversion resources from landfill As per the London Plan Guidance: Circular Economy Statement to meet Policy SI7 (B) of the London Plan (2021) one of the requirements is to submit a Pre-Redevelopment audit. The PreRedevelopment audit is a tool for understanding whether existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained. The Pre-Redevelopment audit should outline an explanation of the existing buildings on the site and brief description of state of their repair. The details should include: the building’s age, key materials, photos of typical internal spaces and facades, and site plans. The extent or details required to complete the Pre-Redevelopment audit is not mentioned by the Greater London Authority (GLA), therefore, based on KaNect’s previous experience, information

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

included in this Report, is considered to be useful in understanding the approach adopted for the redevelopment of the Proposed Development.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

2.0 Existing Site – Earls Court Development As mentioned above, this Report will cover the following buildings and structures: — — — —

Ashfield House, 9 Beaumont Avenue 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings Empress place including: o The Project Rooms o Terrace houses o Lillie Road Shops, and o Prince Pub — TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed — TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores — TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office — TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot — Community Hub and Gardens — Carpark, and — Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station Ashfield House: The Ashfield House lies on the northwestern part of the overall Earls Court Site (‘Proposed Development Site’). Ashfield house is a nine-story building most likely completed in the 1970s. The building appears to be constructed from pre-cast concrete sections assembled on-site, possibly clad with a more decorative concrete or composite material as a façade. The building appears to be in very good structural condition with little visual evidence of weathering to the external façade, which would be consistent with the material and age of the building. The internal fit-out of the building varies from floor to floor and is specific to the function of the individual departments housed in different areas of the building. The roof was not accessible for this survey but the parts that were visible appeared to be in good condition and there were no signs of water ingress from external areas into the interior of the building. The Water Closet (WC) areas and the kitchenette areas on all floors do appear to be slightly dated and would benefit from modernisation. It was not clear from visual inspection what the level or type of insultation was. Visual inspection of the roof space shows the internal face of concrete panels that appear to be solid. It is not clear if there is any insulation at all in the roof or walls, although the thick concrete would provide some level of thermal barrier. Further investigation would be required.

The windows are double glazed with metal frames and although likely to provide a level of thermal barrier they will not meet modern standards as many of them open fully on all levels creating a safety hazard. Metal framed double glazing tends not to be as thermally efficient as some more modern constructions. 9 Beaumont Avenue The 9 Beaumont Avenue is located in the far north-western part of the overall Earls Court Site (‘Proposed Development Site’). The 9 Beaumont Avenue appears to have been constructed in the mid to late 19th Century predominantly from brick. Originally housing a Victorian laundry later used as a factory producing mannequins. It has subsequently had a variety of uses, more recently being used by Fulham Boys School until 2017 and is currently being jointly occupied by an immersive theatre company and a church organisation. There appears to have been many additions and changes to the building throughout its lifetime. The building is of brick construction throughout. Brick work appears to be in the condition expected for the age. The building has been added to and modified at various points during its lifetime so there are varying degrees of repair to the external brickwork. Some areas of the building have an internal steel framework support structure. The roofing that was visible appears to be partly metal sheeting and some glass panelling. There was evidence within the building of significant water ingress in some areas. With this type of roofing arrangement and age it is likely that there will be little to no insulating materials present or it will be of poor quality compared to modern standards. There are single glazed glass sky lights in several areas which could also create heat retention problems. Original style single glazed windows were present in lots of areas of the building. With some areas having different styles and designs of window added at different times. Much of the building has large single glazed windows with poor insulating properties. The internal fit out of the building is very dated and in many areas is specialised to the present and past uses of the building. 1 Cluny Mews and Adjacent Dwellings The 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings are located in the far northeastern part of the overall Earls Court Site (‘Proposed Development Site’). The 1 Cluny Mews is a purpose-built office space over five floors of relatively modern design that was built in 2010. The building is constructed mainly of steel with extensive areas of glass and metal cladding. The building as a whole appears to be in good general structural condition. The roof was not accessible for this survey but the parts that were visible appeared to be in good condition and there were no signs of water ingress from external areas into the interior of the building. There are large areas of glass to two elevations of the building. It was not clear from visual inspection what the level or type of insultation was. However, as the building is relatively modern it will likely have similar performance to other buildings of the same era. The existing building has a non-standard / non-regular shape that gives an irregular floorplan and does not necessarily make maximum use of the space available on-Site. The adjacent dwellings building appears to be a framed prefabricated building cladded with a composite material and is approximately 20 years old. There are some suggestions that the building was originally designed as office space but has since been converted into a block of five

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

residential dwellings. The building appears to be in good general structural condition and have good standards of performance and comfort. The exterior of the building would benefit from some external aesthetic cleaning work. The internal fit out of the building is relatively contemporary. Individual dwellings are heated by separate gas boiler and central heating systems. The roof was not accessible for this survey but there were no visible areas of damp or ingress of water into the interior. Some of the windows are oversized compared to standard residential dwellings of a comparable type, probably due to the original design as office space. This may have heat retention implications. Although all units appear to be double glazed. It was not clear from visual inspection what the level or type of insultation was. Empress Place Empress Place is currently a small cul-du-sac street consisting of two facing terraces of double storey Victorian cottages, many with the basement areas now also converted to living/working space. Empress Place was originally built circa. 1865. The area surveyed also consists of two short terraces of shops/flats that front to Little Road and the Prince pub on the East corner. The Project rooms are also situated on this plot on the northwest corner. The Project Rooms building is a former railway engineering headquarters circa 1907. The Project rooms is housed in the former purpose-built engineering headquarters (built 1907) of the Brompton & Piccadilly Railway Company. It appears to have been extensively refurbished relatively recently so is in good general condition internally and externally, containing many attractive period features such as windows and internal exposed metal internal support pillars. Brick construction throughout. Condition of brick appears to be reasonable considering estimated age of over 100 years. Original style single glazed windows. Internal Exposed Steel frame with no observable damage. Flat roof that appears to be in good condition. No observed ingress of water into internal upper floors of the building. The majority of empress Place consists of terraced Victorian houses constructed from brick in the 1860s. Most are partially rendered on the lower storey. The brick is extensively weathered due to the age and further rendering may possibly extend the life of the external brickwork. No access was available to the roofs of these properties but it is clear that the roofs in most of them are in poor condition due to extensive observation of damp and water ingress into almost all of the properties. Over the years the properties have all been divided differently ranging from up to 5-6 flats/units within each property with some of them being whole intact houses as per the original design. So internal layouts are not at all uniform. The properties are attractive and have many period features that may present a heritage interest. All the internal fitouts and utilities require extensive modernisation and improvements to meet current standards of performance and comfort. The shops and flats above on Lillie Road (West), comprises of a Victorian terrace likely to be of similar age to the terraced houses on Empress place. (mid-late 19th century). Like Empress Place the properties are brick construction with some period features. The brick work does not appear to be in good repair and extensive weathering is observed. Brickwork is heavily degraded internally. There is a lot of visual evidence of damp especially in the basement areas of the properties. The upstairs flats are all completely derelict. They have been stripped out completely to bare boards and stud work. They are mostly sealed off from being accessed. Although no roof access was possible there appears to be water ingress into the buildings via the roof in most units, so it is assumed that the roofs are not in good condition.

The Prince Pub and shop fronts/flats on Lillie Road (East) comprises of a whole terrace that was originally built in approximately the mid-late 19th century. It is documented that the pub was rebuilt in the late 1930s. All properties are of mainly brick construction. There is extensive wear and weathering to the brickwork in all units internally and externally. There is evidence that the pub has some steel work supporting structure similar to in the project rooms. Internally many back of house areas of the pub appear to be in a poor state of repair and require extensive modernisation and renovation. The upper two floors of the 4-storey pub are completely derelict and stripped out to bare boards and stud. The flats above the terrace are completely derelict and have also been stripped out to bare boards and stud. Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed The Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed building is a single-story unit (with an internal mezzanine office space) where various TfL maintenance and engineering services are undertaken. It appears to be constructed of trapezoidal metal sheet attached to a steel frame. Internal partitions are constructed of unfinished or painted concrete blockwork. The flooring is painted concrete with some areas of the Points Manufacturing area having timber flooring made from what appears to be old railway sleepers. The building is an industrial type of unit and the interior fit out and layout is incredibly specific to the current usage as a transport maintenance facility. There is little to no insulating material in the construction of this building so it would not be suitable for non-industrial usage without significant refurbishment. It is also likely to be very inefficient to heat because of the poor insulation and the open-ended design of the Points Manufacturing area. The roof was not accessible for this survey but appears to be constructed from the same trapezoidal metal sheet. The parts that were visible appeared to be in reasonable condition and there were no visible signs of water ingress from external areas into the interior of the building. However, there were large ventilation panels open to the exterior which will significantly affect thermal efficiency. The Signalling Switch room is a small brick building which is used for housing signalling and switch equipment. It appears to be a much more recent construction than the workshop building. Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores The Trans Plant House is a two-storey office building of brick construction with a flat roof. Internal partitions appear to be stud frame and plasterboard and internal flooring carpet throughout with large areas of quarry tile in washroom and changing facilities. The interior layout is quite specific to office space with a straightforward geometry of the floorplate. The insulating properties of the current materials are likely to be quite poor compared to the most modern construction methods available. The Ultrasonics Equipment Stores is a very small brick out building next to the Trans Plant House.

The TDU Project Office

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

accessed externally via an entryway between two of the shops on Beaumont Avenue). The interior fitouts are all very specific to the different retail units occupying the shops but are mostly in need of updating and modernisation. The windows in the retail units are a mixture of glazing types Figure 1 shows the location of all the buildings surveyed.

Lillie Bridge Depot Lillie Bridge Depot is a one to three-storey office building of brick construction and what appears to be some asbestos containing corrugated material on the roof and gable ends of the building. Internal partitions are brick or concrete blockwork, and internal flooring is painted concrete and/ or covered with various floor coverings in different areas. The building has been added to and developed in a rather haphazard fashion over several decades. The interior of the building is extremely dated. The building is an industrial type of unit and the interior fit out and layout is incredibly specific to the current usage as a transport maintenance facility. There appears to be little to no insulating material in the roof construction of large areas of this building. The building also has very large surface area of original single glazed crittall windows that will not retain heat at all. There is evidence that there is extensive presence of asbestos containing materials throughout the building in both the exterior construction and the interior fit out and services to the extent that a large part of the building is effectively condemned and entry to the southern quarter of the building is completely prohibited. Community Hub and Gardens The community hub is a small single-story prefabricated building that appears to be approximately 7-10 years old. It is currently serving as a local community centre. It is believed that the original purpose was a marketing suite for new build homes. The external cladding is a mixture of oak timber and metal fin cladding. There is a large mainly undivided internal space with a couple of small offices/meeting rooms and toilet and kitchen facilities separated off to one end of the building. The building is fully double glazed and has a modern air conditioning system for heating and cooling. The building(s) and garden areas are in good visible condition and appear to be in a good state of repair both internally and externally and appears to be well suited to its current usage. Adjacent to the main community hub building there is a former ‘show home’. This is a two-storey domestic style building that appears to be externally cladded with rendered cement particle board. It is now also part of the Community Hub and used as a local ‘Artist in Residence’ studio with some rooms also being utilised by the community. It Appears to function well as an extension to the community centre. Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station This building is a part double story, part single story row of shops with flats above. It appears to be of partially rendered brick construction. The building is unremarkable and has no heritage or conservation value. The shop interiors are mostly very small and have no internal Water Closet (WC) facilities (apart from the barbers at the north end). WCs are shared by several units and are

Figure 1 All buildings – Location This Figure is not drawn to scale.

Image 1 - Image 27 provides some of the images of the buildings on the Site.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 1 Ashfield House

Image 2 Ashfield House

Image 4 9 Beaumont Avenue

Image 5 9 Beaumont Avenue

Image 3 Ashfield House

Image 9 Empress Place - The Project Rooms Image 7 1 Cluny Mews

Image 8 Adjacent Dwellings

Image 10 Empress Place - Terrace Houses

Image 11 Empress Place Terrace Houses

Image 6 1 Cluny Mews Image 12 Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops and Flats

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 14 Empress Place Prince Pub Image 13 Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops and Flats

Image 15 Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Image 19 Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Image 20 The TDU Project Office Image 21 Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Image 17 Signalling Switch Room Image 16 Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Image 18 Trans Plant House

Image 23 Community Hub Image 22 Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Image 24 Show Home

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 25 Carpark

Image 26 Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station Image 27 Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach This section provides the different considerations for each building that were worked on, whilst determining the adopted approaches for each building.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 1: Retention Strategy Scenarios – Ashfield House

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario 1 – Full Retention, extension of 3 additional storeys.

— Retention diverts maximum material from landfill and reduces need for reprocessing of materials on or off site. — Minimal structural work is beneficial for embodied carbon considerations. — Good opportunity to update the internal fit out and increase property value with minimal outlay. — This option could add additional insulation in the new roof section and assist with inevitable renewing of building services and plant and could improve energy efficiency without need for demolition. — Reducing operational / embodied carbon emissions.

— Does not maximise land use. — Older design and construction may not be as thermally efficient as modern constructions. — Windows likely to need full replacement due to safety and energy considerations.

Scenario 2 - Full Retention, extension of 3 additional storeys, and new build extension to the South.

— Increases land use efficiency. — Retention of majority of existing building diverts maximum material from landfill and reduces need for reprocessing of materials on or off site. — This option could add additional insulation in the new roof section and assist with inevitable renewing of building services and plant and could improve energy efficiency without need for demolition, reducing operational / embodied carbon emissions. — Good opportunity to update the internal fit out and increase property value with minimal outlay.

— Does not fully maximise land use. — Older design and construction may not be as thermally efficient as modern constructions. — Existing windows likely to need full replacement due to safety and energy considerations.

Scenario 3 - Full Retention, extension of 3 additional storeys, and new build extension North landing over tracks and sout.

— Further improvement in efficient land use. — Retention of majority of existing building diverts maximum material from landfill and reduces need for reprocessing of materials on or off site. — This option could add additional insulation in the new roof section and assist with efficient of renewing building services and plant, reducing operational carbon emissions.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 1: Retention Strategy Scenarios – Ashfield House Scenario

Opportunities

Table 1 Retention Strategies – Ashfield House

Constraints

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 2: Retention Strategy Scenarios – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario 1 – Full Retention, and Refurbishment

— Retention diverts material from landfill and reduces need for reprocessing of materials on or off site. — Retains some of the industrial historical character of the area.

— Does not maximise land use. — All buildings require extensive refurbishment and modernisation works. — It appears the roofing in most properties needs complete refurb or replacement. — Brickwork needs to be assessed for structural properties and remedial work may be needed to some areas. — The insulation properties of the current construction materials are poor.

Scenario 3 - Partial Retention of Eastern Brick Building with Additional Storey, and New Build.

Scenario 2 – Partial Retention of Eastern Brick Building with Additional Storey Reception Building and New Build.

— Improvement in efficient land use. — This option appears to improve the roofing in most areas. — Partial retention diverts material from landfill and reduces need for reprocessing of materials on or off site. — Improvements in insulation throughout buildings is possible. Reducing operational carbon emissions. — Modern Façade designs have better access considerations.

— Loss of industrial historical character of the area — Increases amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site. — Aesthetic considerations of the contrast with the new surrounding buildings.

— Improvement in efficient land — Loss of industrial historical use. character of the area — This option appears to — Aesthetic considerations of improve the roofing in all the contrast with the new areas. surrounding buildings. — Partial retention diverts some — Increases amount of material material from landfill and being removed from site or reduces need for needing to be reprocessed reprocessing of materials on on or off site. or off site. — Improvements in insulation throughout buildings is possible. Reducing operational carbon emissions. — Modern Façade designs have better access considerations. — Further improvement in efficient land use. — Retention of majority of existing building diverts maximum material from landfill and reduces need for reprocessing of materials on or off site. — This option could add additional insulation in the new roof section and assist with efficient of renewing building services and plant, reducing operational carbon emissions.

Scenario 4 – Full Demolition and Rebuild.

— Full maximisation of land use. — Modern constructions and fit outs have more potential for efficient operational carbon emissions.

— No retention of period or heritage features may impact on the character of the local area. — Loss of industrial historical character of the area

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 2: Retention Strategy Scenarios – 9 Beaumont Avenue Scenario

Table 2: Retention Strategy Scenarios – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

— Modern Façade designs have better access considerations. — The form, appearance and location of the existing building is not suited to requirements for the site. — Its redevelopment will enhance connectivity to and from the estates and enable delivery of new homes and significant public realm improvements. — Redevelopment will enable remediation of land understood to be contaminated from previous land uses. — Townscape improvements, including improved interaction with adjoining enhanced public realm at ground floor level will be possible through redevelopment.

— Increases amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site. — Increases amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site. Compared to scenarios 1-3.

Secnario 5 - Full Demolition and New Build.

— The form, appearance and location of the existing building is not suited to requirements for the site. — Full maximisation of land use, including for the new adjacent plot designs. — Modern constructions and fit outs maximise performance and comfort. — Potential to use most up to date materials and services to maximise energy efficiency and reduce operational carbon emissions. — Modern building designs have better access considerations. — If kept in part, there is complexity of aligning the new and retained elements, compromising the quality and efficiency of floorspace created. Full demolition would allow for much simpler construction and efficient replacement. — Removal of Ashfield House would benefit the local townscape and create an opportunity to align with views along Mornington Avenue.

— Maximum amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site. — Potentially gives a higher increase to embodied carbon considerations.

Table 2 Retention Strategies - 9 Beaumont Avenue

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 3: Retention Strategy Scenarios – 1 Cluny Mews and Adjacent Dwellings

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario

Scenario 1 – Full Retention, and Refurbishment Commercial

— Retention diverts material from landfill and reduces need for reprocessing of materials on or off site. — Minimal structural work is beneficial for embodied carbon considerations. — Good opportunity to update the internal fit out and increase property value with minimal outlay. — Inevitable upgrading of building services could improve energy efficiency without need for demolition

— Does not maximise land use. — Large areas of glass may not be completely thermally efficient (depends on type and coating of glass installed)

— Does not maximise land use. — Large areas of glass may not be completely thermally efficient (depends of type and coating of glass installed). Requires further investigation to ascertain if appropriate for residential use. — The following issues had already been identified by designers for residential use: — The irregular shape results in an inefficient layout

Scenario 2 – Full Retention and Refurbishment. Convert Office to Residential.

Scenario 3 – Additional storey on top.

Opportunities

Constraints

— Inevitable upgrading of building services could improve energy efficiency without need for demolition. — If extra floors were to be added the addition of a second stair in exactly the same external style as the current one could benefit aesthetics and not reduce internal floorplan.

— Proximity to adjacent residential will require any external amenity to be inset, and it is considered that the existing fins might be retained to maintain privacy. — The existing structure of the core makes it challenging to occupy the existing toilets for accommodation, although these could be used as additional storage for residents.

— Improvement in efficient land use. — This option could add additional insulation in the new roof section and assist with efficient of renewing building services and plant. — Partial retention diverts some material from landfill and reduces need for reprocessing of materials on or off site. — Improvements in insulation throughout buildings is possible. Reducing operational carbon emissions.

— Increases amount of material being removed from site, or needing to be reprocessed on or off site if original roof is stripped off. — The irregular floor plate design may not be suited to efficient commercial use of space. — Increase in height may need an additional or changes to the current escape stair.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 3: Retention Strategy Scenarios – 1 Cluny Mews and Adjacent Dwellings

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario

Scenario 4 – Full Demolition of 1 Cluny Mews and New Build, Full Retention of the Adjacent dwellings.

— Increase in efficiency of land use. More regularly shaped floor plate. — Modern constructions and fit outs have more potential for efficient operational carbon emissions. — Potential to use most up to date materials and services to maximise energy efficiency. — Modern building designs have better access considerations.

— Significantly increases amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site.

— Full maximisation of land use. — Modern constructions and fit outs have more potential for efficient operational carbon emissions. — Potential to use most up to date materials and services to maximise energy efficiency. For residential as well as commercial. — Modern building designs have better access considerations.

— Maximum amount of material being removed from site, or needing to be reprocessed on or off site. — Potentially gives a higher increase to embodied carbon considerations.

Scenario 5 - Full Demolition of 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings, and New Build.

Opportunities

Table 3 Retention Strategies - 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Constraints

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 4: Retention Strategy Scenarios – Empress Place

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario 1 – Full Retention, and Refurbishment, New Build Office

— Significant community feeling against total demolition of the properties in this area. — Retention of attractive period features that preserve the heritage of the local area. — The Pub is retained which is a potential Asset of Community Value (ACV). — Retention diverts material from landfill and reduces need for reprocessing of materials on or off site

— Does not maximise land use. — All buildings require extensive refurbishment and modernisation works. — It appears the roofing in most properties needs complete refurb or replacement. — Brickwork needs to be assessed for structural properties and remedial work may be needed to some areas. — Aesthetic considerations of the contrast with the new surrounding buildings. — The properties on Empress Place East would have no garden/outside space if kept as residential units.

Scenario 2 – Partial Retention (Bays) and Demolish Lillie Road East

— Preserves the period and — Aesthetic considerations of heritage aspects of the the contrast with the new frontages. surrounding buildings. — Significant community feeling — Increases amount of material against total demolition of being removed from site or the properties in this area. needing to be reprocessed on or off site. — Pavement in Lillie Rd East is widened allowing for better pedestrian flow. — Improvement in efficient land use. — This option appears to improve the roofing in all areas. — Partial retention diverts material from landfill and reduces need for

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

reprocessing of materials on or off site.

Scenario 3 - Partial Retention (Façade only) and Demolish Lillie Road East

— Pavement in Lillie Rd East is widened allowing for better pedestrian flow. — Improvement in efficient land use. — This option appears to improve the roofing in all areas. — Preserves the period and heritage aspects of the frontages. — Keeping facades may be sufficient to gain some community support.

— Aesthetic considerations of the contrast with the new surrounding buildings. — Increases amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site.

Scenario 4 – Retain Project Rooms, Demolish Remainder and New Build.

— Project Rooms building appears to be in good working condition. Easy to retain. — Closer to maximum efficiency of land use.

— No retention of period or heritage features may impact on the character of the local area. — Significant community feeling against total demolition of the properties in this area.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 4 Retention Strategies - Empress Place

Table 4: Retention Strategy Scenarios – Empress Place Scenario

Opportunities — Pavement in Lillie Rd East is widened allowing for better pedestrian flow. — Modern constructions and fit outs have more potential for efficient operational carbon emissions. — Modern Façade designs have better access considerations.

Constraints — Increases amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site.

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed The form, quality and location of existing buildings are not suited to requirements for the Site. The retention of the existing buildings and structures would prevent comprehensive redevelopment and constrain capacity for new development to deliver against strategic targets. Existing buildings and structures are at, or close, to, the end of their useable lives and require replacement. There is no architectural value to the existing buildings. Townscape, placemaking and public realm improvements will result from their replacement. TFL plans to move existing services to other locations in its network. large quantum of public realm, residential and non-residential land uses could be developed in this location Connectivity through to the west of site would be improved significantly with the redevelopment of the existing buildings and structures. Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores The form, appearance and location of the existing building is not suited to requirements for the site. Its redevelopment will facilitate significant public realm improvements and delivery of substantial amount of new employment generating floorspace to the north and improve spatial relationship with estate land to the west. The TDU Project Office and Lillie Bridge Depot

Secnario 5 - Full Demolition and Rebuild.

— Full maximisation of land use. — Pavement on both Lillie Rd East and West is widened allowing for better pedestrian flow to the development. — Modern constructions and fit outs have more potential for efficient operational carbon emissions. — Modern Façade designs have better access considerations

— Maximum amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site. — No retention of period or heritage features may impact on the character of the local area. — Significant community feeling against total demolition of the properties in this area.

The form, quality and location of existing buildings are not suited to requirements for the Site. The retention of the existing buildings and structures would prevent comprehensive redevelopment and constrain capacity for new development to deliver against strategic targets. Existing buildings and structures are at, or close, to, the end of their useable lives and require replacement. Asbestos can be found. There is no architectural value to the existing buildings. Townscape, placemaking and public realm improvements will result from their replacement. TFL plans to move existing services to other locations in its network. large quantum of public realm, residential and non-residential land uses could be developed in this location Connectivity through to the west of site would be improved significantly with the redevelopment of the existing buildings and structures. Community Hub and Gardens The Community Hub and Gardens is a temporary structure, which is currently in use till the time approved within the planning application. Therefore, this will be demolished once the planning permission will expire. Carpark The existing Car Park is not suited to the requirements of the Site; therefore, it is proposed to be demolished. Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

As part of the West Kensington Station upgradation process, the Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station have been considered for demolition. Further to the above, a Whole Life Carbon assessment will be undertaken as part of the Reserved Matters Application, for the associated development zone. Considering the above reasoning, demolition of all these buildings were proposed.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

4.0 Aims and Objectives The main aim of the Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished, or incorporated into the overall Proposed Development. This Report will also help to identify and quantify the materials that might be generated on-Site (if the buildings undergo demolition) and to provide the Applicant with this information to assist the Applicant in maximising the recovery of material for subsequent high grade or value applications. The objectives of this Report are to: — Provide brief information on the existing buildings, structures on site and their condition, — Identify the types and quantities of key materials present in the existing buildings, structures, and hard services, — Identify potential applications and any related issues for the reuse and recycling of the key waste/materials in accordance with the waste hierarchy, — Identify opportunities for reuse and recycling on-Site and off-Site, — Identify local re-processors or recyclers for recycling of materials, — Identify overall recycling targets where appropriate, — Identify reuse targets where appropriate, and — Identity overall landfill diversion rate for all key materials.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 3 demonstrates the key stages and principles used when applying the Circular Economy to the built environment.

The Waste Hierarchy Clause 12 of The Waste (England and Wales) Regulations 2011 requires that anyone involved in the import, generation, collection, transferring, recovery, or disposal of waste must take all such measures available to apply the waste hierarchy. This Report considers the waste hierarchy and encourages materials identified on-Site to be reused before they are sent for recycling, recovery, or disposal. The main principles of the waste hierarchy are summarised in Figure 2

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design2

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy1

The Circular Economy A Circular Economy (CE) is a systematic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In contrast to the ‘take make waste’ linear model, a Circular Economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the consumption of finite resources. The Circular Economy activity focuses on design that is regenerative and restorative. This is based on three principles: — Design out waste and pollution, — Keep products and materials in use, and — Regenerate natural systems. This Report can help encourage a Circular Economy by: — Influencing the wider design team to consider reclamation and reuse of waste/materials found on-Site to be incorporated in the proposed development, avoiding disposal of valuable materials, and — Identifying reuse and re-processors companies for materials found on-Site extending the products useful life before being remanufactured.

1 Department of Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), Waste Hierarchy Guidance (updated by KaNect Limited)

2 Building Revolutions, David Cheshire, RIBA Publications 2016

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

— — — — — — —

Ashfield House – 13 March 2024 9 Beaumont Avenue – 29 February 2024 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings – 13 March 2024 Empress place including: o The Project Rooms – 01 March 2024 o Terrace houses – 01 March 2024 o Lillie Road Shops – 01 March 2024, and o Prince Pub – 01 March 2024 TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed – 22 February 2024 TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores – 22 February 2024 TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office – 22 February 2024 TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot – 22 February 2024 & 29 February 2024 Community Hub and Gardens – 29 February 2024 Carpark – 29 February 2024, and Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station- 7 March 2024

These Site visits consisted of non-intrusive visual audit of building fabric to the external and internal parts of the buildings to be demolished. Subsequently, a workshop was held with the Design Team dated 12 April 2024 to discuss the existing conditions of the buildings and the potential to reuse materials on-Site.

Exclusion and Assumptions The following assumptions, exclusions and caveats apply to this Report: Ashfield House: — Concrete frame was not visible, therefore, the dimensions for the concrete frame were assumed and determined using the drawings. — A timber raised floor was assumed in the ITC suite. — Rigid insulation was assumed in all external walls.

— — — —

Roof was not visible, therefore, the materials for the roof were assumed. It was assumed that the smoking shelter is outside the boundary of the Site This Report is based purely on the findings of a non-intrusive visual survey. Access to all flats was not provided, therefore, the flats that were surveyed were used as benchmarks to estimate quantities of materials arising from other flats. — Roof was not visible, therefore, the materials for the roof were assumed. 9 Beaumont Avenue: — Building height estimated using brick counting and by using the internal floor heights. — Rigid insulation was assumed in all external walls. — Roof was not visible, therefore, the materials for the roof were assumed. — The dimensions of the windows were measured internally. 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings: — Due to the unavailability of drawings, the dimensions of steel frame, cladding and louvre have been assumed. — Access to 2 flats were provided, therefore, the material assumptions for the adjacent dwellings have been worked out using the 2 flats as a benchmark. Empress Place: — Access to all flats was not provided, therefore, the flats that were surveyed were used as benchmarks to estimate quantities of materials arising from other flats. — Roof was not visible, therefore, the materials for the roof were assumed. TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed: — For the Carpentry Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed, all structural steel has been estimated as viewed from the ground level. — Access to Signalling Switch Room was not provided, therefore, all dimensions are assumed. — The roof of the Signalling Switch Room is assumed to be gravel and tar. TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores: — Access to the roof of Trans Plant House was not provided therefore, materials for the roof have been assumed. — Access to the Ultrasonic Equipment Stores was not provided, therefore, materials arising from this building have been assumed. TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office: — Due to the presence of asbestos in the roof, the materials arising from the roof have not been estimated. TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot: — Due to the presence of asbestos in the roof, the quantities of materials from the roof have not been estimated. — For the porta cabin, the external walls are assumed to steel sheet with rigid insulation.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Community Hub and Gardens: — Access to flats was not provided, therefore, the materials arising from the flats have been assumed. Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station: — Access to flats was not provided, therefore, the materials arising from the flats have been assumed. General: — It is assumed that all furniture, equipment, and miscellaneous non-fixed items installed by the tenants will be removed by the tenants, therefore, these are not considered within this Report. — Lifts and shafts were excluded from this Report. The information provided within this Report is based on visual inspection (non-intrusive) of the existing Site. Where elements of the Site were inaccessible, assumptions are made based on professional judgement. It is understood that the quantities provided within this Report might vary, therefore, the principal contractor will be responsible for monitoring and reporting these changes (if any).

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

7.0 Materials Identified The following section describes the key waste/materials identified, their location, and images taken during the Site visits. Based on the condition of the waste/materials and their market demand, a circularity rating (i.e., how likely is the material reused or recycled on/off-Site) for the waste/materials has been provided (based on professional judgement) to determine whether they can be reused, recycled, or sent for recovery or disposed to landfill as a last resort. The circularity rating is based on the following key shown in Table 5. The ratings and related descriptions are recommendations for the waste management route of the materials identified; the exact routes for the materials will be determined by the appointed demolition contractor (when appointed). Table 5: Circularity Rating Key

Description Good condition and reuse of this material is possible. Wear and tear – this material is likely to be recycled. Alternatively, this indicator may be used if the material is in a good condition but there is no market for reuse and therefore must be recycled. Poor condition/not reusable or non-recyclable material, this may be due to several reasons such as there being no end market for the material to be recycled (e.g., composite materials) or due to the small quantity of the material present, which therefore makes it unviable to recycle separately. This material is likely to be sent to landfill or energy recovery.

Table 5 Circularity Rating

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Concrete Please see Table 6 for the location and quantities of the concrete found on-Site. Image 28 - Image 35 shows some of the concrete found on-Site. Table 6: Location and Quantities of Concrete

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

142

102

61,819

13,949

33,458

Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Total

Ashfield House

Concrete

10,418

3,087

7,393

Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2,128

638

1,532

9 Beaumont Avenue

Table 6 Location and Quantities of Concrete

General Recommendation and Limitations 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

350

166

Empress place

773

189

456

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

3,751

1,081

2,596

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

669

115

277

Lillie Bridge Depot

5,278

1,058

2,540

Community Hub and Gardens

397

197

Carpark

37,913

7,583

18,199

All concrete found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 28 Concrete Mullions (Ashfield House) Image 29 Concrete Stairs (Ashfield House)

Image 30 Concrete Blockwork (Ashfield House)

Image 33 Concrete Blockwork (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) Image 32 Concrete Stairs (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 34 Concrete Blockwork (Trans Plant House)

Image 31 Concrete Blockwork (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 35 Concrete Blockwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Bricks

Total

Please see Table 7 for the location and quantities of the bricks found on-Site. Image 36 - Image 52 shows some of the bricks found on-Site.

Numbers may not add up due to rounding

Table 7: Location and Quantities of Bricks

12,004

2,398

4,592

Table 7 Location and Quantities of Bricks

Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

9 Beaumont Avenue

Bricks

3,327

684

1,300

Empress place

2,984

614

1,219

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

736

131

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

527

105

199

The TDU Project Office

907

174

330

Lillie Bridge Depot

2,410

518

983

Community Hub and Gardens

684

147

265

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

429

165

General Recommendation and Limitations All bricks found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 36 External Brickwork (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 40 External Brickwork (Empress Place The Project Room)

Image 37 External Brickwork (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 41 External Brickwork (Empress Place - Prince Pub)

Image 38 External Brickwork (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 42 Internal Brickwork (Empress Place - Prince Pub)

Image 46 External Brickwork (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores)

Image 39 Internal Brickwork (9 Beaumont Avenue) Image 44 External Brickwork (Signalling Switch Room)

Image 43 Internal Brickwork (Empress Place - Prince Pub)

Image 48 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 45 External Brickwork (Trans Plant House)

Image 47 External Brickwork (The TDU Project Office)

Image 51 External Brickwork (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 49 Internal Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) Image 50 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 52 External Brickwork (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Mixed Metals Please see Table 8 for the location and quantities of the mixed metals found on-Site. Image 53 Image 80 shows some of the mixed metals found on-Site. Table 8: Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

11,915

210.60

617

Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Total

Ashfield House

Mixed Metals

488

Numbers may not add up due to rounding

2,196

Table 8 Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals

9 Beaumont Avenue

General Recommendation and Limitations 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

2,108

Empress place

103

2.60

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

4,667

221

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

The TDU Project Office

Lillie Bridge Depot

1,829

191

Community Hub and Gardens

351

All mixed metals found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 53 Aluminium Windows (Ashfield House)

Image 57 Metal Window Frame (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 54 Stainless Steel Sink (Ashfield House)

Image 58 Roller Shutter (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 55 Steel Handrail (Ashfield House)

Image 56 Roller Shutter (Ashfield House)

Image 59 Structural Metal (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 60 Steel Handrail (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 63 Metal Window Frame (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 64 Steel Walls (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 65 Metal Stair Handrail (Empress Place The Project Rooms)

Image 69 Metal Sheet, Steel Columns and Roof Girders (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 66 Metal Window Frame (Empress Place Lillie Road Shops)

Image 70 Roller Shutter (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 67 Metal Windows (Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops)

Image 71 Tubular Handrail (Signalling Switch Room)

Image 68 Metal Window Frame (Empress Place Prince Pub)

Image 72 Metal Window Frame (Ultrasonic Equipment Store)

Image 62 Metal False Ceiling (1 Cluny Mews) Image 61 Metal Cladding (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 73 Metal Stair Handrail (Trans Plant House)

Image 74 Metal Door (The TDU Project Office)

Image 75 Metal Girder (The TDU Project Office)

Image 76 External Metal Staircase (The TDU Project Office)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 77 Metal Door Frame (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 78 Metal Composite Cladding (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 79 Metal Window Frame (Shops and Flats above Image 80 Roller adjacent to West Shutter (Shops Kensington Station) and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Timber and Timber Products Please see Table 9 for the location and quantities of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Image 81 - Image 108 shows some of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Table 9: Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

188

6,565

183

146

Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Total

Ashfield House

Timber and Timber Products

213

Numbers may not add up due to rounding

873

9 Beaumont Avenue

Table 9 Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products

General Recommendation and Limitations 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Empress place

4,534

Timber and Timber Products can be chipped and used within landscape. Remainder of the timber and timber products found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

124

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

88 2

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

The TDU Project Office

Lillie Bridge Depot

526

Community Hub and Gardens

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 81 Double Door (Ashfield House)

Image 82 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (Ashfield House)

Image 85 Doors (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 86 Window Frame (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 89 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 90 Internal Door (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 83 Curtain Door (Ashfield House)

Image 87 Structural Timber (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 91 Internal Door (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 84 Panels (Ashfield House)

Image 88 Flooring (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 92 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 93 Internal Doors (Empress Place – The Project Rooms)

Image 97 Internal Door (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 94 Stairs (Empress Place – Terrace Houses)

Image 98 Internal Door (Trans Plant House)

Image 95 Structural Timber (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 99 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (Trans Plant House)

Image 96 Floorboard (Prince Pub)

Image 100 Exit Door (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 101 Internal Door (The TDU Project Office)

Image 102 Staircase (The TDU Project Office)

Image 103 Partition Wall (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 104 Internal Door (Lillie Bridge Main Door)

Image 105 Internal Door and Door Frame (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 106 External Cladding (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 107 External Fence (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Image 108 Exit Door (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics Please see Table 10 for the location and quantities of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Image 109 - Image 136 some of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Table 10: Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

8,539.42

37.71

38.43

Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Total

Ashfield House

Tiles and Ceramics

4,588

Numbers may not add up due to rounding

966.42

3.86

4.03

9 Beaumont Avenue

Table 10 Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics

General Recommendation and Limitations 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

0.35

1.4

Empress place

533

2.5

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

The TDU Project Office

530

Lillie Bridge Depot

1,731

Community Hub and Gardens

All tiles and ceramics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 110 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Ashfield House) Image 109 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Ashfield House)

Image 113 Ceramic Handbasin (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 117 Ceramic Handbasin (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 114 Ceramic Water closet (WC) (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 118 Ceramic Wall Tiles (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 111 Ceramic Floor Tiles (Ashfield House)

Image 112 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Ashfield House)

Image 115 Ceramic Handbasin (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 116 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 119 Ceramic Wall Tiles and Bath (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 120 Ceramic Handbasin (Adjacent Dwellings)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 121 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Empress Place - The Project Rooms)

Image 125 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 129 Ceramic Wall Tiles (The TDU Project Office)

Image 122 Ceramic Floor and Wall Tiles (Empress Place - Terrace Houses)

Image 123 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Empress Place -Lillie Road Shops)

Image 124 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Empress Place Prince Pub)

Image 133 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Community Hub and Gardens) Image 134 Ceramic Wall and Floor Tiles, Ceramic Handbasin and Water Closet (WC) (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 126 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Trans Plant House)

Image 127 Quarry Tiles (Trans Plant House)

Image 131 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) Image 130 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (The TDU Office)

Image 128 Quarry Tiles (The TDU Project Office)

Image 132 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 135 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Image 136 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material Please see Table 11 Table 11: Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Buildings Ashfield House 9 Beaumont Avenue

Type of Material Gypsum based Construction Material

Area (m2) 4,066

Volume (m3) 49

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Total

7,369

6.62

Tonnage (Tonnes) 0.4 Numbers may not add up due to rounding

576

0.06

1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

210

0.02

Empress place

1,217

0.14

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

131

The TDU Project Office

Lillie Bridge Depot

485

Community Hub and Gardens

544

Table 11 for the location and quantities of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Image 137 - Image 156 shows some of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Table 11: Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Ashfield House

Gypsum based Construction Material

4,066

0.4

576

0.06

1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

210

0.02

Empress place

1,217

0.14

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

131

9 Beaumont Avenue

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

The TDU Project Office

Lillie Bridge Depot

485

Community Hub and Gardens

544

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Total

7,369

6.62

Image 137 Plasterboard Wall (Ashfield House)

Image 138 Plasterboard Wall (Ashfield House)

Image 139 Plasterboard Wall (Ashfield House)

Image 140 Plasterboard Wall (Ashfield House)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 11 Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material

General Recommendation and Limitations All gypsum based construction material found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 141 Plasterboard Wall (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 142 Plasterboard Wall (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 143 Plasterboard Wall (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 146 Plasterboard Wall (Adjacent Dwellings) Image 145 Plasterboard Wall (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 147 Plasterboard Walls (Empress Place The Project Rooms)

Image 144 Plasterboard Wall (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 148 Plasterboard Walls (Empress Place Terrace Houses)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 149 Plasterboard Walls (Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops)

Image 150 Plasterboard Walls (Empress Place Prince Pub)

Image 152 Plasterboard Wall (Trans Plant House)

Image 151 Plasterboard (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 153 Plasterboard Wall (The TDU Project Office)

Image 154 Plasterboard Wall (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 155 Plasterboard Walls (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 156 Plasterboard Wall (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Glass Please see Table 12 Table 12: Location and Quantities of Glass Buildings Ashfield House

Type of Material Glass

Area (m2) 1,006

Volume (m3) 4

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Total

2,388

13.03

25.60

Tonnage (Tonnes) 10 Numbers may not add up due to rounding

9 Beaumont Avenue

0.2

0.5

1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

177

1.03

2.10

Empress place

490

1.8

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

The TDU Project Office

Lillie Bridge Depot

507

Community Hub and Gardens

Table 12 for the location and quantities of the glass found on-Site. Image 157 - Image 184 shows some of the glass found on-Site. Table 12: Location and Quantities of Glass Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Ashfield House

Glass

1,006

9 Beaumont Avenue

0.2

0.5

1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

177

1.03

2.10

Empress place

490

1.8

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

The TDU Project Office

Lillie Bridge Depot

507

Community Hub and Gardens

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Total

2,388

13.03

25.60

Image 157 External Glass Door (Ashfield House)

Image 158 Glass Windows (Ashfield House)

Image 159 Glass Panel in Door (Ashfield House)

Image 160 Internal Glass Partition (Ashfield House)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 12 Location and Quantities of Glass

Image 161 Glass Window (9 Beaumont Avenue) Image 162 Glass Window (9 Beaumont Avenue)

General Recommendation and Limitations

Image 163 Glass Window (9 Beaumont Avenue)

All glass found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 165 Glass Door (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 166 Glass Window Panels (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 167 Glass Windows (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 164 Glass Window (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 168 Glass Windows (Adjacent Dwellings)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 169 Glass Door (Empress Place - The Project Rooms)

Image 173 Internal Glass Partition (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 170 Glass Partition in Door (Empress Place Terrace Houses)

Image 174 Glass Window (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 171 Glass Doors/Windows (Empress Place Lillie Road Shops)

Image 175 Glass Panel in Door (Trans Plant House)

Image 172 Glass Window (Empress Place - Prince Pub)

Image 176 Glass Window (Trans Plant House)

Image 177 Glass Window (The TDU Project Office)

Image 181 Glass Door (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 178 Glass Panel in Door (The TDU Project Office)

Image 182 Glass Window (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 179 Glass Window (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 183 Glass Windows (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Image 180 Glass Partition (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 184 Glass Window/Panel (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

General Recommendation and Limitations

Textiles Please see Table 13 for the location and quantities of the textiles found on-Site. Image 185 - Image 205 shows some of the textiles found on-Site. Table 13: Location and Quantities of Textiles Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Ashfield House

Textiles

4,489

0.1

9 Beaumont Avenue

792

0.02

1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

1,082

5.27

0.032

Empress place

509

0.02

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

The TDU Project Office

231

Lillie Bridge Depot

1,004

Community Hub and Gardens

Total

8,004

44.27

4.17

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 13 Location and Quantities of Textiles

All textiles found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 185 Carpet (Ashfield House)

Image 189 Carpet (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 193 Carpet (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 186 Carpet (Ashfield House)

Image 190 Carpet (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 194 Carpet (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 187 Carpet (Ashfield House)

Image 191 Carpet (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 195 Carpet (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 188 Carpet (Ashfield House)

Image 192 Carpet (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 196 Carpet (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 197 Carpet (Empress Place - The Project Rooms)

Image 201 Carpet (Trans Plant House)

Image 205 Carpet (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 198 Carpet (Empress Place - The Project Rooms)

Image 202 Carpet (Trans Plant House)

Image 199 Carpet (Empress Place Terrace Houses)

Image 203 Carpet (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 200 Carpet (Empress Place Terrace Houses)

Image 204 Carpet (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Plastics Please see Table 14 for the location and quantities of the plastics found on-Site. Image 206 - Image 231 shows some of the plastics found on-Site. Table 14: Location and Quantities of Plastics

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

13,755

6.16

Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Total

Ashfield House

Plastics

1,524

0.03

Numbers may not add up due to rounding

8,079

0.08

9 Beaumont Avenue

Table 14 Location and Quantities of Plastics

General Recommendation and Limitations 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

394

1.30

0.012

Empress place

1,156

3.70

0.04

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

1,121

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Lillie Bridge Depot

1,122

Community Hub and Gardens

291

All plastics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 206 Thermoplastic Olefin (TPO) Roofing (Ashfield House)

Image 210 Vinyl Flooring (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 207 Vinyl Flooring (Ashfield House)

Image 211 Vinyl Flooring (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 208 Vinyl Flooring (Ashfield House)

Image 212 Laminate Flooring (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 209 Laminate Flooring (Ashfield House)

Image 213 Laminate Flooring (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 214 Vinyl Flooring (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 218 Laminate Flooring (Empress Place – Terrace Houses)

Image 222 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Roof Lights (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 215 Thermoplastic Olefin (TPO) (Empress Place The Project Rooms)

Image 216 Vinyl Flooring (Empress Place - The Project Rooms)

Image 219 Laminate Flooring (Empress Place – Terrace Houses)

Image 217 Laminate Flooring (Empress Place - The Project Rooms)

Image 221 Vinyl Flooring (Empress Place - Prince Pub) Image 220 Vinyl Flooring (Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops)

Image 223 Vinyl Flooring (Trans Plant House)

Image 224 Vinyl Flooring (Trans Plant House)

Image 225 Vinyl Flooring (Trans Plant House)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 226 Vinyl Flooring (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 230 Laminate Flooring (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 227 PVC Roof Lights Image 228 Vinyl Flooring (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 231 Laminate Flooring (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Image 229 Vinyl Flooring (Community Hub and Gardens)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof) Please see Table 15 for the location and quantities of the bituminous material (including asphalt roof) found on-Site. Table 15: Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof) Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Empress place

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

965

3.2

Lillie Bridge Depot

790

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

142

Total

1,960

8.20

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 15 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

General Recommendation and Limitations All bituminous material (including asphalt roof) found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Stone (Tiles and Marble) Please see Table 16 for the location and quantities of the stone (tiles and marble) found on-Site. Image 232 - Image 236 shows some of the stone (tiles and marble) found on-Site. Table 16: Location and Quantities of Stone (Tiles and Marble) Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Ashfield House

Stone (tiles and marble)

4,640

231

532

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Total

4,649

232

533

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 16 Location and Quantities of Stone (Tiles and Marble)

General Recommendation and Limitations All stone (tiles and marble) found on-Site can be either used for interior design of lobbies or used in landscape design.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 232 External Stone Cladding (Ashfield House)

Image 236 Stone Tiles (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Image 233 External Stone Cladding (Ashfield House)

Image 234 Marble Tile (Ashfield House)

Image 235 Marble Tile (Ashfield House)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt) Please see Table 17 for the location and quantities of the bituminous material (assume tar, tarmac and felt) found on-Site. Error! Reference source not found. - Error! Reference source not fo und. shows some of the bituminous material (assume tar, tarmac and felt) found on-Site. Table 17: Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt) Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Bituminous Material (assume tar, tarmac and felt)

136

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

315

Carpark

18,957

664

730

Total

19,408

666

733

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 17 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt)

General Recommendation and Limitations All bituminous material (assume tar, tarmac and felt) found on-Site will be sent off-Site for energy recovery or disposal.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Insulation Please see Table 18 for the location and quantities of the insulation found on-Site. Error! Reference source not found. - Error! Reference source not found. shows some of the insulation found on-Site. Table 18: Location and Quantities of Insulation Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Ashfield House

Insulation

4,592

207

248

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 18 Location and Quantities of Insulation

General Recommendation and Limitations All insulation found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Luminaries Please see Table 19 for the location quantities of the luminaries found on-Site. Image 237 - Image 264 shows some of the luminaries found on-Site.

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Fluorescent

Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Fluorescent

Incandescent

The TDU Project Office

Fluorescent

Incandescent

Fluorescent

246

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Fluorescent

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Table 19: Location and Quantities of Luminaries Building

Type

Quantity

Ashfield House

Fluorescent

358

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Fluorescent

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Fluorescent

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Fluorescent

Incandescent

128

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

9 Beaumont Avenue

1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Empress place

Lillie Bridge Depot

Community Hub and Gardens

Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Table 19 Location and Quantities of Luminaries

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

General Recommendation and Limitations All luminaries found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 237 Luminaries (Ashfield House)

Image 241 Luminaries (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 245 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings)

Image 238 Luminaries (Ashfield House)

Image 242 Luminaries (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 246 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings)

Image 239 Luminaries (Ashfield House)

Image 240 Luminaries (Ashfield House)

Image 243 Luminaries (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 244 Luminaries (9 Beaumont Avenue)

Image 247 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings)

Image 248 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 249 Luminaries (Empress Place - The Project Rooms) Image 250 Luminaries (Empress Place Terrace Houses)

Image 253 Luminaries (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 257 Luminaries (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 254 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 258 Luminaries (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 251 Luminaries (Empress Place - Lillie Road Shops)

Image 255 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 259 Luminaries (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 252 Luminaries (Empress Place Prince Pub)

Image 256 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 260 Luminaries (Community Hub and Gardens)

Image 261 Luminaries (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Image 262 Luminaries (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Image 263 Luminaries (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Image 264 Luminaries (Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

Table 20: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Estimated quantities of the materials anticipated to be generated during the demolition process are provided in Table 20. The estimated volumes are based on the Site visit and do not consider the actual skip volumes that may result from the Site (i.e., does not account for bulking and the inevitable voids within the skip during disposal). Figure 4 and Figure 5 shows the percentage breakdown of waste identified during the Site visit.

Plastics

17.02.03

0.2%

6.16

0.02%

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

17.03.02

8.20

0.05%

8.20

0.02%

Stone (Tiles and Marble)

17.05.04

232

533

17.03.03

666

733

17.06.04

207

248

18,078.81

100%

40,416.18

100%

Table 20: Estimated Quantities of Materials European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

Concrete

17.01.01

13,949

77%

33,458

83%

Bricks

17.01.02

2,398

13%

4,592

11%

Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt)

Mixed Metals

17.04.07

210.60

617

Insulation

Timber and Timber Products

17.02.01

183

146

0.4%

Total

Tiles and Ceramics

17.01.03

37.71

0.2%

38.43

0.1%

Gypsum based construction material

17.08.02

6.62

0.02%

Glass

17.02.02

13.03

0.1%

25.60

0.1%

Textiles

20.01.11

44.27

0.2%

4.17

0.01%

Type of Material

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Numbers may not add up due to rounding. Table 20 Estimated Quantities of Materials

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Glass 0.1%

Textiles 0.2%

Plastics 0.2%

Bitminous Material (including asphlat roof) 0.05%

Gypsum based construction material 1%

Stone (Tiles and Marbles) 1%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.2% Timber and Timber Products 1%

Glass 0.1%

Bitminous Material (including asphlat roof) 0.02%

Plastics 0.02%

Gypsum based construction material 0.02%

Stone (Tiles and Marbles) 1%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.1%

Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt) 4%

Timber and Timber Products 0.4%

Insulation 1%

Mixed Metals 1%

Textiles 0.01%

Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt) 2% Insulation 1%

Mixed Metals 2% Bricks 11%

Bricks 13%

Concrete 83%

Concrete 77%

Concrete

Bricks

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Bitminous Material (including asphlat roof)

Plastics

Bitminous Material (including asphlat roof)

Stone (Tiles and Marbles)

Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt)

Stone (Tiles and Marbles)

Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt)

Insulation

Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume

Insulation

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

9.0 Embodied Carbon The approximate quantities of embodied carbon from the demolition materials have been estimated using Inventory of Carbon and Energy (ICE) database version 3. It should be noted that as the survey undertaken was non-intrusive, therefore, classification and identification of materials have been based on professional judgement, thus this should be used as a reference only. Table 21 provides the potential quantities of embodied carbon (tCO2e), which are further represented in Figure 6. Table 21: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Concrete

33,458

4,685

Bricks Mixed Metals Timber and Timber Products Tiles and Ceramics

4,592 617 146 38.43

Table 21: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Stone (Tiles and Marble)

533

Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt)

733

Insulation

248

278

Table 21 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e)

Textiles 1%

965 1,889

Stone (Tiles and Marbles) 1%

Plastics 0.2%

Glass 0.5%

Gypsum based construction material 0.04%

Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt) 1%

Insulation 3%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.4%

26 30

Bitminous Material (including asphlat roof) 0.01%

Timber and Timber Products 0.3% Mixed Metals 23%

Gypsum based construction material

6.62

Glass

25.60

Textiles

4.17

Plastics Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

6.16 8.20

20 1

Concrete 58%

Bricks 12%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Bitminous Material (including asphlat roof)

Stone (Tiles and Marbles)

Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt)

Insulation

Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

10.0 Waste Reduction Opportunities Targets The Proposed Development will aim to achieve the following targets: — Reuse and Recycling On-Site - approximately 94% of the total volume. — Diversion from Landfill – at least 95% of the total volume. The key provided in Table 22 has been adopted to show the opportunity of each material identified. Table 22: Opportunity Key Key

Description Reduction in landfill costs

Reduced environmental impact

Less carbon/energy intensive

Preserve natural resources

Corporate social responsibility

Table 22 Opportunity Key

The potential opportunities for reusing and recycling the waste/material generated on-Site as well as the benefits of such initiatives have been identified in Table 23.

There are several opportunities to apply the waste hierarchy and Circular Economy to the buildings being demolished and examples of local reprocessing and recycling facilities have been identified, where appropriate, in this Report. However, these facilities suggested in Table 23 are not an exhaustive list. The final choices of the recommendations made within this Report will need to be determined by the demolition contractor, based on the costs and benefits of the options presented. There are clear benefits to implementing waste reduction initiatives, these include: — Reducing costs associated with disposal, — Realising financial benefits by diverting waste from landfill, and — Environmental and social benefits of implementing the waste hierarchy and Circular Economy.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Concrete

Circularity Rating

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

0% of this 97% of the total 0% of this material material will be volume of this will be reused offreused on-Site. material will be Site However, further crushed and used testing and for constructing pile investigations will mats and also used be undertaken by for infilling the Principal purposes. However, Contractor to this material will be understand this further investigated materials potential by the Principal and associated Contractor, to limitations for further explore its reuse on-Site. potential and associated limitations to be used on-Site.

off-Site Recycle

Disposal

Opportunity

Remaining 3% of This material will this material (that not be sent for potentially disposal. comprises rebar) will be recycled offSite.

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

This will require Quattro Uk Ltd additional storage Quattro UK Ltd | space and Waste Management potentially a license in London from Environmental Agency (EA) for storing this waste Powerday Services | Powerday

Landfill diversion savings = £107,098 (based on lower rate)

Remove All London Construction Waste Collection London | RemoveALL London Yes Waste Sectors - Yes Waste Ltd The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Bricks

0% of this 100% of the total 0% of this material 0% of this material This material will material will be volume of this will be reused off- will be recycled off- not be sent for reused on-Site. material will be Site Site disposal. However, further crushed and used testing and for constructing pile investigations will mats and used for be undertaken by infilling purposes. the Principal However, this Contractor to material will be understand this further investigated materials potential by the Principal and associated Contractor, to limitations for further explore its reuse on-Site. potential and associated limitations to be used on-Site.

Remove All London Construction Waste Collection London | RemoveALL London Yes Waste Sectors - Yes Waste Ltd The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reusenetwork.org.uk) Windsor Reclamation Reclaimed bricks Windsor Reclamation (reclaimedbrick.co.uk)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Mixed Metals

Circularity Rating

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

off-Site Recycle

0% of this 0% of this material 0% of this material 100% of this material will be will be recycled on- will be reused off- material will be reused on-Site. Site. Site recycled off-Site. However, further testing and investigations will be undertaken by the Principal Contractor to understand this materials potential and associated limitations for reuse on-Site.

Disposal

Opportunity

This material will not be sent for disposal.

Landfill diversion savings = £2,036 (based on lower rate)

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

Further testing will Powerday be required on or Services | off-Site to Powerday understand the potential of reuse or Remove All London recycling. Construction Waste Temporary storage Collection London | required prior to RemoveALL sending this off-Site. London Yes Waste Construction Waste Tower Hamlets | Licensed & Efficient | Yes Waste The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company EMR Get In Touch With EMR | EMR Metal Recycling Reimagined (emrgroup.com)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Timber and Timber Products

Circularity Rating

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

off-Site Recycle

Disposal

Opportunity

0% of this 80% of this material 0% of this material 15% of this material It is assumed that material will be will be crushed and will be reused off- will be recycled off- 5% of this material reused on-Site. used for Site Site will be sent for However, further landscaping. energy for waste or testing and However, further disposal. However, investigations will testing and further be undertaken by investigations will investigations will the Principal be undertaken by be undertaken by Contractor to the Principal the Principal understand this Contractor to Contractor to Landfill diversion materials potential understand this identify savings = £459 and associated materials potential opportunities to (based on lower limitations for and associated reduce this rate) reuse on-Site. limitations for percentage, and recycling and using alternatively on-Site increasing the % of reuse or recycle onSite.

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

Further testing will Powerday be required on or Services | off-Site to Powerday understand the potential of reuse or Remove All London recycling. Construction Waste Temporary storage Collection London | required prior to RemoveALL sending this off-Site. London Yes Waste Construction Waste Tower Hamlets | Licensed & Efficient | Yes Waste The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reusenetwork.org.uk)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Tiles and Ceramics

Circularity Rating

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

off-Site Recycle

0% of this 0% of this material 0% of this material 100% of this material will be will be recycled on- will be reused off- material will be reused on-Site. Site. However, Site recycled off-Site However, further further testing and testing and investigations will investigations will be undertaken by be undertaken by the Principal the Principal Contractor to Contractor to understand this understand this materials potential materials potential and associated and associated limitations for limitations for recycling and using reuse on-Site. on-Site

Disposal

Opportunity

This material will not be sent for disposal.

Landfill diversion savings = £125 (based on lower rate)

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

Further testing will Powerday be required on or Services | off-Site to Powerday understand the potential of reuse or Yes Waste recycling. Construction Waste Temporary storage Tower Hamlets | required prior to Licensed & Efficient sending this off-Site. | Yes Waste The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reusenetwork.org.uk)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Gypsum based construction material

Circularity Rating

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

off-Site Recycle

Disposal

Opportunity

0% of this 0% of this material 0% of this material 95% of this material It is assumed that material will be will be recycled on- will be reused off- will be recycled off- 5% of this material reused on-Site. Site. However, Site Site will be sent for However, further further testing and energy for waste or testing and investigations will disposal. However, investigations will be undertaken by further be undertaken by the Principal investigations will the Principal Contractor to be undertaken by Contractor to understand this the Principal Landfill diversion understand this materials potential Contractor to savings = £125 materials potential and associated identify (based on lower and associated limitations for opportunities to rate) limitations for recycling and using reduce this reuse on-Site. on-Site percentage, and alternatively increasing the % of reuse or recycle onSite.

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Glass

Circularity Rating

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

off-Site Recycle

Disposal

Opportunity

This material will not be sent for disposal.

Landfill diversion savings = £20 (based on lower rate)

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

Further testing will Powerday be required on or Services | off-Site to Powerday understand the potential of reuse or Remove All London recycling. Construction Waste Temporary storage Collection London | required prior to RemoveALL sending this off-Site. London Yes Waste Construction Waste Tower Hamlets | Licensed & Efficient | Yes Waste The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reusenetwork.org.uk)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Textiles

Circularity Rating

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

off-Site Recycle

Disposal

Opportunity

This material will not be sent for disposal.

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

Further testing will Yes Waste be required on or Construction Waste off-Site to Tower Hamlets | understand the Licensed & Efficient potential of reuse or | Yes Waste recycling. Landfill diversion savings = £13 (based on lower rate)

Temporary storage The Waste Co required prior to Best Construction sending this off-Site Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reusenetwork.org.uk)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Plastics

Circularity Rating

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

off-Site Recycle

Disposal

Opportunity

This material will not be sent for disposal.

Landfill diversion savings = £20 (based on lower rate)

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

Further testing will Powerday be required on or Services | off-Site to Powerday understand the potential of reuse or Remove All London recycling. Construction Waste Temporary storage Collection London | required prior to RemoveALL sending this off-Site London Yes Waste Construction Waste Tower Hamlets | Licensed & Efficient | Yes Waste The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reusenetwork.org.uk)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

Circularity Rating

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

off-Site Recycle

Disposal

Opportunity

0% of this 0% of this material 0% of this material 95% of this material It is assumed that material will be will be recycled on- will be reused off- will be recycled off- 5% of this material reused on-Site. Site. However, Site Site will be sent for However, further further testing and energy for waste or testing and investigations will disposal. However, investigations will be undertaken by further be undertaken by the Principal investigations will the Principal Contractor to be undertaken by Landfill diversion savings = £26 Contractor to understand this the Principal (based on lower understand this materials potential Contractor to rate) materials potential and associated identify and associated limitations for opportunities to limitations for recycling and using reduce this reuse on-Site. on-Site percentage, and alternatively increasing the % of reuse or recycle onSite.

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

Further testing will Powerday be required on or Services | off-Site to Powerday understand the potential of reuse or Remove All London recycling. Construction Waste Temporary storage Collection London | required prior to RemoveALL sending this off-Site London Yes Waste Construction Waste Tower Hamlets | Licensed & Efficient | Yes Waste The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Stone (Tiles and Marble)

Circularity Rating

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

off-Site Recycle

Disposal

100% of this 0% of this material 0% of this material 0% of this material 0% of this material material will be will be recycled on- will be reused off- will be recycled off- will be reused offreused on-Site for Site. However, Site. However, Site. Site interior design or further testing and further testing and landscaping investigations will investigations will purposes. be undertaken by be undertaken by However, further the Principal the Principal testing and Contractor to Contractor to investigations will understand this understand this be undertaken by materials potential materials potential the Principal and associated and associated Contractor to limitations for limitations for reuse understand this recycling and using on-Site. materials potential on-Site and associated limitations for reuse on-Site.

Opportunity

Landfill diversion savings = £1,759 (based on lower rate)

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Tarmac and Felt)

Circularity Rating

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

off-Site Recycle

Disposal

0% of this 0% of this material 0% of this material 0% of this material 100% of this material will be will be recycled on- will be reused off- will be recycled off- material will be sent reused on-Site. Site. However, Site. However, Site. However, off-Site for energy However, further further testing and further testing and further testing and recovery or testing and investigations will investigations will investigations will disposal. investigations will be undertaken by be undertaken by be undertaken by be undertaken by the Principal the Principal the Principal the Principal Contractor to Contractor to Contractor to Contractor to understand this understand this understand this understand this materials potential materials potential materials potential materials potential and associated and associated and associated and associated limitations for limitations for reuse limitations for limitations for recycling and using on-Site recycling and using reuse on-Site. on-Site on-Site

Opportunity

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

Temporary storage Powerday required prior to Services | sending this off-Site. Powerday Remove All London Construction Waste Collection London | RemoveALL London Yes Waste Construction Waste Tower Hamlets | Licensed & Efficient | Yes Waste The Waste Co Best Construction Waste Removal Company UK - The Waste Company Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business Reuse Network Home - Reuse Network (reusenetwork.org.uk)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Insulation

Circularity Rating

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

off-Site Recycle

Disposal

Opportunity

0% of this 0% of this material 0% of this material 75% of this material It is assumed that material will be will be recycled on- will be reused off- will be recycled off- 25% of this material reused on-Site. Site. However, Site Site will be sent for However, further further testing and energy for waste or testing and investigations will disposal. However, investigations will be undertaken by further be undertaken by the Principal investigations will the Principal Contractor to be undertaken by Landfill diversion savings = £614 Contractor to understand this the Principal (based on lower understand this materials potential Contractor to rate) materials potential and associated identify and associated limitations for opportunities to limitations for recycling and using reduce this reuse on-Site. on-Site percentage, and alternatively increasing the % of reuse or recycle onSite.

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 23: Waste Reduction Opportunities Type of Material

Circularity Rating

Luminaries

Table 23 Waste Reduction Opportunities

on-Site Reuse

on-Site Recycle

off-Site Reuse

off-Site Recycle

Disposal

0% of this 0% of this material 0% of this material 100% of this 0% of this material material will be will be recycled on- will be reused off- material will be will be reused offreused on-Site. Site. However, Site. However, recycled off-Site. Site However, further further testing and further testing and However, further testing and investigations will investigations will testing and investigations will be undertaken by be undertaken by investigations will be undertaken by the Principal the Principal be undertaken by the Principal Contractor to Contractor to the Principal Contractor to understand this understand this Contractor to understand this materials potential materials potential understand this materials potential and associated and associated materials potential and associated limitations for limitations for reuse and associated limitations for recycling and using on-Site. limitations for reuse on-Site. on-Site recycling and using on-Site

Opportunity

Constraints

Local Reprocessors

Further testing will Reco Light be required on or Recycling Map | off-Site to Recolight FREE understand the lamp recycling potential of reuse or recycling. Enviromate Temporary storage Enviromate | required prior to Surplus Material | sending this off-Site. Community Projects Globe Chain Globechain | Reuse Marketplace for Business

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

11.0 General Guidelines for the Management of Demolition Waste and Materials This pre-redevelopment and pre-demolition audit have been conducted to allow material and waste management to be considered in the early stage of the project. The Applicant, Architect and Demolition Contractor should be involved in the material and waste management process from the offset. This will allow for effective planning to realise the value of materials on-Site and their subsequent management (i.e., consideration of the waste hierarchy). The reuse of material on-Site or on a nearby similar project is the ideal option from an environmental and economic perspective. The Applicant and Architect are best positioned to consider these options and enable these initiatives. Doing so also often results in reduced transportation, reducing embodied CO2 emissions and costs associated with material management on the project. To maximise this opportunity, it is advised that the following are considered: — Opportunities for reuse on-Site, — Safe storage of these items on-Site, in a separate storage area if feasible, — Opportunities for reuse by the Applicant on other projects, — Opportunities for reuse on local/similar projects, — Advertisement of specific items on websites (e.g., www.salvo.co.uk), — Contacting local architectural salvage merchants about specific items, and — Selling or gifting items locally. Waste arisings during demolition works should be continually monitored to provide a thorough understanding of the types and amounts of waste coming from the Site. This data collection will help with the continual improvement of material and waste management on-Site. Data collection can also be used to help set more demanding waste segregation targets for future demolition and refurbishment projects.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report

Issue 03

20 June 2024

12.0 Recommendations and Next Steps The type and quantities of material present on-Site have been identified, and opportunities to apply the principles of waste hierarchy and Circular Economy applied to different material types, with local reprocessing and recycling facilities identified. Ahead of construction works taking place, the following recommendations and next steps are suggested: — Lifecycle analysis of new construction materials for the Proposed Development, in conjunction with the reuse/recycling of materials as identified in this Report. — Embed the recommendations within this Report in the design process at pre-tender stage so the measures in relation to reuse and recycling targets are included in the awarded construction contract. — Engagement with construction material suppliers to explore opportunities for takeback schemes. — Where takeback schemes with suppliers are not possible, it is recommended that early engagement with reprocessing and recycling companies take place, to best capture recyclable materials and avoid downcycling. — It is recommended that the materials identified within this Report are incorporated into a Site Waste Management Plan (SWMP)/Construction Resource Management Plan (CRMP) for effective management of waste. This is considered good practice on all construction projects and is a key step in facilitating diversion from landfill. — Identify storage areas on-Site as appropriate for the types and quantities of waste anticipated to be produced during construction works. These areas should allow for the successful segregation of waste, as appropriate to avoid contamination of the different waste and material streams. — All staff should have appropriate levels of training to enable the segregation of waste is achieved. Waste management information should be included within the Site induction for all personnel. It is recommended that a Reporting procedure SWMP/CRMP is put in place to catalogue the materials/waste produced, which is regularly updated. This will allow for the appropriate organisation of the transport for materials/waste on-Site and prevent stock piling. — Further to this, it is recommended that a Waste Champion is nominated by the principal contractor to facilitate management of the SWMP/CRMP. This role would also aim to allow that the waste hierarchy is always considered, with the emphasis being on reducing, reusing, and recycling before landfill disposal is considered. Once the principal contractor is commissioned to undertake the construction works, the following should be considered: — The principal contractor should engage all contractors in the process of maximising highgrade reuse and recycling opportunities, and

— The principal contactor should refer to the Pre-Demolition and Pre-Refurbishment Audit Report in the SWMP/CRMP.

Chapter 19.0 - Appendices D-M – Pre-Demolition Audits EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

19.0 Appendices D-M – Pre-Demolition Audits D – 9 Beaumont Avenue E – Ashfield House F – Empress Place G – Depot land – Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed H – Depot land – Transplant House and Ultrasonic equipment stores I – Depot land – The TDU Project Offices J – Depot land – Lillie Bridge Depot K – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings L – Carpark Hardstanding and Community Hub and Garden M – Shops and dwellings above adjacent to WK Station

224

KaNect Limited EC.PA.24 – Appendix D 20 June 2024

Earls Court Development Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Contents 1.0 Introduction

2.0 Existing Site – 9 Beaumont Avenue

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

4.0 Aims and Objectives

5.0 Key Principles

6.0 Method

7.0 Materials Identified

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Tables Table 1 Beaumont Avenue-9 Beaumont Avenue - Retention Strategies ........................................ 8 Table 2 Circularity Rating ............................................................................................................. 12 Table 3 Quantities of Concrete ..................................................................................................... 13 Table 4 Quantities of Bricks.......................................................................................................... 14 Table 5 Quantities of Mixed Metals .............................................................................................. 15 Table 6 Quantities of Timber and Timber Products ...................................................................... 16 Table 7 Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics ..................................................................................... 18 Table 8 Quantities of Gypsum based construction material ......................................................... 19 Table 9 Quantities of Glass .......................................................................................................... 20 Table 10 Quantities of Textiles ..................................................................................................... 21 Table 11 Quantities of Plastics ..................................................................................................... 22 Table 12 Quantities of Luminaries ................................................................................................ 23 Table 13 Estimated Quantities of Materials .................................................................................. 24 Table 14 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) .................................................. 26

Figures Figure 1 9 Beaumont Avenue – Location (marked by blue line) ..................................................... 5

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy ............................................................................................................ 10 Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design ............................................. 10 Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume ...................................................... 24 Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage ........................................................ 25 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon............................................................................. 26

Images Image 1 9 Beaumont Avenue - External ........................................................................................ 5 Image 2 9 Beaumont Avenue - External ........................................................................................ 5 Image 3 External Brickwork ......................................................................................................... 14 Image 4 External Brickwork ......................................................................................................... 14 Image 5 External Brickwork ......................................................................................................... 14 Image 6 External Brickwork ......................................................................................................... 14 Image 7 Internal Brickwork .......................................................................................................... 14 Image 8 Internal Brickwork .......................................................................................................... 14 Image 9 Internal Bricks (Every Nation Church)............................................................................ 14 Image 10 Internal Bricks (Every Nation Church) .......................................................................... 14 Image 11 Crittall Steel Window Frame......................................................................................... 15 Image 12 Roller Shutter ............................................................................................................... 15 Image 13 Metal Radiators............................................................................................................ 15 Image 14 Steel Handrail .............................................................................................................. 15 Image 15 Steel Lift Door .............................................................................................................. 15 Image 16 Metal Window Frame (Every Nation Church) .............................................................. 15 Image 17 Structural Metal............................................................................................................ 15 Image 18 Doors ........................................................................................................................... 17 Image 19 Timber Framed - Glass Partition .................................................................................. 17 Image 20 Skirting ......................................................................................................................... 17 Image 21 Window Frame............................................................................................................. 17 Image 22 Flooring ........................................................................................................................ 17 Image 23 Doors ........................................................................................................................... 17 Image 24 Door Frame ................................................................................................................. 17 Image 25 Stud Wall ..................................................................................................................... 17 Image 26 Timber from Stairs (Every Nation Church) ................................................................... 17 Image 27 Structural Timber (Every Nation Church) ..................................................................... 17 Image 28 Ceramic Handbasin ..................................................................................................... 18 Image 29 Ceramic Water Closet (WC) ........................................................................................ 18 Image 30 Ceramic Handbasin ..................................................................................................... 18

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Image 31 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Every Nation Church)................................................... 18 Image 32 Plasterboard Wall ......................................................................................................... 19 Image 33 Plasterboard Wall ........................................................................................................ 19 Image 34 Plasterboard Wall (Every Nation Church).................................................................... 19 Image 35 Plasterboard Wall (Every Nation Church).................................................................... 19 Image 36 Glass Window .............................................................................................................. 20 Image 37 Glass Window .............................................................................................................. 20 Image 38 Glass Window .............................................................................................................. 20 Image 39 Glass Window .............................................................................................................. 20 Image 40 Carpet .......................................................................................................................... 21 Image 41 Carpet .......................................................................................................................... 21 Image 42 Carpet ......................................................................................................................... 21 Image 43 Carpet (All Nation Church) ........................................................................................... 21 Image 44 Vinyl Flooring ............................................................................................................... 22 Image 45 Vinyl Flooring ............................................................................................................... 22 Image 46 Laminate Flooring ........................................................................................................ 22 Image 47 Laminate Flooring ........................................................................................................ 22 Image 48 Vinyl Flooring (All Nation Church) ............................................................................... 22 Image 49 Laminate Flooring (All Nation Church) ......................................................................... 22 Image 50 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 23 Image 51 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 23 Image 52 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 23 Image 53 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 23 Image 54 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 23 Image 55 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 23 Image 56 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 23 Image 57 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 23 Image 58 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 23 Image 59 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 23 Image 60 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 23 Image 61 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 23

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

1.0 Introduction This Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’); and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (‘ESB’), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of this Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials. It should be noted that this Report will provide information only on 9 Beaumont Avenue. In addition to this Report, separate reports for the remainder of the existing blocks and structures have been prepared and will be submitted in support of the planning application.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

2.0 Existing Site – 9 Beaumont Avenue The 9 Beaumont Avenue is located in the far north-western part of the overall Earls Court Site (‘Proposed Development Site’). The 9 Beaumont Avenue appears to have been constructed in the mid to late 19th Century predominantly from brick. Originally housing a Victorian laundry later used as a factory producing mannequins. It has subsequently had a variety of uses, more recently being used by Fulham Boys School until 2017 and is currently being jointly occupied by an immersive theatre company and a church organisation. There appears to have been many additions and changes to the building throughout its lifetime. The building is of brick construction throughout. Brick work appears to be in the condition expected for the age. The building has been added to and modified at various points during its lifetime so there are varying degrees of repair to the external brickwork. Some areas of the building have an internal steel framework support structure. The roofing that was visible appears to be partly metal sheeting and some glass panelling. There was evidence within the building of significant water ingress in some areas. With this type of roofing arrangement and age it is likely that there will be little to no insulating materials present or it will be of poor quality compared to modern standards. There are single glazed glass sky lights in several areas which could also create heat retention problems. Original style single glazed windows were present in lots of areas of the building. With some areas having different styles and designs of window added at different times. Much of the building has large single glazed windows with poor insulating properties. The internal fit out of the building is very dated and in many areas is specialised to the present and past uses of the building.

Figure 1 9 Beaumont Avenue – Location (marked by blue line) This Figure is not drawn to scale.

Image 1 - Image 2 provides some of the images of the 9 Beaumont Avenue.

Figure 1 shows the location of 9 Beaumont Avenue i.e., identified by blue line.

Image 2 9 Beaumont Avenue - External Image 1 9 Beaumont Avenue - External

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

Table 1: Retention Strategy Scenarios Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario 1 – Full Retention, and Refurbishment

— Retention diverts material from landfill and reduces need for reprocessing of materials on or off site. — Retains some of the industrial historical character of the area.

Scenario 2 – Partial Retention of Eastern Brick Building with Additional Storey Reception Building and New Build.

To determine the most suitable option, several scenarios were considered and investigated, as shown in Table 1.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Table 1: Retention Strategy Scenarios

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario 3 - Partial Retention of Eastern Brick Building with Additional Storey, and New Build.

Scenario 4 – Full Demolition and Rebuild.

— Full maximisation of land use. — Modern constructions and fit outs have more potential for efficient operational carbon emissions.

— No retention of period or heritage features may impact on the character of the local area. — Loss of industrial historical character of the area

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Table 1: Retention Strategy Scenarios Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Secnario 5 - Full Demolition and New Build.

— Maximum amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site. — Potentially gives a higher increase to embodied carbon considerations.

Table 1 9 Beaumont Avenue - Retention Strategies

Further to the above retention strategies, whole life carbon comparison assessment has also been undertaken that will be provided in the Circular Economy Statement. Considering the above reasoning, demolition of the 9 Beaumont Avenue was proposed.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 3 demonstrates the key stages and principles used when applying the Circular Economy to the built environment.

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design2

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy1

The Circular Economy A Circular Economy (CE) is a systematic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In contrast to the ‘take make waste’ linear model, a Circular Economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the consumption of finite resources. The Circular Economy activity focuses on design that is regenerative and restorative. This is based on three principles: — Design out waste and pollution, — Keep products and materials in use, and — Regenerate natural systems. This Report can help encourage a Circular Economy by: — Influencing the wider design team to consider reclamation and reuse of waste/materials found on-Site to be incorporated in the proposed development, avoiding disposal of valuable materials, and — Identifying reuse and extending the products useful life before being remanufactured.

1 Department of Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), Waste Hierarchy Guidance (updated by KaNect Limited)

2 Building Revolutions, David Cheshire, RIBA Publications 2016

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

6.0 Method As stipulated by BREEAM, site visits were carried out by competent persons: ‘… who has appropriate knowledge of buildings, waste and options for reuse and recycling of different waste streams’. Site visits was undertaken by Victoria Lees and Building Surveyor Tom Lawrence on 29 February 2024. This Site visit consisted of non-intrusive visual audit of building fabric to the external and internal parts of the buildings to be demolished. Subsequently, a workshop was held with the Design Team dated 12 April 2024 to discuss the existing conditions of the buildings and the potential to reuse materials on-Site.

Exclusion and Assumptions The following assumptions, exclusions and caveats apply to this Report: — — — — — —

This Report is based purely on the findings of a non-intrusive visual survey. Building height estimated using brick counting and by using the internal floor heights. Rigid insulation was assumed in all external walls. Roof was not visible, therefore, the materials for the roof were assumed. The dimensions of the windows were measured internally. It is assumed that all furniture, equipment, and miscellaneous non-fixed items installed by the tenants will be removed by the tenants, therefore, these are not considered within this Report. — Lifts and shafts were excluded from this Report. The information provided within this Report is based on visual inspection (non-intrusive) of the existing Site. Where elements of the Site were inaccessible, assumptions are made based on professional judgement. It is understood that the quantities provided within this Report might vary, therefore, the principal contractor will be responsible for monitoring and reporting these changes (if any).

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

7.0 Materials Identified The following section describes the key waste/materials identified, their location, and images taken during the Site visit. Based on the condition of the waste/materials and their market demand, a circularity rating (i.e., how likely is the material reused or recycled on/off-Site) for the waste/materials has been provided (based on professional judgement) to determine whether they can be reused, recycled, or sent for recovery or disposed to landfill as a last resort. The circularity rating is based on the following key shown in Table 2. The ratings and related descriptions are recommendations for the waste management route of the materials identified; the exact routes for the materials will be determined by the appointed demolition contractor (when appointed). Table 2: Circularity Rating Key

Table 2 Circularity Rating

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Concrete Please see Table 3 for the quantities of the concrete found on-Site. Table 3: Quantities of Concrete Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Concrete

2,128

638

1,532

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 3 Quantities of Concrete

General Observation The concrete slabs were not visible; therefore, the condition of this material cannot be determined. General Recommendation and Limitations All concrete found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Bricks Please see Table 5 for the quantities of the bricks found on-Site. Image 3 - Image 10 shows some of the bricks found on-Site. Table 4: Quantities of Bricks Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Bricks

3,327

684

1,300

Image 4 External Brickwork

Image 3 External Brickwork

Image 5 External Brickwork

Image 6 External Brickwork

Image 9 Internal Bricks (Every Nation Church)

Image 10 Internal Bricks (Every Nation Church)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 4 Quantities of Bricks

General Observation The bricks found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition, with signs of age-related war and tear. General Recommendation and Limitations All bricks found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 8 Internal Brickwork Image 7 Internal Brickwork

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Mixed Metals Please see Table 5 for the quantities of the mixed metals found on-Site. Image 11 - Image 17 shows some of the mixed metals found on-Site. Table 5: Quantities of Mixed Metals Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Mixed Metals

2,196

Image 11 Crittall Steel Window Frame

Image 12 Roller Shutter

Image 13 Metal Radiators

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 5 Quantities of Mixed Metals

General Observation The mixed metals found on-Site were noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All mixed metals found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling. Image 15 Steel Lift Door

Image 16 Metal Window Frame (Every Nation Church)

Image 17 Structural Metal

Image 14 Steel Handrail

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Timber and Timber Products Please see Table 6 for the quantities of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Image 18 Image 27 shows some of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Table 6: Quantities of Timber and Timber Products Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Timber and Timber Products

873

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 6 Quantities of Timber and Timber Products

General Observation The timber and timber products found on-Site were noted to be in between fair to poor condition. With the structural timber, skirting and kitchen worktops in fair condition. Whereas all the doors were noted to be in poor condition and require replacing. General Recommendation and Limitations Timber and Timber Products can be chipped and used within landscape. Remainder of the timber and timber products found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 18 Doors

Image 19 Timber Framed - Glass Partition

Image 20 Skirting

Image 21 Window Frame

Image 22 Flooring

Image 23 Doors

Image 24 Door Frame

Image 25 Stud Wall

Image 26 Timber from Stairs (Every Nation Church)

Image 27 Structural Timber (Every Nation Church)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics Please see Table 7 for the quantities of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Image 28 - Image 31Error! Reference source not found. shows some of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Table 7: Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Tiles and Ceramics

966.42

3.86

4.03

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics

General Observation The tiles and ceramics found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All tiles and ceramics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 28 Ceramic Handbasin

Image 29 Ceramic Water Closet (WC)

Image 30 Ceramic Handbasin

Image 31 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Every Nation Church)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material Please see Table 8 for the quantities of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Image 32 - Image 35 shows some of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Table 8: Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Gypsum based construction material

576

0.06

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 Quantities of Gypsum based construction material

General Observation The gypsum based construction material found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All gypsum based construction material found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 32 Plasterboard Wall

Image 33 Plasterboard Wall

Image 34 Plasterboard Wall (Every Nation Church)

Image 35 Plasterboard Wall (Every Nation Church)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Glass Please see Table 9 for the quantities of the glass found on-Site. Image 36 - Image 39 shows some of the glass found on-Site. Table 9: Quantities of Glass Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Glass

0.2

0.5

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 9 Quantities of Glass

General Observation The glass found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All glass found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 36 Glass Window Image 37 Glass Window

Image 38 Glass Window

Image 39 Glass Window

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Textiles Please see Table 10 for the quantities of the textiles found on-Site. Image 40 - Image 43 shows some of the textiles found on-Site. Table 10: Quantities of Textiles Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Textiles

792

0.02

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 10 Quantities of Textiles

General Observation The textiles found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All textiles found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 40 Carpet

Image 41 Carpet

Image 42 Carpet

Image 43 Carpet (All Nation Church)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Plastics Please see Table 11 for the quantities of the plastics found on-Site. Image 44 - Image 49 shows some of the plastics found on-Site. Table 11: Quantities of Plastics Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Plastics

8,079

0.08

Image 44 Vinyl Flooring

Image 45 Vinyl Flooring

Image 48 Vinyl Flooring (All Nation Church)

Image 49 Laminate Flooring (All Nation Church)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 11 Quantities of Plastics

General Observation The plastics found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All plastics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 46 Laminate Flooring

Image 47 Laminate Flooring

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Luminaries Please see Table 12 for the quantities of the luminaries found on-Site. Image 50 - Image 61 shows some of the luminaries found on-Site. Table 12: Quantities of Luminaries Type

Quantity

Fluorescent

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Image 51 Luminaries Image 50 Luminaries

Image 52 Luminaries

Image 53 Luminaries

Table 12 Quantities of Luminaries Image 57 Luminaries

General Observation The luminaries were noted to be in reasonable condition.

Image 54 Luminaries Image 55 Luminaries

Image 56 Luminaries

General Recommendation and Limitations All luminaries found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 59 Luminaries Image 58 Luminaries

Image 60 Luminaries Image 61 Luminaries

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified Estimated quantities of the materials anticipated to be generated during the demolition process are provided in Table 13. The estimated volumes are based on the Site visit and do not consider the actual skip volumes that may result from the Site (i.e., does not account for bulking and the inevitable voids within the skip during disposal). Figure 4 and Figure 5 shows the percentage breakdown of waste identified during the Site visit. Table 13: Estimated Quantities of Materials European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

Concrete

17.01.01

638

46%

1,532

53%

Bricks

17.01.02

684

49%

1,300

45%

Type of Material

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

17.04.07

Timber and Timber Products

17.02.01

17.01.03

17.02.03

Total

0.08

1,382.2

100%

2,875.66

0.3%

0.1%

Table 13 Estimated Quantities of Materials

Tiles and Ceramics 0.3%

Gypsum based construction material 1%

Glass 0.01%

Textiles 0.3% Plastics 1%

Timber and Timber Products 2%

Concrete 46%

Bricks 49%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Gypsum based construction material

17.08.02

0.06

Glass

17.02.02

0.2

0.01%

0.50

0.02%

Textiles

20.01.11

0.3%

0.02

0.001%

0.003%

Numbers may not add up due to rounding.

Mixed Metals 1%

Mixed Metals

Tiles and Ceramics

Plastics

0.002% Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics 0.1%

Gypsum based construction material 0.002%

Timber and Timber Products 1%

Glass 0.02% Textiles 0.001% Plastics 0.003%

Mixed Metals 1%

Bricks 45% Concrete 53%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 9 Beaumont Avenue

Issue 02

20 June 2024

9.0 Embodied Carbon The approximate quantities of embodied carbon from the demolition materials have been estimated using Inventory of Carbon and Energy (ICE) database version 3. It should be noted that as the survey undertaken was non-intrusive, therefore, classification and identification of materials have been based on professional judgement, thus this should be used as a reference only. Table 14 provides the potential quantities of embodied carbon (tCO2e), which are further represented in Figure 6. Table 14: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Concrete

1,532

208

Bricks

1,300

273

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

0.06

0.02

Glass

0.5

Textiles

0.02

Plastics

0.08

0.25

Table 14 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Tiles and Ceramics 1%

Gypsum based construction material 0.004%

Glass 0.2% Textiles 1%

Timber and Timber Products 1%

Plastics 0.04%

Mixed Metals 13%

Concrete 37%

Bricks 48% Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon

KaNect Limited EC.PA.24 – Appendix E 20 June 2024

Earls Court Development Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Ashfield House

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Contents 1.0 Introduction

Figures

2.0 Existing Site – Ashfield House

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

4.0 Aims and Objectives

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 1 Ashfield House – Location (marked by blue line) ............................................................. 5 Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy ............................................................................................................ 11 Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design ............................................. 11 Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume ...................................................... 26 Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage ........................................................ 26 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon............................................................................. 27

6.0 Method

7.0 Materials Identified

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Tables Table 1 Ashfield House - Retention Strategies ............................................................................... 9 Table 2 Circularity Rating ............................................................................................................. 13 Table 3 Quantities of Concrete ..................................................................................................... 14 Table 4 Quantities of Mixed Metals .............................................................................................. 15 Table 5 Quantities of Timber and Timber Products ...................................................................... 16 Table 6 Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics ..................................................................................... 17 Table 7 Quantities of Gypsum based construction material ......................................................... 18 Table 8 Quantities of Glass .......................................................................................................... 19 Table 9 Quantities of Textiles ....................................................................................................... 20 Table 10 Quantities of Plastics ..................................................................................................... 21 Table 11 Quantities of Stone (including marble) ........................................................................... 22 Table 12 Quantities of Insulation .................................................................................................. 23 Table 13 Quantities of Luminaries ................................................................................................ 24 Table 14 Estimated Quantities of Materials .................................................................................. 25 Table 15 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) .................................................. 27

Images Image 1 Ashfield House - External ................................................................................................ 6 Image 2 Ashfield House - External ................................................................................................ 6 Image 3 Ashfield House - External ................................................................................................ 6 Image 4 Concrete Mullions .......................................................................................................... 14 Image 5 Concrete Stairs .............................................................................................................. 14 Image 6 Concrete Blockwork ....................................................................................................... 14 Image 7 Aluminium Windows....................................................................................................... 15 Image 8 Stainless Steel Sink ....................................................................................................... 15 Image 9 Steel Handrail ................................................................................................................ 15 Image 10 Roller Shutter ............................................................................................................... 15 Image 11 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (8th Floor) ................................................................. 16 Image 12 Internal Door (7th Floor) ............................................................................................... 16 Image 13 Skirting (7th Floor) ........................................................................................................ 16 Image 14 Internal Door with glass partition (6th Floor) ................................................................. 16 Image 15 Curtain Door (6th Floor) ................................................................................................ 16 Image 16 Toilet Doors (6th Floor) ................................................................................................. 16 Image 17 Internal Door (5th Floor) .............................................................................................. 16 Image 18 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (5th Floor)................................................................ 16 Image 19 Panels (5th Floor) ........................................................................................................ 16 Image 20 Medium Density Fibreboard (MDR) Laminate Finish (3rd Floor) ................................. 16 Image 21 Skirting (1st Floor) ....................................................................................................... 16 Image 22 Kitchen Ceramic Tile (8th Floor) ................................................................................... 17 Image 23 Ceramic Wall Tiles (8th Floor)....................................................................................... 17 Image 24 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (7th Floor) ...................................................................... 17 Image 25 Ceramic Wall Tiles (3rd Floor) ...................................................................................... 17 Image 26 Ceramic Handbasin ..................................................................................................... 17 Image 27 Toilet Wall Ceramic Tiles .............................................................................................. 17 Image 28 Toilet Wall Ceramic Tiles (Ground Floor) ..................................................................... 17

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Ashfield House

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Image 29 Ceramic Floor Tiles (Ground Floor) .............................................................................. 17 Image 30 Plasterboard Wall (8th Floor) ........................................................................................ 18 Image 31 Plasterboard Wall (7th Floor) ........................................................................................ 18 Image 32 Plasterboard Wall (3rd Floor) ........................................................................................ 18 Image 33 Plasterboard Wall (Ground Floor) ................................................................................ 18 Image 34 External (Front)Glass Door .......................................................................................... 19 Image 35 Glass Windows ............................................................................................................ 19 Image 36 Glass panel in Door (Ground Floor, 1st ,3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th Floor) ................................ 19 Image 37 Internal Glass Partition (Ground Floor) ........................................................................ 19 Image 38 Carpet (8th Floor) .......................................................................................................... 20 Image 39 Carpet (7th Floor) .......................................................................................................... 20 Image 40 Carpet (7th Floor) .......................................................................................................... 20 Image 41 Carpet (6th Floor) .......................................................................................................... 20 Image 42 Carpet (5th Floor) .......................................................................................................... 20 Image 43 Carpet (5th Floor) .......................................................................................................... 20 Image 44 Carpet (4th Floor) .......................................................................................................... 20 Image 45 Carpet (3rd Floor).......................................................................................................... 20 Image 46 Thermoplastic Olefin (TPO) roofing .............................................................................. 21 Image 47 TPO Roofing ................................................................................................................ 21 Image 48 Vinyl Flooring (8th Floor) ............................................................................................... 21 Image 49 Laminate Floor (8th Floor) ............................................................................................ 21 Image 50 Vinyl Flooring (4th , 5th Floor) ........................................................................................ 21 Image 51 Vinyl Flooring (1st , 2nd , 3rd Floor) ................................................................................ 21 Image 52 External Stone Cladding .............................................................................................. 22 Image 53 External Stone Cladding .............................................................................................. 22 Image 54 Marble Tile (Ground Floor) ........................................................................................... 22 Image 55 Marble Tile (Ground Floor) .......................................................................................... 22 Image 56 Luminaries (9th Floor) ................................................................................................... 24 Image 57 Luminaries (8th Floor) ................................................................................................... 24 Image 58 Luminaries (8th Floor) ................................................................................................... 24 Image 59 Luminaries (7th Floor) ................................................................................................... 24 Image 60 Luminaries (2nd Floor) .................................................................................................. 24 Image 61 Luminaries (1st Floor) ................................................................................................... 24 Image 62 Luminaries (Ground Floor) ........................................................................................... 24 Image 63 Luminaries (Basement) ................................................................................................ 24

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

1.0 Introduction This Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’); and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (‘ESB’), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of this Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials. It should be noted that this Report will provide information only on Ashfield House. In addition to this Report, separate reports for the remainder of the existing blocks and structures have been prepared and will be submitted in support of the planning application.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

2.0 Existing Site – Ashfield House The Ashfield House lies on the northwestern part of the overall Earls Court Site (‘Proposed Development Site’). Ashfield house is a nine-story building most likely completed in the 1970s. The building appears to be constructed from pre-cast concrete sections assembled on-site, possibly clad with a more decorative concrete or composite material as a façade. The building appears to be in very good structural condition with little visual evidence of weathering to the external façade, which would be consistent with the material and age of the building. The internal fit-out of the building varies from floor to floor and is specific to the function of the individual departments housed in different areas of the building. The roof was not accessible for this survey but the parts that were visible appeared to be in good condition and there were no signs of water ingress from external areas into the interior of the building. The Water Closet (WC) areas and the kitchenette areas on all floors do appear to be slightly dated and would benefit from modernisation. It was not clear from visual inspection what the level or type of insultation was. Visual inspection of the roof space shows the internal face of concrete panels that appear to be solid. It is not clear if there is any insulation at all in the roof or walls, although the thick concrete would provide some level of thermal barrier. Further investigation would be required. The windows are double glazed with metal frames and although likely to provide a level of thermal barrier they will not meet modern standards as many of them open fully on all levels creating a safety hazard. Metal framed double glazing tends not to be as thermally efficient as some more modern constructions. Figure 1 shows the location of Ashfield House i.e., identified by blue line.

Figure 1 Ashfield House – Location (marked by blue line) This Figure is not drawn to scale.

Image 1 - Image 3 provides some of the images of the Ashfield House.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 1 Ashfield House - External

Image 3 Ashfield House - External

Image 2 Ashfield House - External

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach To determine the most suitable option, several scenarios were considered and investigated, as shown in Table 1.

Table 1: Retention Strategy Scenarios Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario 1 – Full Retention, extension of 3 additional storeys.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Table 1: Retention Strategy Scenarios

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario 2 - Full Retention, extension of 3 additional storeys, and new build extension to the South.

Scenario 3 - Full Retention, extension of 3 additional storeys, and new build extension North landing over tracks and sout.

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Scnario 4 - Partial Retention, and new build extension north landing over tracks and south.

Secnario 5 - Full Demolition and New Build.

— Increase in efficiency of land use. Also maximises possible floorplate of the proposed building adjacent. — Partial retention diverts some material from landfill and reduces need for reprocessing of materials on or off site to some extent. — This option could add additional insulation in the new roof section and assist with inevitable renewing of building services and plant and could improve energy efficiency without need for demolition, reducing operational / embodied carbon emissions. — Good opportunity to update the internal fit out and increase property value with minimal outlay. —

— Increases amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site. Compared to scenarios 1-3. — Additional structural work to core to accommodate additions to building could increase embodied carbon.

— Maximum amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site. — Potentially gives a higher increase to embodied carbon considerations.

— If kept in part, there is complexity of aligning the new and retained elements, compromising the quality and efficiency of floorspace created. Full demolition would allow for much simpler construction and efficient replacement. — Removal of Ashfield House would benefit the local townscape and create an opportunity to align with views along Mornington Avenue. Table 1 Ashfield House - Retention Strategies

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 3 demonstrates the key stages and principles used when applying the Circular Economy to the built environment.

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design2

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy1

The Circular Economy A Circular Economy (CE) is a systematic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In contrast to the ‘take make waste’ linear model, a Circular Economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the consumption of finite resources. The Circular Economy activity focuses on design that is regenerative and restorative. This is based on three principles: — Design out waste and pollution, — Keep products and materials in use, and — Regenerate natural systems. This Report can help encourage a Circular Economy by: — Influencing the wider design team to consider reclamation and reuse of waste/materials found on-Site to be incorporated in the proposed development, avoiding disposal of valuable materials, and — Identifying reuse and extending the products useful life before being remanufactured.

1 Department of Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), Waste Hierarchy Guidance (updated by KaNect Limited)

2 Building Revolutions, David Cheshire, RIBA Publications 2016

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

6.0 Method As stipulated by BREEAM, site visits were carried out by competent persons: ‘… who has appropriate knowledge of buildings, waste and options for reuse and recycling of different waste streams’. Site visits was undertaken by Victoria Lees and Building Surveyor Tom Lawrence on 13 March 2024. This Site visit consisted of non-intrusive visual audit of building fabric to the external and internal parts of the buildings to be demolished. Subsequently, a workshop was held with the Design Team dated 12 April 2024 to discuss the existing conditions of the buildings and the potential to reuse materials on-Site.

Exclusion and Assumptions The following assumptions, exclusions and caveats apply to this Report: — This Report is based purely on the findings of a non-intrusive visual survey. — Concrete frame was not visible, therefore, the dimensions for the concrete frame were assumed and determined using the drawings. — A timber raised floor was assumed in the ITC suite. — Rigid insulation was assumed in all external walls. — Roof was not visible, therefore, the materials for the roof were assumed. — It was assumed that the smoking shelter is outside the boundary of the Site. — It is assumed that all furniture, equipment, and miscellaneous non-fixed items installed by the tenants will be removed by the tenants, therefore, these are not considered within this Report. — Lifts and shafts were excluded from this Report. The information provided within this Report is based on visual inspection (non-intrusive) of the existing Site. Where elements of the Site were inaccessible, assumptions are made based on professional judgement. It is understood that the quantities provided within this Report might vary, therefore, the principal contractor will be responsible for monitoring and reporting these changes (if any).

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Table 2 Circularity Rating

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Concrete Please see Table 3 for the quantities of the concrete found on-Site. Image 4 - Image 6 shows some of the concrete found on-Site. Table 3: Quantities of Concrete Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes) Image 4 Concrete Mullions

Concrete

10,418

3,087

7,393

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 3 Quantities of Concrete

General Observation There were no visible defects noted on the concrete frame, slab and blockwork. Although there were some signs of normal weathering noted on the cladding. Overall, the concrete was noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All concrete found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material.

Image 6 Concrete Blockwork

Image 5 Concrete Stairs

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Mixed Metals Please see Table 4 for the quantities of the mixed metals found on-Site. Image 7 - Image 10 shows some of the mixed metals found on-Site. Table 4: Quantities of Mixed Metals Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes) Image 7 Aluminium Windows

Mixed Metals

488

Image 8 Stainless Steel Sink

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 4 Quantities of Mixed Metals

General Observation The mixed metals found on-Site were noted to be in between good to poor condition. With the aluminium windows assumed to be reaching their end of life, whereas the metal hand rails and roller shutter were noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All mixed metals found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 9 Steel Handrail

Image 10 Roller Shutter

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Timber and Timber Products Please see Table 5 for the quantities of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Image 11 Image 21 shows some of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Table 5: Quantities of Timber and Timber Products Type of Material Timber and Timber Products

Area (m2) 213

Volume (m3) 5

Tonnage (Tonnes) 8

Image 13 Skirting (7th Floor)

Image 11 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (8th Floor)

Image 12 Internal Door (7th Floor)

Image 15 Curtain Door (6th Floor)

Image 16 Toilet Doors (6th Floor)

Image 17 Internal Door (5th Floor)

Image 19 Panels (5th Floor)

Image 20 Medium Density Fibreboard (MDR) Laminate Finish (3rd Floor)

Image 21 Skirting (1st Floor)

Image 14 Internal Door with glass partition (6th Floor)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 5 Quantities of Timber and Timber Products

General Observation The timber and timber products found on-Site were noted to be in between good to fair condition. With the external doors, skirting, worktops, louvres in fair condition. Whereas the timber structure (although not visible) was noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations Timber and Timber Products can be chipped and used within landscape. All timber and timber products found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 18 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (5th Floor)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics Please see Table 6 for the quantities of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Image 22 - Image 29 shows some of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Table 6: Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics Type of Material Tiles and Ceramics

Area (m2) 4,588

Volume (m3) 18

Image 24 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (7th Floor)

Tonnage (Tonnes) 16

Image 22 Kitchen Ceramic Tile (8th Floor)

Image 23 Ceramic Wall Tiles (8th Floor)

Image 25 Ceramic Wall Tiles (3rd Floor)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 6 Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics

Image 26 Ceramic Handbasin

Image 27 Toilet Wall Ceramic Tiles

Image 28 Toilet Wall Ceramic Tiles (Ground Floor)

Image 29 Ceramic Floor Tiles (Ground Floor)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material Please see Table 7 for the quantities of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Image 30 - Image 33 shows some of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Table 7: Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Type of Material Gypsum based construction material

Area (m2) 4,066

Volume (m3) 49

Tonnage (Tonnes) 0.4

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 Quantities of Gypsum based construction material

General Observation The gypsum based construction material found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All gypsum based construction material found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 30 Plasterboard Wall (8th Floor)

Image 31 Plasterboard Wall (7th Floor)

Image 32 Plasterboard Wall (3rd Floor)

Image 33 Plasterboard Wall (Ground Floor)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Glass Please see Table 8 for the quantities of the glass found on-Site. Image 34 - Image 37 shows some of the glass found on-Site. Table 8: Quantities of Glass Type of Material Glass

Area (m2) 1,006

Volume (m3) 4

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 Quantities of Glass

General Observation The glass found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All glass found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Tonnage (Tonnes) 10

Image 34 External (Front)Glass Door

Image 35 Glass Windows

Image 36 Glass panel in Door (Ground Floor, 1st ,3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th Floor)

Image 37 Internal Glass Partition (Ground Floor)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Textiles Please see Table 9 for the quantities of the textiles found on-Site. Image 38 - Image 45 shows some of the textiles found on-Site. Table 9: Quantities of Textiles Type of Material Textiles

Area (m2) 4,489

Volume (m3) 23

Tonnage (Tonnes) 0.1

Image 38 Carpet (8th Floor)

Image 39 Carpet (7th Floor)

Image 40 Carpet (7th Floor)

Image 41 Carpet (6th Floor)

Image 44 Carpet (4th Floor)

Image 45 Carpet (3rd Floor)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 9 Quantities of Textiles

General Observation The textiles found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All textiles found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 42 Carpet (5th Floor)

Image 43 Carpet (5th Floor)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Plastics Please see Table 10 for the quantities of the plastics found on-Site. Image 46 - Image 51 shows some of the plastics found on-Site. Table 10: Quantities of Plastics Type of Material Plastics

Area (m2) 1,524

Volume (m3) 4

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Image 46 Thermoplastic Olefin (TPO) roofing

Image 47 TPO Roofing Image 48 Vinyl Flooring (8th Floor)

0.03

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 10 Quantities of Plastics

General Observation The plastics found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All plastics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 50 Vinyl Flooring (4th , 5th Floor)

Image 51 Vinyl Flooring (1st , 2nd , 3rd Floor)

Image 49 Laminate Floor (8th Floor)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Stone (including Marble) Please see Table 11 for the quantities of the stone (including marble) found on-Site. Image 52 Image 55 shows some of the stone (including marble) found on-Site. Table 11: Quantities of Stone (including marble) Type of Material Stone (including marble)

Area (m2) 4,640

Volume (m3) 231

Tonnage (Tonnes) 532

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 11 Quantities of Stone (including marble)

General Observation The stone (including marble) found on-Site was noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All stone (including marble) found on-Site can be either used for interior design of lobbies or used in landscape design.

Image 52 External Stone Cladding

Image 53 External Stone Cladding

Image 54 Marble Tile (Ground Floor)

Image 55 Marble Tile (Ground Floor)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Insulation Please see Table 12 for the quantities of the insulation found on-Site. Table 12: Quantities of Insulation Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Insulation

4,592

207

248

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 12 Quantities of Insulation

General Observation The insulation was not visible; therefore, its condition cannot be determined. General Recommendation and Limitations All insulation found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Luminaries Please see Table 13 for the quantities of the luminaries found on-Site. Image 56 - Image 63 shows some of the luminaries found on-Site. Table 13: Quantities of Luminaries Type

Image 59 Luminaries (7th Floor)

Quantity

Fluorescent

358

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Image 56 Luminaries (9th Floor)

Image 57 Luminaries (8th Floor)

Image 58 Luminaries (8th Floor)

Table 13 Quantities of Luminaries Image 63 Luminaries (Basement)

General Observation The luminaries were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All luminaries found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 60 Luminaries (2nd Floor)

Image 61 Luminaries (1st Floor)

Image 62 Luminaries (Ground Floor)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

Table 14: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Estimated quantities of the materials anticipated to be generated during the demolition process are provided in Table 14. The estimated volumes are based on the Site visit and do not consider the actual skip volumes that may result from the Site (i.e., does not account for bulking and the inevitable voids within the skip during disposal). Figure 4 and Figure 5 shows the percentage breakdown of waste identified during the Site visit.

Stone (including marble)

17.05.04

231

532

Insulation

17.06.04

207

248

3,638

100%

8,235.53

100%

Table 14: Estimated Quantities of Materials Total Type of Material

European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

Concrete

17.01.01

Mixed Metals

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

3,087

85%

7,393

90%

17.04.07

0.3%

Timber and Timber Products

17.02.01

0.1%

Tiles and Ceramics

17.01.03

0.5%

0.2%

Gypsum based construction material

17.08.02

0.4

0.005%

Glass

17.02.02

0.1%

Textiles

20.01.11

0.1

0.001%

Plastics

17.02.03

0.1%

0.03

0.0004%

Numbers may not add up due to rounding. Table 14 Estimated Quantities of Materials

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Glass 0.1%

Textiles Plastics 1% 0.1%

Stone (Tiles & Marble) 6%

Gypsum based construction material 1% Tiles and Ceramics 0.5%

Gypsum based construction material 0.005%

Insulation 6%

Glass 0.1%

Textiles 0.001%

Plastics 0.0004%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.2%

Stone (Tiles & Marble) 6% Insulation 3%

Timber and Timber Products 0.1%

Mixed Metals 0.3%

Concrete 90% Concrete 85% Concrete

Mixed Metals

Concrete

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Textiles

Plastics

Stone (Tiles & Marble)

Insulation

Stone (Tiles & Marble)

Insulation

Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Ashfield House

Issue 02

20 June 2024

9.0 Embodied Carbon The approximate quantities of embodied carbon from the demolition materials have been estimated using Inventory of Carbon and Energy (ICE) database version 3. It should be noted that as the survey undertaken was non-intrusive, therefore, classification and identification of materials have been based on professional judgement, thus this should be used as a reference only. Table 15 provides the potential quantities of embodied carbon (tCO2e), which are further represented in Figure 6.

Table 15: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Stone (including marble)

532

Insulation

248

278

Table 15 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e)

Table 15: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Concrete

7,393

1,005

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

0.4

0.2

Glass

Textiles

0.10

Plastics 0%

Stone (Tiles & Marble) 3%

Textiles 3%

Insulation 19%

Glass 1% Gypsum based construction material 0% Tiles and Ceramics 1% Timber and Timber Products 0% Mixed Metals 6%

Concrete, 67%

Concrete

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Stone (Tiles & Marble)

Insulation

Plastics

0.03

0.1 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon

KaNect Limited EC.PA.24 – Appendix F 20 June 2024

Earls Court Development Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Empress Place

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Contents 1.0 Introduction

Figures

2.0 Existing Site – Empress Place

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

4.0 Aims and Objectives

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 1 Empress Place – Location (marked by blue line) ............................................................ 5 Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy ............................................................................................................ 10 Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design ............................................. 10 Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume ...................................................... 27 Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage ........................................................ 28 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon............................................................................. 29

6.0 Method

7.0 Materials Identified

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Tables Table 1 Empress Place - Retention Strategies ............................................................................... 8 Table 2 Circularity Rating ............................................................................................................. 12 Table 3 Location and Quantities of Concrete ............................................................................... 13 Table 4 Location and Quantities of Bricks .................................................................................... 14 Table 5 Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals ......................................................................... 15 Table 6 Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products ................................................. 16 Table 7 Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics ............................................................... 18 Table 8 Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material .................................... 20 Table 9 Location and Quantities of Glass ..................................................................................... 21 Table 10 Location and Quantities of Textiles ................................................................................ 22 Table 11 Location and Quantities of Plastics ................................................................................ 23 Table 12 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof) ....................... 24 Table 13 Location and Quantities of Luminaries .......................................................................... 25 Table 14 Estimated Quantities of Materials .................................................................................. 27 Table 15 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) .................................................. 29

Images Image 1 The Project Rooms .......................................................................................................... 6 Image 2 Terrace Houses................................................................................................................ 6 Image 3 Terrace Houses................................................................................................................ 6 Image 4 Lillie Road Shops and Flats ............................................................................................. 6 Image 5 Lillie Road Shops and Flats ............................................................................................. 6 Image 6 Prince Pub ....................................................................................................................... 6 Image 7 External Brickwork (The Project Rooms) ....................................................................... 14 Image 8 External Brickwork (Terrace Houses)............................................................................. 14 Image 9 External Brickwork (Terrace Houses)............................................................................. 14 Image 10 Internal Brickwork (Lillie Road Shops) ......................................................................... 14 Image 11 External Brickwork (Prince Pub) .................................................................................. 14 Image 12 Internal Brickwork (Prince Pub) ................................................................................... 14 Image 13 Internal Brickwork (Prince Pub) ................................................................................... 14 Image 14 Aluminium Window Frame (The Project Rooms) ......................................................... 15 Image 15 Metal Stair Handrail (The Project Rooms) ................................................................... 15 Image 16 Metal Radiator (Terrace Houses) ................................................................................. 15 Image 17 Stainless Steel Sink (Terrace Houses)......................................................................... 15 Image 18 Metal Window Frame (Terrace Houses) ...................................................................... 15 Image 19 Metal Window Frame (Lillie Road Shops).................................................................... 15 Image 20 Metal Window Frame (Lillie Road Shops).................................................................... 15 Image 21 Metal Windows (Lillie Road Shops) ............................................................................. 15 Image 22 Stainless Steel Sink (Lillie Road Shops) ...................................................................... 15 Image 23 Metal Radiator (Prince Pub) ........................................................................................ 15 Image 24 Metal Strips (Prince PUB) ............................................................................................ 15 Image 25 Metal Window Frame (Prince Pub) .............................................................................. 15 Image 26 Internal Doors (The Project Rooms) ............................................................................ 17 Image 27 Skirting (The Project Rooms) ....................................................................................... 17 Image 28 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (The Project Rooms) ............................................... 17

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Empress Place

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Image 29 Internal Doors (The Project Rooms)............................................................................. 17 Image 30 Window Frame (The Project Rooms) ........................................................................... 17 Image 31 Stairs (Terrace Houses) ............................................................................................... 17 Image 32 Internal Door (Terrace Houses) .................................................................................... 17 Image 33 Floorboards and Skirting (Terrace Houses) .................................................................. 17 Image 34 Structural Timber (Lille Road Shops) ........................................................................... 17 Image 35 Floorboard (Lille Road Shops) ..................................................................................... 17 Image 36 Floorboard (Prince Pub) ............................................................................................... 17 Image 37 Handrail (Prince Pub) ................................................................................................... 17 Image 38 Floor Tiles (The Project Rooms)................................................................................... 18 Image 39 Ceramic Wall Tiles (The Project Rooms) ...................................................................... 18 Image 40 Ceramic Floor Tiles (The Project Rooms) .................................................................... 18 Image 41 Ceramic Floor Tiles (The Project Rooms) .................................................................... 18 Image 42 Floor Tiles (Terrace Houses) ........................................................................................ 18 Image 43 Ceramic Floor Tiles and Water Closet (Terrace Houses) ............................................. 18 Image 44 Ceramic Floor Tiles and Water Closet (Terrace Houses) ............................................. 18 Image 45 Ceramic Floor and Wall Tiles (Terrace Houses) ........................................................... 18 Image 46 Ceramic Floor Tiles and Handbasin (Terrace Houses) ................................................. 19 Image 47 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Lillie Road Shops) ........................................................................ 19 Image 48 Ceramic Floor Tiles (Lillie Road Shops) ....................................................................... 19 Image 49 Ceramic Floor Tiles (Lillie Road Shops) ....................................................................... 19 Image 50 Ceramic Floor Tiles (Lillie Road Shops) ....................................................................... 19 Image 51 Ceramic Wall Tiles and Handbasin (Prince Pub) .......................................................... 19 Image 52 Floor Tiles (Prince Pub) ................................................................................................ 19 Image 53 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Prince Pub) ................................................................................... 19 Image 54 Plasterboard Walls (The Project Rooms) ..................................................................... 20 Image 55 Plasterboard Walls (Terrace Houses) ........................................................................... 20 Image 56 Plasterboard Walls (Lillie Road Shops) ........................................................................ 20 Image 57 Plasterboard Walls (Prince Pub) .................................................................................. 20 Image 58 Glass Door (The Project Rooms) ................................................................................. 21 Image 59 Glass Window (The Project Rooms) ............................................................................ 21 Image 60 Glass Partition in Door (The Project Rooms) ............................................................... 21 Image 61 Glass Window (The Project Rooms) ............................................................................ 21 Image 62 Glass Window (The Project Rooms) ............................................................................ 21 Image 63 Glass Panels (The Project Rooms) .............................................................................. 21 Image 64 Glass Windows (The Project Rooms) .......................................................................... 21 Image 65 Glass Partition in Door (Terrace Houses) ..................................................................... 21 Image 66 Glass Windows (Terrace Houses) ................................................................................ 21 Image 67 Glass Doors/Windows (Lillie Road Shops) ................................................................... 21 Image 68 Glass Doors/Windows (Lillie Road Shops) ................................................................... 21 Image 69 Glass Windows (Prince Pub) ....................................................................................... 21 Image 70 Carpet (The Project Rooms) ........................................................................................ 22 Image 71 Carpet (The Project Rooms) ........................................................................................ 22 Image 72 Carpet (Terrace Houses) .............................................................................................. 22 Image 73 Carpet (Terrace Houses) .............................................................................................. 22 Image 74 Carpet (Terrace Houses) .............................................................................................. 22 Image 75 Vinyl Flooring (The Project Rooms) ............................................................................. 23 Image 76 Laminate Flooring (The Project Rooms) ...................................................................... 23 Image 77 Laminate Flooring (The Project Rooms) ...................................................................... 23

Image 78 Thermoplastic Olefin (TPO) (The Project Rooms) ....................................................... 23 Image 79 Laminate Flooring (Terrace Houses)............................................................................ 23 Image 80 Laminate Flooring (Terrace Houses)............................................................................ 23 Image 81 Vinyl Flooring (Lillie Road Shops) ................................................................................ 23 Image 82 Vinyl Flooring (Prince Pub) .......................................................................................... 23 Image 83 Luminaries (The Project Rooms) ................................................................................. 25 Image 84 Luminaries (The Project Rooms) ................................................................................. 25 Image 85 Luminaries (The Project Rooms) ................................................................................. 25 Image 86 Luminaries (The Project Rooms) ................................................................................. 25 Image 87 Luminaries (The Project Rooms) ................................................................................. 25 Image 88 Luminaries (The Project Rooms) ................................................................................. 25 Image 89 Luminaries (The Project Rooms) ................................................................................. 25 Image 90 Luminaries (The Project Rooms) ................................................................................. 25 Image 91 Luminaries (Terrace Houses) ....................................................................................... 26 Image 92 Luminaries (Terrace Houses) ....................................................................................... 26 Image 93 Luminaries (Terrace Houses) ....................................................................................... 26 Image 94 Luminaries (Terrace Houses) ....................................................................................... 26 Image 95 Luminaries (Terrace Houses) ....................................................................................... 26 Image 96 Luminaries (Terrace Houses) ....................................................................................... 26 Image 97 Luminaries (Lillie Road Shops) .................................................................................... 26 Image 98 Luminaries (Lillie Road Shops) .................................................................................... 26 Image 99 Luminaries (Prince Pub) .............................................................................................. 26 Image 100 Luminaries (Prince Pub) ............................................................................................ 26 Image 101 Luminaries (Prince Pub) ............................................................................................ 26 Image 102 Luminaries (Prince Pub) ............................................................................................ 26

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

1.0 Introduction This Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’); and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (‘ESB’), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of this Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials. It should be noted that this Report will provide information only on Empress Place (including The Project Rooms, Terrace Houses, Lillie Road Shops and Prince Pub). In addition to this Report, separate reports for the remainder of the existing blocks and structures have been prepared and will be submitted in support of the planning application.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

2.0 Existing Site – Empress Place

some steel work supporting structure similar to in the project rooms. Internally many back of house areas of the pub appear to be in a poor state of repair and require extensive modernisation and renovation. The upper two floors of the 4-storey pub are completely derelict and stripped out to bare boards and stud. The flats above the terrace are completely derelict and have also been stripped out to bare boards and stud. Figure 1 shows the location of Empress Place i.e., identified by blue line.

Empress Place is currently a small cul-du-sac street consisting of two facing terraces of double storey Victorian cottages, many with the basement areas now also converted to living/working space. Empress Place was originally built circa. 1865. The area surveyed also consists of two short terraces of shops/flats that front to Little Road and the Prince pub on the East corner. The Project rooms are also situated on this plot on the northwest corner. The Project Rooms building is a former railway engineering headquarters circa 1907. The Project rooms is housed in the former purpose-built engineering headquarters (built 1907) of the Brompton & Piccadilly Railway Company. It appears to have been extensively refurbished relatively recently so is in good general condition internally and externally, containing many attractive period features such as windows and internal exposed metal internal support pillars. Brick construction throughout. Condition of brick appears to be reasonable considering estimated age of over 100 years. Original style single glazed windows. Internal Exposed Steel frame with no observable damage. Flat roof that appears to be in good condition. No observed ingress of water into internal upper floors of the building. The majority of empress Place consists of terraced Victorian houses constructed from brick in the 1860s. Most are partially rendered on the lower storey. The brick is extensively weathered due to the age and further rendering may possibly extend the life of the external brickwork. No access was available to the roofs of these properties but it is clear that the roofs in most of them are in poor condition due to extensive observation of damp and water ingress into almost all of the properties. Over the years the properties have all been divided differently ranging from up to 5-6 flats/units within each property with some of them being whole intact houses as per the original design. So internal layouts are not at all uniform. The properties are attractive and have many period features that may present a heritage interest. All the internal fitouts and utilities require extensive modernisation and improvements to meet current standards of performance and comfort. The shops and flats above on Lillie Road (West), comprises of a Victorian terrace likely to be of similar age to the terraced houses on Empress place. (mid-late 19th century). Similar to Empress Place the properties are brick construction with some period features. The brick work does not appear to be in good repair and extensive weathering is observed. Brickwork is heavily degraded internally. There is a lot of visual evidence of damp especially in the basement areas of the properties. The upstairs flats are all completely derelict. They have been stripped out completely to bare boards and stud work. They are mostly sealed off from being accessed. Although no roof access was possible there appears to be water ingress into the buildings via the roof in most units so it is assumed that the roofs are not in good condition. The Prince Pub and shop fronts/flats on Lillie Road (East) comprises of a whole terrace that was originally built in approximately the mid-late 19th century. It is documented that the pub was rebuilt in the late 1930s. All properties are of mainly brick construction. There is extensive wear and weathering to the brickwork in all units internally and externally. There is evidence that the pub has

Figure 1 Empress Place – Location (marked by blue line) This Figure is not drawn to scale.

Image 1 - Image 6 provides some of the images of the Empress Place.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 1 The Project Rooms

Image 2 Terrace Houses

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach To determine the most suitable option, several scenarios were considered and investigated, as shown in Table 1.

Image 3 Terrace Houses

Image 4 Lillie Road Shops and Flats

Image 5 Lillie Road Shops and Flats

Image 6 Prince Pub

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Table 1: Retention Strategy Scenarios

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario 1 – Full Retention, and Refurbishment, New Build Office

— Does not maximise land use. — All buildings require extensive refurbishment and modernisation works. — It appears the roofing in most properties needs complete refurb or replacement. — Brickwork needs to be assessed for structural properties and remedial work may be needed to some areas. — Aesthetic considerations of the contrast with the new surrounding buildings. — The properties on Empress Place East would have no garden/outside space if kept as residential units.

Scenario 2 – Partial Retention (Bays) and Demolish Lillie Road East

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

reprocessing of materials on or off site.

Scenario 3 - Partial Retention (Façade only) and Demolish Lillie Road East

— Aesthetic considerations of the contrast with the new surrounding buildings. — Increases amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site.

Scenario 4 – Retain Project Rooms, Demolish Remainder and New Build.

— Project Rooms building appears to be in good working condition. Easy to retain. — Closer to maximum efficiency of land use.

— No retention of period or heritage features may impact on the character of the local area. — Significant community feeling against total demolition of the properties in this area.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Table 1 Empress Place - Retention Strategies

Table 1: Retention Strategy Scenarios Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Secnario 5 - Full Demolition and Rebuild.

— Pavement in Lillie Rd East is widened allowing for better pedestrian flow. — Modern constructions and fit outs have more potential for efficient operational carbon emissions. — Modern Façade designs have better access considerations.

— Increases amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 3 demonstrates the key stages and principles used when applying the Circular Economy to the built environment.

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design2

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy1

The Circular Economy A Circular Economy (CE) is a systematic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In contrast to the ‘take make waste’ linear model, a Circular Economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the consumption of finite resources. The Circular Economy activity focuses on design that is regenerative and restorative. This is based on three principles: — Design out waste and pollution, — Keep products and materials in use, and — Regenerate natural systems. This Report can help encourage a Circular Economy by: — Influencing the wider design team to consider reclamation and reuse of waste/materials found on-Site to be incorporated in the proposed development, avoiding disposal of valuable materials, and — Identifying reuse and extending the products useful life before being remanufactured.

1 Department of Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), Waste Hierarchy Guidance (updated by KaNect Limited)

2 Building Revolutions, David Cheshire, RIBA Publications 2016

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

6.0 Method As stipulated by BREEAM, site visits were carried out by competent persons: ‘… who has appropriate knowledge of buildings, waste and options for reuse and recycling of different waste streams’. Site visit was undertaken by Victoria Lees and Building Surveyor Tom Lawrence on 01 March 2024. This Site visit consisted of non-intrusive visual audit of building fabric to the external and internal parts of the buildings to be demolished. Subsequently, a workshop was held with the Design Team dated 12 April 2024 to discuss the existing conditions of the buildings and the potential to reuse materials on-Site.

Exclusion and Assumptions The following assumptions, exclusions and caveats apply to this Report: — This Report is based purely on the findings of a non-intrusive visual survey. — Access to all flats was not provided, therefore, the flats that were surveyed were used as benchmarks to estimate quantities of materials arising from other flats. — Roof was not visible, therefore, the materials for the roof were assumed. — It is assumed that all furniture, equipment, and miscellaneous non-fixed items installed by the tenants will be removed by the tenants, therefore, these are not considered within this Report. — Lifts and shafts were excluded from this Report. The information provided within this Report is based on visual inspection (non-intrusive) of the existing Site. Where elements of the Site were inaccessible, assumptions are made based on professional judgement. It is understood that the quantities provided within this Report might vary, therefore, the principal contractor will be responsible for monitoring and reporting these changes (if any).

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Table 2 Circularity Rating

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Concrete Please see Table 3 for the location and quantities of the concrete found on-Site. Table 3: Location and Quantities of Concrete Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

The Project Rooms

Concrete

155

111

Lillie Road Shops

194

140

Prince Pub

424

205

Total

773

189

456

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 3 Location and Quantities of Concrete

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Bricks Please see Table 4 for the location and quantities of the bricks found on-Site. Image 7 - Image 13shows some of the bricks found on-Site. Table 4: Location and Quantities of Bricks Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

The Project Rooms

Bricks

462

189

Terrace Houses

1124

215

459

Lillie Road Shops

448

183

Prince Pub

950

204

388

Total

2,984

614

1,219

Image 7 External Brickwork (The Project Rooms)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 4 Location and Quantities of Bricks

General Observation The bricks found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition, with signs of age-related war and tear. There were open joints noted in some isolated areas. General Recommendation and Limitations All bricks found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 11 External Brickwork (Prince Pub)

Image 8 External Brickwork (Terrace Houses)

Image 12 Internal Brickwork (Prince Pub)

Image 9 External Brickwork (Terrace Houses)

Image 13 Internal Brickwork (Prince Pub)

Image 10 Internal Brickwork (Lillie Road Shops)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Mixed Metals Please see Table 5 for the location and quantities of the mixed metals found on-Site. Image 14 Image 25 shows some of the mixed metals found on-Site. Table 5: Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals Buildings The Project Rooms

Type of Material Mixed Metals

Area (m2) 12

Volume (m3) 0.10

Tonnage (Tonnes) 1

Terrace Houses

Lillie Road Shops

Prince Pub

0.50

Total

103

2.60

Image 14 Aluminium Window Frame (The Project Rooms)

Image 15 Metal Stair Handrail (The Project Rooms)

Image 16 Metal Radiator (Terrace Houses)

Image 17 Stainless Steel Sink (Terrace Houses)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 5 Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals

Image 18 Metal Window Frame (Terrace Houses)

Image 19 Metal Window Frame (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 20 Metal Window Frame (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 21 Metal Windows (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 24 Metal Strips (Prince PUB)

Image 25 Metal Window Frame (Prince Pub)

General Observation The mixed metals found on-Site were noted to be in good – poor condition. With the crittall metal window frames, aluminium window frames and steel radiators reaching end of life, whereas the steel sinks and the metal hand rails were noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations Image 23 Metal Radiator (Prince Pub)

All mixed metals found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 22 Stainless Steel Sink (Lillie Road Shops)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Timber and Timber Products Please see Table 6 for the location and quantities of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Image 26 - Image 37 shows some of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Table 6: Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

The Project Rooms

Timber and Timber Products

313

Terrace Houses

3,064

Lillie Road Shops

494

Prince Pub

666

Total

4,537

124

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 6 Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products

General Observation The timber and timber products found on-Site were noted to be in between good to poor condition. With the timber framed windows in shops was noted to be in poor condition, however, the timber framed windows in the offices were noted to be in good condition. The doors were also noted to be in good condition in the office area, whereas in all other areas these were noted to be in fair condition. The skirting in most areas was noted to be in good condition, whereas in some areas the paint was noted to be worn off. The structural timber although not visible was assumed to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations Timber and Timber Products can be chipped and used within landscape. Remainder of the timber and timber products found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 26 Internal Doors (The Project Rooms)

Image 27 Skirting (The Project Rooms)

Image 28 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (The Project Rooms)

Image 29 Internal Doors (The Project Rooms)

Image 33 Floorboards and Skirting (Terrace Houses) Image 30 Window Frame (The Project Rooms)

Image 34 Structural Timber (Lille Road Shops)

Image 31 Stairs (Terrace Houses)

Image 35 Floorboard (Lille Road Shops)

Image 32 Internal Door (Terrace Houses)

Image 36 Floorboard (Prince Pub)

Image 37 Handrail (Prince Pub)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics Please see Table 7 for the location and quantities of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Image 38Error! Reference source not found. - Image 53 shows some of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Table 7: Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

The Project Rooms

Tiles and Ceramics

0.20

Terrace Houses

0.30

Lillie Road Shops

215

Prince Pub

181

Total

533

2.5

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics

General Observation The tiles and ceramics found on-Site were noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All tiles and ceramics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 38 Floor Tiles (The Project Rooms)

Image 39 Ceramic Wall Tiles (The Project Rooms)

Image 42 Floor Tiles (Terrace Houses)

Image 43 Ceramic Floor Tiles and Water Closet (Terrace Houses)

Image 40 Ceramic Floor Tiles (The Project Rooms)

Image 41 Ceramic Floor Tiles (The Project Rooms)

Image 44 Ceramic Floor Tiles and Water Closet (Terrace Houses)

Image 45 Ceramic Floor and Wall Tiles (Terrace Houses)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 46 Ceramic Floor Tiles and Handbasin (Terrace Houses)

Image 50 Ceramic Floor Tiles (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 47 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 51 Ceramic Wall Tiles and Handbasin (Prince Pub)

Image 48 Ceramic Floor Tiles (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 52 Floor Tiles (Prince Pub)

Image 49 Ceramic Floor Tiles (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 53 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Prince Pub)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material

Numbers may not add up due to rounding

Please see Table 8 Table 8 Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material

Table 8: Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material

General Observation

Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

The Project Rooms

Gypsum based construction material

155

0.02

The gypsum based construction material found on-Site were noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All gypsum based construction material found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Terrace Houses

695

0.08

Lillie Road Shops

241

0.03

Prince Pub

126

0.01

Total

1,217

0.14

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 for the location and quantities of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Image 54 - Image 57 shows some of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Table 8: Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

The Project Rooms

Gypsum based construction material

155

0.02

Terrace Houses

695

0.08

Lillie Road Shops

241

0.03

Prince Pub

126

0.01

Total

1,217

0.14

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 54 Plasterboard Walls (The Project Rooms)

Image 55 Plasterboard Walls (Terrace Houses)

Image 56 Plasterboard Walls (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 57 Plasterboard Walls (Prince Pub)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Glass

Numbers may not add up due to rounding

Please see Table 9 Table 9 Location and Quantities of Glass

Table 9: Location and Quantities of Glass

General Observation

Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

The Project Rooms

Glass

0.20

The glass found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All glass found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Terrace Houses

184

Lillie Road Shops

110

0.30

Prince Pub

112

0.30

Total

490

1.80

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 9 for the location and quantities of the glass found on-Site. Image 58 - Image 69 shows some of the glass found on-Site. Table 9: Location and Quantities of Glass Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

The Project Rooms

Glass

0.20

Terrace Houses

184

Lillie Road Shops

110

0.30

Prince Pub

112

0.30

Total

490

1.80

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 58 Glass Door (The Project Image 59 Glass Rooms) Window (The Project Rooms)

Image 60 Glass Partition in Door (The Project Rooms)

Image 61 Glass Window (The Project Rooms)

Image 62 Glass Window (The Project Rooms)

Image 63 Glass Panels (The Project Rooms)

Image 64 Glass Windows (The Project Rooms)

Image 65 Glass Partition in Door (Terrace Houses)

Image 66 Glass Windows (Terrace Houses)

Image 67 Glass Doors/Windows (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 68 Glass Doors/Windows (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 69 Glass Windows (Prince Pub)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Textiles Please see Table 10 for the location and quantities of the textiles found on-Site. Image 70 - Image 74 shows some of the textiles found on-Site. Table 10: Location and Quantities of Textiles Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

The Project Rooms

Textiles

122

0.004

Terrace Houses

286

0.01

Lillie Road Shops

101

0.003

Total

509

0.02

cx Image 70 Carpet (The Project Rooms)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 10 Location and Quantities of Textiles

General Observation The textiles found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All textiles found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 74 Carpet (Terrace Houses)

Image 71 Carpet (The Project Rooms)

Image 72 Carpet (Terrace Houses)

Image 73 Carpet (Terrace Houses)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Plastics Please see Table 11 for the location and quantities of the plastics found on-Site. Image 75 - Image 82 shows some of the plastics found on-Site. Table 11: Location and Quantities of Plastics Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

The Project Rooms

Plastics

727

0.01 Image 75 Vinyl Flooring (The Project Rooms)

Terrace Houses

142

0.03

Lillie Road Shops

155

0.40

0.002

Prince Pub

132

0.3

0.001

Total

1,156

3.70

0.04

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 11 Location and Quantities of Plastics

General Observation The plastics found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All plastics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 76 Laminate Flooring (The Project Rooms)

Image 77 Laminate Flooring (The Project Rooms)

Image 80 Laminate Flooring (Terrace Houses) Image 79 Laminate Flooring (Terrace Houses)

Image 78 Thermoplastic Olefin (TPO) (The Project Rooms)

Image 82 Vinyl Flooring (Prince Pub) Image 81 Vinyl Flooring (Lillie Road Shops)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof) Please see Table 12 for the location and quantities of the bituminous material (including asphalt roof) found on-Site. Table 12: Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof) Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Bituminous material (including asphalt Lillie Road Shops roof)

582

0.2

Prince Pub

309

Total

965

3.20

Buildings

Type of Material

Terrace Houses

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 12 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

General Observation The asphalt roof found on-Site was found to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All bituminous material (including asphalt roof) found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Luminaries Please see Table 13 for the location quantities of the luminaries found on-Site. Image 83 - Image 102 shows some of the luminaries found on-Site.

Building

Type

Quantity

The Project Rooms

Fluorescent

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Fluorescent

Incandescent

Lillie Road Shops

Incandescent

Prince Pub

Fluorescent

Incandescent

Table 13 Location and Quantities of Luminaries

The luminaries were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations

Table 13: Location and Quantities of Luminaries

Terrace Houses

General Observation

All luminaries found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 84 Luminaries (The Project Rooms)

Image 85 Luminaries (The Project Rooms)

Image 86 Luminaries (The Project Rooms)

Image 83 Luminaries (The Project Rooms)

Image 87 Luminaries (The Project Rooms)

Image 89 Luminaries (The Project Rooms) Image 88 Luminaries (The Project Rooms)

Image 90 Luminaries (The Project Rooms)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 91 Luminaries (Terrace Houses)

Image 95 Luminaries (Terrace Houses)

Image 92 Luminaries (Terrace Houses)

Image 96 Luminaries (Terrace Houses)

Image 93 Luminaries (Terrace Houses)

Image 97 Luminaries (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 100 Luminaries (Prince Pub)

Image 98 Luminaries (Lillie Road Shops)

Image 102 Luminaries (Prince Pub) Image 101 Luminaries (Prince Pub)

Image 99 Luminaries (Prince Pub)

Image 94 Luminaries (Terrace Houses)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

Table 14: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Plastics

17.02.03

3.70

0.4%

0.04

0.002%

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

17.03.02

3.20

0.3%

3.20

0.2%

959.80

100%

1,791.40

100%

Table 14: Estimated Quantities of Materials

Total

European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

Concrete

17.01.01

189

20%

456

25%

Bricks

17.01.02

614

64%

1,219

68%

Gypsum based construction material 2%

Mixed Metals

17.04.07

2.60

0.3%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.3%

Type of Material

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Numbers may not add up due to rounding.

Timber and Timber Products

17.02.01

124

13%

Tiles and Ceramics

17.01.03

2.50

0.3%

0.4%

Gypsum based construction material

17.08.02

0.14

0.01%

Table 14 Estimated Quantities of Materials Glass 0.2%

Textiles 0.4%

Plastics 0.4%

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) 0.3%

Concrete 20%

Timber and Timber Products 13% Mixed Metals 0.3%

Glass

17.02.02

1.80

0.2%

0.3%

Textiles

20.01.11

0.4%

0.02

0.001%

Bricks 64%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material 0.01%

Glass 0.3%

Textiles 0.001%

Plastics 0.002% Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) 0.2%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.4% Timber and Timber Products 5%

Concrete 25%

Mixed Metals 1%

Bricks 68%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Empress Place

Issue 02

20 June 2024

9.0 Embodied Carbon The approximate quantities of embodied carbon from the demolition materials have been estimated using Inventory of Carbon and Energy (ICE) database version 3. It should be noted that as the survey undertaken was non-intrusive, therefore, classification and identification of materials have been based on professional judgement, thus this should be used as a reference only. Table 15 provides the potential quantities of embodied carbon (tCO2e), which are further represented in Figure 6. Table 15: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Concrete

456

Bricks

1,219

256

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material Glass

0.14

0.05

Table 15: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Textiles

0.02

Plastics

0.04

0.13

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

3.20

0.32

Table 15 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Gypsum based construction material 0.01%

Glass 2%

Textiles 1%

Plastics 0.03%

Tiles and Ceramics 2%

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) 0.1%

Timber and Timber Products 4%

Concrete 16%

Mixed Metals 9%

Bricks 66%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon

KaNect Limited EC.PA.24 – Appendix G 20 June 2024

Earls Court Development Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Contents 1.0 Introduction

Figures Figure 1 Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed (including Signalling Switch) – Location (marked by blue line)....................................................................................................... 5 Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy .............................................................................................................. 9 Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design ............................................... 9 Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume ...................................................... 23 Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage ........................................................ 24 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon............................................................................. 25

2.0 Existing Site – Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed (including Signalling Switch Room)

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

4.0 Aims and Objectives

5.0 Key Principles

6.0 Method

Images

7.0 Materials Identified

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Image 1 Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed ................................................... 6 Image 2 Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed ................................................... 6 Image 3 Signalling Switch Room ................................................................................................... 6 Image 4 Signalling Switch Room ................................................................................................... 6 Image 5 Concrete Blockwork (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) .............. 12 Image 6 External Brickwork (Signalling Switch Room) ................................................................ 13 Image 7 External Brickwork (Signalling Switch Room) ................................................................ 13 Image 8 Metal Sheet, Steel Columns and Roof Girders (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ................................................................................................................... 14 Image 9 Roller Shutter (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ........................ 14 Image 10 Tubular Handrail (Signalling Switch Room) ................................................................. 14 Image 11 Door (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ................................................................................................. 16 Image 12 Door (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) .................................... 16 Image 13 Door (Signalling Switch Room) .................................................................................... 16 Image 14 Ceramic Floor Tiles (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ............. 17 Image 15 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) .................................................................................................................................................... 17 Image 16 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) .................................................................................................................................................... 17 Image 17 Plasterboard (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ....................... 18 Image 18 Internal Glass Partition (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ........ 19 Image 19 Internal Glass Partition (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ........ 19 Image 20 Glass Window (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ..................... 19 Image 21 Glass Window (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ..................... 19 Image 22 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Roof Lights (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ........................................................................................................................................... 20

Tables Table 1 Circularity Rating ............................................................................................................. 11 Table 2 Location and Quantities of Concrete ............................................................................... 12 Table 3 Location and Quantities of Bricks .................................................................................... 13 Table 4 Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals ......................................................................... 14 Table 5 Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products ................................................. 15 Table 6 Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics ............................................................... 17 Table 7 Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material .................................... 18 Table 8 Location and Quantities of Glass ..................................................................................... 19 Table 9 Location and Quantities of Plastics.................................................................................. 20 Table 10 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (assume tar) ....................................... 21 Table 11 Location and Quantities of Luminaries ........................................................................... 22 Table 12 Estimated Quantities of Materials .................................................................................. 23 Table 13 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) .................................................. 25

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Image 23 Vinyl Flooring (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)....................... 20 Image 24 Luminaries (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ........................... 22 Image 25 Luminaries (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ........................... 22 Image 26 Luminaries (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed) ........................... 22

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

1.0 Introduction This Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’); and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (‘ESB’), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of this Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials. It should be noted that this Report will provide information only on Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed (including Signalling Switch Room). In addition to this Report, separate reports for the remainder of the existing blocks and structures have been prepared and will be submitted in support of the planning application.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

2.0 Existing Site – Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed (including Signalling Switch Room) The Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed building is a single story unit (with an internal mezzanine office space) where various TfL maintenance and engineering services are undertaken. It appears to be constructed of trapezoidal metal sheet attached to a steel frame. Internal partitions are constructed of unfinished or painted concrete blockwork. The flooring is painted concrete with some areas of the Points Manufacturing area having timber flooring made from what appears to be old railway sleepers. The building is an industrial type of unit and the interior fit out and layout is incredibly specific to the current usage as a transport maintenance facility. There is little to no insulating material in the construction of this building so it would not be suitable for non-industrial usage without significant refurbishment. It is also likely to be very inefficient to heat because of the poor insulation and the open-ended design of the Points Manufacturing area. The roof was not accessible for this survey but appears to be constructed from the same trapezoidal metal sheet. The parts that were visible appeared to be in reasonable condition and there were no visible signs of water ingress from external areas into the interior of the building. However, there were large ventilation panels open to the exterior which will significantly affect thermal efficiency. The Signalling Switch room is a small brick building which is used for housing signalling and switch equipment. It appears to be a much more recent construction than the workshop building. Figure 1 shows the location of Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed (including Signalling Switch Room) i.e., identified by blue line.

Figure 1 Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed (including Signalling Switch) – Location (marked by blue line) This Figure is not drawn to scale.

Image 1 - Image 4 provides some of the images of the Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed (including Signalling Switch Room). .

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 1 Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Image 2 Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Image 3 Signalling Switch Room

Image 4 Signalling Switch Room

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach It is decided that the existing Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed (including Signalling Switch Room) is demolished. The reasoning behind this decision is as follows: — The form, quality and location of existing buildings are not suited to requirements for the Site. — The retention of the existing buildings and structures would prevent comprehensive redevelopment and constrain capacity for new development to deliver against strategic targets. — Existing buildings and structures are at, or close, to, the end of their useable lives and require replacement. — No architectural value and would detract from public realm and development aesthetic if retained. — Townscape, placemaking and public realm improvements will result from their replacement. — TFL plans to move existing services to other locations in its network. — Large quantum of public realm, residential and non-residential land uses could be developed in this location. — Connectivity through to the west of site would be improved significantly with the redevelopment of the existing buildings and structures. Further to the above, a Whole Life Carbon assessment will be undertaken as part of the Reserved Matters Application, for the associated development zone.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 3 demonstrates the key stages and principles used when applying the Circular Economy to the built environment.

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design2

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy1

The Circular Economy A Circular Economy (CE) is a systematic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In contrast to the ‘take make waste’ linear model, a Circular Economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the consumption of finite resources. The Circular Economy activity focuses on design that is regenerative and restorative. This is based on three principles: — Design out waste and pollution, — Keep products and materials in use, and — Regenerate natural systems. This Report can help encourage a Circular Economy by: — Influencing the wider design team to consider reclamation and reuse of waste/materials found on-Site to be incorporated in the proposed development, avoiding disposal of valuable materials, and — Identifying reuse and extending the products useful life before being remanufactured.

1 Department of Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), Waste Hierarchy Guidance (updated by KaNect Limited)

2 Building Revolutions, David Cheshire, RIBA Publications 2016

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

6.0 Method As stipulated by BREEAM, site visits were carried out by competent persons: ‘… who has appropriate knowledge of buildings, waste and options for reuse and recycling of different waste streams’. Site visit was undertaken by Victoria Lees and Building Surveyor Tom Lawrence on 22 February and 29 February 2024. This Site visit consisted of non-intrusive visual audit of building fabric to the external and internal parts of the buildings to be demolished. Subsequently, a workshop was held with the Design Team dated 12 April 2024 to discuss the existing conditions of the buildings and the potential to reuse materials on-Site.

Exclusion and Assumptions The following assumptions, exclusions and caveats apply to this Report: — This Report is based purely on the findings of a non-intrusive visual survey. — For the Carpentry Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed, all structural steel has been estimated as viewed from the ground level. — Access to Signalling Switch Room was not provided, therefore, all dimensions are assumed. — The roof of the Signalling Switch Room is assumed to be gravel and tar. — It is assumed that all furniture, equipment, and miscellaneous non-fixed items installed by the tenants will be removed by the tenants, therefore, these are not considered within this Report. — Lifts and shafts were excluded from this Report. The information provided within this Report is based on visual inspection (non-intrusive) of the existing Site. Where elements of the Site were inaccessible, assumptions are made based on professional judgement. It is understood that the quantities provided within this Report might vary, therefore, the principal contractor will be responsible for monitoring and reporting these changes (if any).

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

7.0 Materials Identified The following section describes the key waste/materials identified, their location, and images taken during the Site visit. Based on the condition of the waste/materials and their market demand, a circularity rating (i.e., how likely is the material reused or recycled on/off-Site) for the waste/materials has been provided (based on professional judgement) to determine whether they can be reused, recycled, or sent for recovery or disposed to landfill as a last resort. The circularity rating is based on the following key shown in Table 1. The ratings and related descriptions are recommendations for the waste management route of the materials identified; the exact routes for the materials will be determined by the appointed demolition contractor (when appointed). Table 1: Circularity Rating Key

Table 1 Circularity Rating

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Concrete Please see Table 2 for the location and quantities of the concrete found on-Site. Image 5 shows some of the concrete found on-Site. Table 2: Location and Quantities of Concrete Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Concrete

3,615

1,040

2,485

Signalling Switch Room

136

111

Total

3,751

1,081

2,596

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 2 Location and Quantities of Concrete

General Observation The concrete blockwork found on-Site was noted to be in good condition, with no sign of damage. General Recommendation and Limitations All concrete found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material.

Image 5 Concrete Blockwork (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Bricks Please see Table 3 for the location and quantities of the bricks found on-Site. Image 6 - Image 7 shows some of the bricks found on-Site. Table 3: Location and Quantities of Bricks Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Signalling Switch Room

Bricks

736

131

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 3 Location and Quantities of Bricks

General Observation The bricks found on-Site were noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All bricks found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 6 External Brickwork (Signalling Switch Room) Image 7 External Brickwork (Signalling Switch Room)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Mixed Metals Please see Table 4 for the location and quantities of the mixed metals found on-Site. Image 8 Image 10 shows some of the mixed metals found on-Site. Table 4: Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Mixed Metals

4,629

216

Signalling Switch Room

Total

4,667

221

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 4 Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals

General Observation The mixed metals found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All mixed metals found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 8 Metal Sheet, Steel Columns and Roof Girders (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 10 Tubular Handrail (Signalling Switch Room) Image 9 Roller Shutter (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Timber and Timber Products Please see Table 5 for the location and quantities of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Image 11 - Image 13 shows some of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Table 5: Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Timber and Timber Products

Signalling Switch Room

Total

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 5 Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products

General Observation The timber and timber products found on-Site were noted to be in between good and poor condition. The external doors of the Signalling Switch Rooms were noted to be in good condition, whereas the doors in the Carpentry Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed were noted to be in poor condition. General Recommendation and Limitations Timber and Timber Products can be chipped and used within landscape. Remainder of the timber and timber products found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 11 Door (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 12 Door (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 13 Door (Signalling Switch Room)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics Please see Table 6 for the location and quantities of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Image 14 - Image 16 shows some of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Table 6: Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Tiles and Ceramics

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 6 Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics

General Observation The tiles and ceramics found on-Site were noted to be poor condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All tiles and ceramics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 14 Ceramic Floor Tiles (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 15 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 16 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material Please see Table 7 Table 7: Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Gypsum based construction material

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 for the location and quantities of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Image 17 shows some of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Table 7: Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Gypsum based construction material

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 17 Plasterboard (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Glass Please see Table 8 Table 8: Location and Quantities of Glass Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Glass

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 for the location and quantities of the glass found on-Site. Image 18 - Image 21 shows some of the glass found on-Site. Table 8: Location and Quantities of Glass Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Glass

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 Location and Quantities of Glass

General Observation The glass found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All glass found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 18 Internal Glass Partition (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 19 Internal Glass Partition (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 20 Glass Window (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 21 Glass Window (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Plastics Please see Table 9 for the location and quantities of the plastics found on-Site. Image 22 - Image 23 some of the plastics found on-Site. Table 9: Location and Quantities of Plastics Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Plastics

1,121

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 9 Location and Quantities of Plastics

General Observation The plastics found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition, with signs of weathering apparent on the PVC roof lights. General Recommendation and Limitations All plastics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 22 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Roof Lights (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 23 Vinyl Flooring (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Bituminous Material (assume tar) Please see Table 10 for the location and quantities of the bituminous material (assume tar) found on-Site. Table 10: Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (assume tar) Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Signalling Switch Room

Bituminous material (including tar)

136

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 10 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (assume tar)

General Observation The roof of the Signalling Switch Room was not accessible; therefore, the quality of this material cannot be determined. General Recommendation and Limitations All bituminous material (assume tar) found on-Site will be sent off-Site for energy recovery or disposal.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Luminaries Please see Table 11 for the location quantities of the luminaries found on-Site. Image 24 - Image 26 shows some of the luminaries found on-Site.

General Observation The luminaries were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations

Table 11: Location and Quantities of Luminaries Building

Type

Quantity

Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Fluorescent

All luminaries found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Table 11 Location and Quantities of Luminaries

Image 24 Luminaries (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 25 Luminaries (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Image 26 Luminaries (Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

Table 12: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Estimated quantities of the materials anticipated to be generated during the demolition process are provided in Table 12. The estimated volumes are based on the Site visit and do not consider the actual skip volumes that may result from the Site (i.e., does not account for bulking and the inevitable voids within the skip during disposal). Figure 4 and Figure 5 shows the percentage breakdown of waste identified during the Site visit.

Bituminous Material (assume tar)

17.03.03

0.1%

0.03%

1,242

100%

2,955

100%

Total

Table 12: Estimated Quantities of Materials Numbers may not add up due to rounding. Type of Material

Concrete Bricks Mixed Metals

European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC) 17.01.01 17.01.02 17.04.07

Volume (m3)

1,081 69 82

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

87% 6% 7%

2,596 131 221

% of Total Tonnage

88% 4% 7%

Table 12 Estimated Quantities of Materials Tiles and Ceramics 0.1%

Gypsum based construction material 0.1%

Timber and Timber Products 0.00%

Glass 0.1%

Plastics 0.5% Bituminous Material (assume Tar) 0.1%

Mixed Metals 7% Bricks 6%

Timber and Timber Products

17.02.01

0.1%

Tiles and Ceramics

17.01.03

0.1%

0.03%

Gypsum based construction material

17.08.02

0.1%

0.03%

Glass Plastics

Concrete 87%

17.02.02 17.02.03

1 6

0.1% 0.5%

1 1

0.03% 0.03%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Plastics

Bituminous Material (assume Tar)

Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics 0.03%

Gypsum based construction material 0.03%

Timber and Timber Products 0.1%

Glass 0.03%

Plastics 0.03%

Mixed Metals 7%

Bituminous Material (assume Tar) 0.03%

Bricks 4%

Concrete 88%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Plastics

Bituminous Material (assume Tar)

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Carpenters Workshop and Points Manufacturing Shed

Issue 02

20 June 2024

9.0 Embodied Carbon The approximate quantities of embodied carbon from the demolition materials have been estimated using Inventory of Carbon and Energy (ICE) database version 3. It should be noted that as the survey undertaken was non-intrusive, therefore, classification and identification of materials have been based on professional judgement, thus this should be used as a reference only. Table 13 provides the potential quantities of embodied carbon (tCO2e), which are further represented in Figure 6.

Table 13: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Bituminous Material (assume tar)

Table 13 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e)

Table 13: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Concrete

2,596

354

Bricks

131

Mixed Metals

221

677

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Plastics

Tiles and Ceramics 0.1%

Gypsum based construction material 0.1%

Glass 0.2%

Plastics 0.4% Bituminous Material (assume Tar) 0.1%

Timber and Timber Products 0.1%

Concrete 33%

Mixed Metals 63%

Bricks 3%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Plastics

Bituminous Material (assume Tar)

4 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon

KaNect Limited EC.PA.24 – Appendix H 20 June 2024

Earls Court Development Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Contents 1.0 Introduction

Figures

2.0 Existing Site – Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

4.0 Aims and Objectives

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 1 Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores – Location (marked by blue line) .. 5 Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy .............................................................................................................. 9 Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design ............................................... 9 Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume ...................................................... 26 Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage ........................................................ 26 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon............................................................................. 27

6.0 Method

7.0 Materials Identified

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Tables Table 1 Circularity Rating ............................................................................................................. 11 Table 2 Location and Quantities of Concrete ............................................................................... 12 Table 3 Location and Quantities of Bricks .................................................................................... 13 Table 4 Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals ......................................................................... 14 Table 5 Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products ................................................. 15 Table 6 Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics ............................................................... 17 Table 7 Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material .................................... 18 Table 8 Location and Quantities of Glass ..................................................................................... 19 Table 9 Location and Quantities of Textiles .................................................................................. 20 Table 10 Location and Quantities of Plastics................................................................................ 21 Table 11 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof) ........................ 22 Table 12 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Felt) ............................... 23 Table 13 Location and Quantities of Luminaries .......................................................................... 24 Table 14 Estimated Quantities of Materials .................................................................................. 25 Table 15 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) .................................................. 27

Images Image 1 Trans Plant House ........................................................................................................... 6 Image 2 Trans Plant House ........................................................................................................... 6 Image 3 Trans Plant House ........................................................................................................... 6 Image 4 Ultrasonic Equipment Stores ........................................................................................... 6 Image 5 Concrete Staircase (Trans Plant House) ....................................................................... 12 Image 6 Blockwork (Trans Plant House) ..................................................................................... 12 Image 7 External Brickwork (Trans Plant House) ........................................................................ 13 Image 8 External Brickwork (Trans Plant House) ........................................................................ 13 Image 9 External Brickwork (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores) ........................................................ 13 Image 10 Metal Stair Handrail (Trans Plant House) .................................................................... 14 Image 11 Metal Window Frame (Trans Plant House) .................................................................. 14 Image 12 Metal Radiators (Trans Plant House) ........................................................................... 14 Image 13 Steel Sink (Trans Plant House) .................................................................................... 14 Image 14 Tubular Metal Handrail (Trans Plant House) ................................................................ 14 Image 15 Metal Window Frame (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores) .................................................. 14 Image 16 Tubular Handrail (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores) .......................................................... 14 Image 17 Internal Door (Trans Plant House) ............................................................................... 16 Image 18 Internal Door (Trans Plant House) ............................................................................... 16 Image 19 Timber Railing (Trans Plant House) ............................................................................. 16 Image 20 Skirting (Trans Plant House) ........................................................................................ 16 Image 21 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (Trans Plant House) ................................................ 16 Image 22 Exit Door (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores) ..................................................................... 16 Image 23 Exit Door (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores) ..................................................................... 16 Image 24 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Trans Plant House) ...................................................................... 17 Image 25 Ceramic Handbasin, Water Closet and Tiles (Trans Plant House)............................... 17 Image 26 Quarry Tiles (Trans Plant House) ................................................................................ 17 Image 27 Quarry and Ceramic Tiles (Trans Plant House) ........................................................... 17 Image 28 Plasterboard Wall (Trans Plant House) ........................................................................ 18

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Image 29 Plasterboard Wall (Trans Plant House) ........................................................................ 18 Image 30 Glass Window (Trans Plant House) ............................................................................. 19 Image 31 Glass Panel in Door (Trans Plant House) .................................................................... 19 Image 32 Glass Panel over Door (Trans Plant House) ................................................................ 19 Image 33 Glass Window (Trans Plant House) ............................................................................. 19 Image 34 Carpet (Trans Plant House) ......................................................................................... 20 Image 35 Carpet (Trans Plant House) ......................................................................................... 20 Image 36 Carpet (Trans Plant House) ......................................................................................... 20 Image 37 Vinyl Flooring (Trans Plant House)............................................................................... 21 Image 38 Vinyl Flooring (Trans Plant House)............................................................................... 21 Image 39 Vinyl Flooring (Trans Plant House)............................................................................... 21 Image 40 Luminaries (Trans Plant House) ................................................................................... 24 Image 41 Luminaries (Trans Plant House) ................................................................................... 24 Image 42 Luminaries (Trans Plant House) ................................................................................... 24 Image 43 Luminaries (Trans Plant House) ................................................................................... 24

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

1.0 Introduction This Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two hybrid planning applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’) in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, Empress State Building (‘ESB’) and land comprising the West Kensington and Gibbs Green housing estates in LBHF (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two Boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new proposed Earls Court Development. The hybrid applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of this Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials. It should be noted that this Report will provide information only on Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores. In addition to this Report, separate reports for the remainder of the existing blocks and structures have been prepared and will be submitted in support of the planning application.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

2.0 Existing Site – Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores The Trans Plant House is a two-storey office building of brick construction with a flat roof. Internal partitions appear to be stud frame and plasterboard and internal flooring carpet throughout with large areas of quarry tile in washroom and changing facilities. The interior layout is quite specific to office space with a straightforward geometry of the floorplate. The insulating properties of the current materials are likely to be quite poor compared to the most modern construction methods available. The Ultrasonics Equipment Stores is a very small brick out building next to the Trans Plant House. Figure 1 shows the location of Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores i.e., identified by blue line.

Figure 1 Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores – Location (marked by blue line) This Figure is not drawn to scale.

Image 1 - Image 4 provides some of the images of the Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores. .

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 1 Trans Plant House

Image 3 Trans Plant House

Image 2 Trans Plant House

Image 4 Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach The form, appearance and location of the existing building is not suited to requirements for the site. Its redevelopment will facilitate significant public realm improvements and delivery of substantial amount of new employment generating floorspace to the north and improve spatial relationship with estate land to the west. Further to the above, a Whole Life Carbon assessment will be undertaken as part of the Reserved Matters Application, for the associated development zone.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 3 demonstrates the key stages and principles used when applying the Circular Economy to the built environment.

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design2

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy1

The Circular Economy A Circular Economy (CE) is a systematic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In contrast to the ‘take make waste’ linear model, a Circular Economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the consumption of finite resources. The Circular Economy activity focuses on design that is regenerative and restorative. This is based on three principles: — Design out waste and pollution, — Keep products and materials in use, and — Regenerate natural systems. This Report can help encourage a Circular Economy by: — Influencing the wider design team to consider reclamation and reuse of waste/materials found on-Site to be incorporated in the proposed development, avoiding disposal of valuable materials, and — Identifying reuse and extending the products useful life before being remanufactured.

1 Department of Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), Waste Hierarchy Guidance (updated by KaNect Limited)

2 Building Revolutions, David Cheshire, RIBA Publications 2016

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

6.0 Method As stipulated by BREEAM, site visits were carried out by competent persons: ‘… who has appropriate knowledge of buildings, waste and options for reuse and recycling of different waste streams’. Site visit was undertaken by Victoria Lees and Building Surveyor Tom Lawrence on 22 February 2024. This Site visit consisted of non-intrusive visual audit of building fabric to the external and internal parts of the buildings to be demolished. Subsequently, a workshop was held with the Design Team dated 12 April 2024 to discuss the existing conditions of the buildings and the potential to reuse materials on-Site.

Exclusion and Assumptions The following assumptions, exclusions and caveats apply to this Report: — This Report is based purely on the findings of a non-intrusive visual survey. — Access to the roof of Trans Plant House was not provided therefore, materials for the roof have been assumed. — Access to the Ultrasonic Equipment Stores was not provided, therefore, materials arising from this building have been assumed. — It is assumed that all furniture, equipment, and miscellaneous non-fixed items installed by the tenants will be removed by the tenants, therefore, these are not considered within this Report. — Lifts and shafts were excluded from this Report. The information provided within this Report is based on visual inspection (non-intrusive) of the existing Site. Where elements of the Site were inaccessible, assumptions are made based on professional judgement. It is understood that the quantities provided within this Report might vary, therefore, the principal contractor will be responsible for monitoring and reporting these changes (if any).

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

7.0 Materials Identified The following section describes the key waste/materials identified, their location, and images taken during the Site visit. Based on the condition of the waste/materials and their market demand, a circularity rating (i.e., how likely is the material reused or recycled on/off-Site) for the waste/materials has been provided (based on professional judgement) to determine whether they can be reused, recycled, or sent for recovery or disposed to landfill as a last resort. The circularity rating is based on the following key shown in Table 1. The ratings and related descriptions are recommendations for the waste management route of the materials identified; the exact routes for the materials will be determined by the appointed demolition contractor (when appointed). Table 1: Circularity Rating Key

Table 1 Circularity Rating

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Concrete Please see Table 2 for the location and quantities of the concrete found on-Site. Image 5 - Image 6 shows some of the concrete found on-Site. Table 2: Location and Quantities of Concrete Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Trans Plant House

Concrete

606

234

Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Total

669

115

277

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 2 Location and Quantities of Concrete

Image 5 Concrete Staircase (Trans Plant House)

Image 6 Blockwork (Trans Plant House)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Bricks Please see Table 3 for the location and quantities of the bricks found on-Site. Image 7 - Image 9 shows some of the bricks found on-Site. Table 3: Location and Quantities of Bricks Buildings Trans Plant House

Type of Material Bricks

Area (m2) 440

Volume (m3) 95

Tonnage (Tonnes) 180 Image 7 External Brickwork (Trans Plant House)

Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Total

527

105

199

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 3 Location and Quantities of Bricks

Image 8 External Brickwork (Trans Plant House)

Image 9 External Brickwork (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Mixed Metals Please see Table 4 for the location and quantities of the mixed metals found on-Site. Image 10 Image 16 shows some of the mixed metals found on-Site. Table 4: Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Trans Plant House

Mixed Metals

Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Total

Image 10 Metal Stair Handrail (Trans Plant House)

Image 11 Metal Window Frame (Trans Plant House)

Image 12 Metal Radiators (Trans Plant House)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 4 Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals

General Observation The mixed metals found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All mixed metals found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 14 Tubular Image 15 Metal Window Metal Handrail Frame (Ultrasonic (Trans Plant House) Equipment Stores)

Image 16 Tubular Handrail (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores)

Image 13 Steel Sink (Trans Plant House)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Timber and Timber Products Please see Table 5 for the location and quantities of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Image 17 - Image 23 shows some of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Table 5: Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Trans Plant House

Timber and Timber Products

Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Total

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 5 Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products

General Observation The timber and timber products found on-Site were noted to be in between good to poor condition. General Recommendation and Limitations Timber and Timber Products can be chipped and used within landscape. Remainder of the timber and timber products found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 17 Internal Door (Trans Plant House)

Image 21 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (Trans Plant House)

Image 18 Internal Door (Trans Plant House)

Image 19 Timber Railing (Trans Plant House)

Image 22 Exit Door (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores)

Image 23 Exit Door (Ultrasonic Equipment Stores)

Image 20 Skirting (Trans Plant House)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics Please see Table 6 for the location and quantities of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Image 24 - Image 27 shows some of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Table 6: Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics Buildings Trans Plant House

Type of Material Tiles and Ceramics

Area (m2) 56

Volume (m3) 1

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 6 Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics

Tonnage (Tonnes) 2

Image 26 Quarry Tiles (Trans Plant House) Image 24 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Trans Plant House)

Image 25 Ceramic Handbasin, Water Closet and Tiles (Trans Plant House)

Image 27 Quarry and Ceramic Tiles (Trans Plant House)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material Please see Table 7 Table 7: Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Trans Plant House

Gypsum based construction material

131

1 Image 28 Plasterboard Wall (Trans Plant House)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 for the location and quantities of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Image 28 - Image 29 shows some of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Table 7: Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Trans Plant House

Gypsum based construction material

131

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material

Image 29 Plasterboard Wall (Trans Plant House)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Glass Please see Table 8 Table 8: Location and Quantities of Glass Buildings Trans Plant House

Type of Material Glass

Area (m2) 26

Volume (m3) 1

Tonnage (Tonnes) 1

Image 30 Glass Window (Trans Plant House) Image 31 Glass Panel in Door (Trans Plant House)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 for the location and quantities of the glass found on-Site. Image 30 - Image 33 shows some of the glass found on-Site. Table 8: Location and Quantities of Glass Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Trans Plant House

Glass

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 Location and Quantities of Glass

General Observation The glass found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All glass found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 32 Glass Panel over Door (Trans Plant House)

Image 33 Glass Window (Trans Plant House)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Textiles Please see Table 9 for the location and quantities of the textiles found on-Site. Image 34 - Image 36 shows some of the textiles found on-Site. Table 9: Location and Quantities of Textiles Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Trans Plant House

Textiles

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 9 Location and Quantities of Textiles

General Observation The textiles found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All textiles found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 34 Carpet (Trans Plant House)

Image 35 Carpet (Trans Plant House)

Image 36 Carpet (Trans Plant House)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Plastics Please see Table 10 for the location and quantities of the plastics found on-Site. Image 37 - Image 39 shows some of the plastics found on-Site. Table 10: Location and Quantities of Plastics Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Trans Plant House

Plastics

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 10 Location and Quantities of Plastics

General Observation The plastics found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All plastics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 37 Vinyl Flooring (Trans Plant House)

Image 38 Vinyl Flooring (Trans Plant House)

Image 39 Vinyl Flooring (Trans Plant House)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof) Please see Table 11 for the location and quantities of the bituminous material (including asphalt roof) found on-Site. Table 11: Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof) Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Bituminous material (including asphalt roof)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 11 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

General Observation The roof was not visible, therefore, the quality of this material cannot be determined. General Recommendation and Limitations All bituminous material (including asphalt roof) found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Bituminous Mixtures (assume Tar, Felt) Please see Table 12 for the location and quantities of the bituminous material (assume Tar, Felt) found on-Site. Table 12: Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Felt) Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Trans Plant House

Bituminous material (assume Tar, Felt)

315

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 12 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (assume Tar, Felt)

General Observation The roof was not visible; therefore, the quality of this material cannot be determined. General Recommendation and Limitations All bituminous material (assume Tar, Felt) found on-Site will be sent off-Site for energy recovery or disposal.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Luminaries Please see Table 13 for the location quantities of the luminaries found on-Site. Image 40 - Image 43 shows some of the luminaries found on-Site.

General Observation The luminaries were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations

Table 13: Location and Quantities of Luminaries Building

Type

Quantity

Trans Plant House

Fluorescent

Incandescent

All luminaries found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Table 13 Location and Quantities of Luminaries Image 40 Luminaries (Trans Plant House)

Image 41 Luminaries (Trans Plant House) Image 42 Luminaries (Trans Plant House)

Image 43 Luminaries (Trans Plant House)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

Table 14: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Plastics

17.02.03

0.4%

0.2%

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

17.03.02

0.4%

0.2%

Bituminous Material (assume tar, felt)

17.03.03

0.4%

233

100%

491

100%

Table 14: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Concrete

17.01.01

115

49%

277

56%

Bricks

17.01.02

105

45%

199

41%

Mixed Metals

17.04.07

Timber and Timber Products

17.02.01

Tiles and Ceramics

17.01.03

0.4%

Gypsum based construction material

17.08.02

0.2%

Glass

17.02.02

0.4%

0.2%

Textiles

20.01.11

0.4%

0.2%

Total

Numbers may not add up due to rounding. Table 14 Estimated Quantities of Materials

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material 1%

Glass 0.4%

Textiles 0.4%

Plastics 0.4%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.4% Timber and Timber Products 1%

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) 0.4% Bituminous Material (assume Tar) 0.4%

Mixed Metals 1%

Gypsum based construction material 0.2%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.4% Timber and Timber Products 1%

Glass 0.2%

Textiles 0.2%

Plastics 0.2%

Bituminous Material (assume Tar) 0.4%

Mixed Metals 1%

Concrete 49%

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) 0.2%

Bricks 41% Concrete 56%

Bricks 45%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Bituminous Material (assume Tar)

Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Bituminous Material (assume Tar)

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Trans Plant House and Ultrasonic Equipment Stores

Issue 02

20 June 2024

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Table 15: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

Table 15 provides the potential quantities of embodied carbon (tCO2e), which are further represented in Figure 6.

Bituminous Material (including assume tar, felt)

Table 15: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

Table 15 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e)

tCO2e

Concrete

277

Bricks

199

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles Plastics

1 1

1 4

Gypsum based construction material 1%

Textiles 1%

Plastics 4%

Glass 2%

Tiles and Ceramics 2%

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) 1% Bituminous Material (assume Tar) 1%

Timber and Timber Products 1% Mixed Metals 10%

Concrete 37%

Bricks 41% Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Bituminous Material (assume Tar)

Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon

KaNect Limited EC.PA.24 - Appendix I 20 June 2024

Earls Court Development Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Contents 1.0 Introduction

2.0 Existing Site – The TDU Project Office

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

Images

4.0 Aims and Objectives

5.0 Key Principles

6.0 Method

7.0 Materials Identified

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Image 1 The TDU Project Office .................................................................................................... 5 Image 2 The TDU Project Office .................................................................................................... 5 Image 3 The TDU Project Office .................................................................................................... 5 Image 4 External Brickwork ......................................................................................................... 11 Image 5 External Brickwork ......................................................................................................... 11 Image 6 Radiators ....................................................................................................................... 12 Image 7 Metal Framed Door ........................................................................................................ 12 Image 8 Metal Grid from Ceiling Tiles .......................................................................................... 12 Image 9 Metal Girders ................................................................................................................. 12 Image 10 Metal Framed Windows ............................................................................................... 12 Image 11 CAT Ladder .................................................................................................................. 12 Image 12 External Metal Staircase .............................................................................................. 12 Image 13 Radiator ....................................................................................................................... 12 Image 14 Internal Door ................................................................................................................ 13 Image 15 Internal Door ................................................................................................................ 13 Image 16 Skirting ......................................................................................................................... 13 Image 17 Staircase ...................................................................................................................... 13 Image 18 Internal Door ................................................................................................................ 13 Image 19 Quarry Tiles ................................................................................................................. 14 Image 20 Ceramic Wall Tiles ....................................................................................................... 14 Image 21 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles ...................................................................................... 14 Image 22 Ceramic Wall Tiles ....................................................................................................... 14 Image 23 Ceramic Handbasins and Quarry Tiles ........................................................................ 14 Image 24 Ceramic Wall Tiles, Quarry Tiles and Ceramic Urinals................................................. 14 Image 25 Plasterboard Wall ........................................................................................................ 15 Image 26 Glass Panel in Door ..................................................................................................... 16 Image 27 Glass Window .............................................................................................................. 16 Image 28 Glass Window .............................................................................................................. 16 Image 29 Glass Windows ............................................................................................................ 16 Image 30 Carpet .......................................................................................................................... 17 Image 31 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 18 Image 32 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 18 Image 33 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 18

Tables Table 1 Circularity Rating ............................................................................................................. 10 Table 2 Quantities of Bricks.......................................................................................................... 11 Table 3 Quantities of Mixed Metals .............................................................................................. 12 Table 4 Quantities of Timber and Timber Products ...................................................................... 13 Table 5 Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics ..................................................................................... 14 Table 6 Quantities of Gypsum based construction material ......................................................... 15 Table 7 Quantities of Glass .......................................................................................................... 16 Table 8 Quantities of Textiles ....................................................................................................... 17 Table 9 Quantities of Luminaries .................................................................................................. 18 Table 10 Estimated Quantities of Materials .................................................................................. 19 Table 11 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) .................................................. 21

Figures Figure 1 TDU Project Office – Location (marked by blue line) ....................................................... 5 Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy .............................................................................................................. 8 Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design ................................................ 8 Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume ...................................................... 19

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage ........................................................ 20 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon............................................................................. 21

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Image 34 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 18

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

1.0 Introduction This Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’); and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (‘ESB’), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of this Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials. It should be noted that this Report will provide information only on The TDU Project Office. In addition to this Report, separate reports for the remainder of the existing blocks and structures have been prepared and will be submitted in support of the planning application.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

2.0 Existing Site – The TDU Project Office The TDU Project Office is a two-storey office building of brick construction and what appears to be some asbestos containing corrugated material on the roof and gable ends of the building. Internal partitions are brick or concrete blockwork, and internal flooring is painted concrete covered with large areas of quarry tile in some areas. The interior of the building is extremely dated, and the insulating properties of the current materials are likely to be very poor. The roof appears to contain a significant amount of asbestos containing material. There is extensive visual evidence of significant damp or water ingress to several areas of the building.

Image 1 - Image 3 provides some of the images of the TDU Project Office.

Image 1 The TDU Project Office

Image 2 The TDU Project Office

Figure 1 shows the location of The TDU Project Office i.e., identified by blue line. Image 3 The TDU Project Office

Figure 1 The TDU Project Office – Location (marked by blue line) This Figure is not drawn to scale.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach It is decided that the existing TDU Project Office will be demolished. The reasoning behind this decision is as follows: — The form, quality and location of existing buildings are not suited to requirements for the Site. — The retention of the existing buildings and structures would prevent comprehensive redevelopment and constrain capacity for new development to deliver against strategic targets. — Existing buildings and structures are at, or close, to, the end of their useable lives and require replacement. — Asbestos and damp (water ingress) can be found. There is no architectural value to the existing buildings. — Townscape, placemaking and public realm improvements will result from their replacement. — TFL plans to move existing services to other locations in its network. large quantum of public realm, residential and non-residential land uses could be developed in this location. — Connectivity through to the west of site would be improved significantly with the redevelopment of the existing buildings and structures. Further to the above, a Whole Life Carbon assessment will be undertaken as part of the Reserved Matters Application, for the associated development zone.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 3 demonstrates the key stages and principles used when applying the Circular Economy to the built environment.

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design2

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy1

The Circular Economy A Circular Economy (CE) is a systematic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In contrast to the ‘take make waste’ linear model, a Circular Economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the consumption of finite resources. The Circular Economy activity focuses on design that is regenerative and restorative. This is based on three principles: — Design out waste and pollution, — Keep products and materials in use, and — Regenerate natural systems. This Report can help encourage a Circular Economy by: — Influencing the wider design team to consider reclamation and reuse of waste/materials found on-Site to be incorporated in the proposed development, avoiding disposal of valuable materials, and — Identifying reuse and extending the products useful life before being remanufactured.

1 Department of Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), Waste Hierarchy Guidance (updated by KaNect Limited)

2 Building Revolutions, David Cheshire, RIBA Publications 2016

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

6.0 Method As stipulated by BREEAM, site visit was carried out by competent persons: ‘… who has appropriate knowledge of buildings, waste and options for reuse and recycling of different waste streams’. Site visit was undertaken by Victoria Lees and Building Surveyor Tom Lawrence on 22 February 2024. This Site visit consisted of non-intrusive visual audit of building fabric to the external and internal parts of the buildings to be demolished. Subsequently, a workshop was held with the Design Team dated 12 April 2024 to discuss the existing conditions of the buildings and the potential to reuse materials on-Site.

Exclusion and Assumptions The following assumptions, exclusions and caveats apply to this Report: — This Report is based purely on the findings of a non-intrusive visual survey. — Due to the presence of asbestos in the roof, the materials arising from the roof have not been estimated. — It is assumed that all furniture, equipment, and miscellaneous non-fixed items installed by the tenants will be removed by the tenants, therefore, these are not considered within this Report. — Lifts and shafts were excluded from this Report. The information provided within this Report is based on visual inspection (non-intrusive) of the existing Site. Where elements of the Site were inaccessible, assumptions are made based on professional judgement. It is understood that the quantities provided within this Report might vary, therefore, the principal contractor will be responsible for monitoring and reporting these changes (if any).

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

7.0 Materials Identified The following section describes the key waste/materials identified, their location, and images taken during the Site visit. Based on the condition of the waste/materials and their market demand, a circularity rating (i.e., how likely is the material reused or recycled on/off-Site) for the waste/materials has been provided (based on professional judgement) to determine whether they can be reused, recycled, or sent for recovery or disposed to landfill as a last resort. The circularity rating is based on the following key shown in Table 1. The ratings and related descriptions are recommendations for the waste management route of the materials identified; the exact routes for the materials will be determined by the appointed demolition contractor (when appointed). Table 1: Circularity Rating Key

Table 1 Circularity Rating

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Bricks Please see Table 2 for the quantities of the bricks found on-Site. Image 4 - Image 5 shows some of the bricks found on-Site. Table 2: Quantities of Bricks Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Bricks

907

174

330

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 2 Quantities of Bricks

General Observation The bricks found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All bricks found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material.

Image 4 External Brickwork

Image 5 External Brickwork

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Mixed Metals Please see Table 3 for the quantities of the mixed metals found on-Site. Image 6 - Image 13 shows some of the mixed metals found on-Site. Table 3: Quantities of Mixed Metals Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Mixed Metals

Image 6 Radiators

Numbers may not add up due to rounding

Image 7 Metal Framed Door

Image 8 Metal Grid from Ceiling Tiles

Image 11 CAT Ladder

Image 12 External Metal Staircase

Image 9 Metal Girders

Table 3 Quantities of Mixed Metals

General Observation The mixed metals found on-Site were noted to be in poor condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All mixed metals found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 10 Metal Framed Windows

Image 13 Radiator

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Timber and Timber Products Please see Table 4 for the quantities of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Image 14 Image 18 shows some of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Table 4: Quantities of Timber and Timber Products Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Timber and Timber Products

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 4 Quantities of Timber and Timber Products

General Observation The timber and timber products found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition. General Recommendation and Limitations Timber and Timber Products can be chipped and used within landscape. Remainder of the timber and timber products found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 14 Internal Door

Image 18 Internal Door

Image 15 Internal Door

Image 16 Skirting

Image 17 Staircase

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics Please see Table 5 for the quantities of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Image 19 - Image 24 shows some of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Table 5: Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics Type of Material Tiles and Ceramics

Area (m2) 530

Volume (m3) 3

Tonnage (Tonnes) 2

Image 19 Quarry Tiles

Image 20 Ceramic Wall Tiles

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 5 Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics

General Observation Image 24 Ceramic Wall Tiles, Quarry Tiles and Ceramic Urinals

The tiles and ceramics found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All tiles and ceramics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 23 Ceramic Handbasins and Quarry Tiles

Image 21 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles

Image 22 Ceramic Wall Tiles

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material Please see Table 6 for the quantities of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Image 25 shows some of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Table 6: Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Gypsum based construction material

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 6 Quantities of Gypsum based construction material

General Observation The gypsum based construction material found on-Site were noted to be in poor condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All gypsum based construction material found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 25 Plasterboard Wall

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Glass Please see Table 7 for the quantities of the glass found on-Site. Image 26 - Image 29 shows some of the glass found on-Site. Table 7: Quantities of Glass Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Glass

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 Quantities of Glass

General Observation The glass found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All glass found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 26 Glass Panel in Door

Image 27 Glass Window

Image 28 Glass Window

Image 29 Glass Windows

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Textiles Please see Table 8 for the quantities of the textiles found on-Site. Image 30 shows some of the textiles found on-Site. Table 8: Quantities of Textiles Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Textiles

231

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 Quantities of Textiles

General Observation The textiles found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All textiles found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 30 Carpet

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Luminaries Please see Table 9 for the quantities of the luminaries found on-Site. Image 31 - Image 34 shows some of the luminaries found on-Site. Table 9: Quantities of Luminaries Type

Quantity

Fluorescent

Incandescent

Table 9 Quantities of Luminaries

General Observation The luminaries were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All luminaries found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 31 Luminaries

Image 32 Luminaries

Image 33 Luminaries

Image 34 Luminaries

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified Estimated quantities of the materials anticipated to be generated during the demolition process are provided in Table 10. The estimated volumes are based on the Site visit and do not consider the actual skip volumes that may result from the Site (i.e., does not account for bulking and the inevitable voids within the skip during disposal). Figure 4 and Figure 5 shows the percentage breakdown of waste identified during the Site visit.

Tiles and Ceramics 2%

Gypsum based construction material 1%

Glass 1% Textiles 1%

Timber and Timber Products 1% Mixed Metals 2%

Table 10: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

European Waste Volume Catalogue Code (m3) (EWC)

% of Total Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Bricks

17.01.02

174

94%

330

95%

Mixed Metals

17.04.07

Timber and Timber Products

17.02.01

Bricks 94% Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Tiles and Ceramics

17.01.03

Gypsum based construction material

17.08.02

0.3%

Glass

17.02.02

0.3%

Textiles

20.01.11

0.3%

186

100%

346

100%

Total Numbers may not add up due to rounding. Table 10 Estimated Quantities of Materials

Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics 1%

Gypsum based construction material 0.3%

Timber and Timber Products 1%

Glass 0.3% Textiles 0.3%

Mixed Metals 3%

Bricks 95% Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report –TfL Buildings: The TDU Project Office

Issue 02

20 June 2024

9.0 Embodied Carbon The approximate quantities of embodied carbon from the demolition materials have been estimated using Inventory of Carbon and Energy (ICE) database version 3. It should be noted that as the survey undertaken was non-intrusive, therefore, classification and identification of materials have been based on professional judgement, thus this should be used as a reference only. Table 11 provides the potential quantities of embodied carbon (tCO2e), which are further represented in Figure 6.

Gypsum based construction material 1%

Glass 2% Textiles 3%

Tiles and Ceramics 2%

Timber and Timber Products 1%

Table 11: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Bricks

330

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Mixed Metals 26%

Bricks 65%

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Table 11 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e)

Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon

KaNect Limited EC.PA.24 - Appendix J 20 June 2024

Earls Court Development Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Contents 1.0 Introduction

2.0 Existing Site – Lillie Bridge Depot

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

4.0 Aims and Objectives

5.0 Key Principles

6.0 Method

7.0 Materials Identified

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Tables Table 1 Circularity Rating ............................................................................................................. 11 Table 2 Location and Quantities of Concrete ............................................................................... 12 Table 3 Location and Quantities of Bricks .................................................................................... 13 Table 4 Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals ......................................................................... 14 Table 5 Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products ................................................. 15 Table 6 Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics ............................................................... 17 Table 7 Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material .................................... 18 Table 8 Location and Quantities of Glass ..................................................................................... 19 Table 9 Location and Quantities of Textiles .................................................................................. 20 Table 10 Location and Quantities of Plastics................................................................................ 21 Table 11 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof) ........................ 22 Table 12 Location and Quantities of Luminaries .......................................................................... 23 Table 13 Estimated Quantities of Materials .................................................................................. 24 Table 14 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) .................................................. 26

Figures Figure 1 Lillie Bridge Depot – Location (marked by blue line) ........................................................ 5

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy .............................................................................................................. 9 Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design ............................................... 9 Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume ...................................................... 24 Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage ........................................................ 25 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon............................................................................. 26

Images Image 1 Lillie Bridge Main Depot ................................................................................................... 6 Image 2 Lillie Bridge Main Depot .................................................................................................. 6 Image 3 Lillie Bridge Main Depot .................................................................................................. 6 Image 4 Lillie Bridge Main Depot .................................................................................................. 6 Image 5 Lillie Bridge Main Depot .................................................................................................. 6 Image 6 Concrete Blockwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .............................................................. 12 Image 7 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ................................................................ 13 Image 8 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ................................................................ 13 Image 9 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ................................................................ 13 Image 10 Internal Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ............................................................... 13 Image 11 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .............................................................. 13 Image 12 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .............................................................. 13 Image 13 External Metal Ladder (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ........................................................ 14 Image 14 Metal Structural Sheets (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ...................................................... 14 Image 15 Metal Grid from Ceiling Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ............................................... 14 Image 16 Radiator (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .............................................................................. 14 Image 17 Stainless Steel Sink (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ............................................................ 14 Image 18 Aluminium Door Frame (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ....................................................... 14 Image 19 Metal Framed Window (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ........................................................ 14 Image 20 Roller Shutter (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ...................................................................... 14 Image 21 Roller Shutter (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ...................................................................... 14 Image 22 Structural Steel (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ................................................................... 14 Image 23 Tubular Handrail (Porta Cabin) .................................................................................... 14 Image 24 External Metal Sheet (Porta Cabin) ............................................................................. 14 Image 25 Partition Wall (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)....................................................................... 16 Image 26 Partition Wall (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)....................................................................... 16 Image 27 Internal Door (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ....................................................................... 16 Image 28 Internal Door (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ....................................................................... 16 Image 29 Internal Door (Porta Cabin) .......................................................................................... 16 Image 30 Stairs and Handrail (Porta Cabin) ................................................................................ 16

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Image 31 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .............................................. 17 Image 32 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .............................................................. 17 Image 33 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .............................................................. 17 Image 34 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .............................................................. 17 Image 35 Ceramic Handbasin (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ............................................................ 17 Image 36 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .............................................................. 17 Image 37 Ceramic Handbasin (Porta Cabin) ............................................................................... 17 Image 38 Ceramic Water Closet (Porta Cabin) ............................................................................ 17 Image 39 Plasterboard Wall (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ................................................................ 18 Image 40 Plasterboard Wall (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ................................................................ 18 Image 41 Glass partition in door (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ......................................................... 19 Image 42 Glass Window (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ..................................................................... 19 Image 43 Glass Partition (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ..................................................................... 19 Image 44 Glass Window (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ..................................................................... 19 Image 45 Glass Window (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ..................................................................... 19 Image 46 Glass Partition (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ..................................................................... 19 Image 47 Glass Partition (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ..................................................................... 19 Image 48 Glass Window (Porta Cabin) ........................................................................................ 19 Image 49 Glass Window (Porta Cabin) ........................................................................................ 19 Image 50 Carpet (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ................................................................................. 20 Image 51 Carpet (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ................................................................................. 20 Image 52 Carpet (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ................................................................................. 20 Image 53 Carpet (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ................................................................................. 20 Image 54 Carpet (Porta Cabin) .................................................................................................... 20 Image 55 Carpet (Porta Cabin) .................................................................................................... 20 Image 56 Vinyl Flooring (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ...................................................................... 21 Image 57 Vinyl Flooring (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) ...................................................................... 21 Image 58 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Roof Lights ........................................................................... 21 Image 59 PVC Wall Panels .......................................................................................................... 21 Image 60 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .......................................................................... 23 Image 61 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .......................................................................... 23 Image 62 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .......................................................................... 23 Image 63 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) .......................................................................... 23 Image 64 Luminaries (Porta Cabin) ............................................................................................. 23

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

1.0 Introduction This Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’); and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (‘ESB’), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of this Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials. It should be noted that this Report will provide information only on Lillie Bridge Depot (that also includes the porta cabin and parking shed). In addition to this Report, separate reports for the remainder of the existing blocks and structures have been prepared and will be submitted in support of the planning application.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

2.0 Existing Site – Lillie Bridge Depot Lillie Bridge Depot is a one to three-storey office building of brick construction and what appears to be some asbestos containing corrugated material on the roof and gable ends of the building. Internal partitions are brick or concrete blockwork, and internal flooring is painted concrete and/ or covered with various floor coverings in different areas. The building has been added to and developed in a rather haphazard fashion over several decades. The interior of the building is extremely dated. The building is an industrial type of unit and the interior fit out and layout is incredibly specific to the current usage as a transport maintenance facility. There appears to be little to no insulating material in the roof construction of large areas of this building. The building also has very large surface area of original single glazed crittall windows that will not retain heat at all. There is evidence that there is extensive presence of asbestos containing materials throughout the building in both the exterior construction and the interior fit out and services to the extent that a large part of the building is effectively condemned and entry to the southern quarter of the building is completely prohibited. Figure 1 shows the location of Lillie Bridge Depot (including porta cabin and parking shed) i.e., identified by blue line.

Figure 1 Lillie Bridge Depot – Location (marked by blue line) This Figure is not drawn to scale.

Image 1 - Image 5 provides some of the images of the Lillie Bridge Depot .

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 1 Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Image 2 Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Image 3 Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Image 4 Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Image 5 Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach It is decided that the existing building i.e., Lillie Bridge Depot is demolished. The reasoning behind the demolition are as follows: — The form, quality and location of existing buildings are not suited to requirements for the site. — The retention of the existing buildings and structures would prevent comprehensive redevelopment and constrain capacity for new development to deliver against strategic targets. — Existing buildings and structures are at, or close, to, the end of their useable lives and require replacement. — Asbestos and damp (water ingress issues) present in many of the buildings in (including Lillie Bridge Main Depot Building) — No architectural value and would detract from public realm and development aesthetic if retained. — Townscape, placemaking and public realm improvements will result from their replacement. — TFL plans to move existing services to other locations in its network. — Large quantum of public realm, residential and non-residential land uses could be developed in this location. — Connectivity through to the west of site would be improved significantly with the redevelopment of the existing buildings and structures. Further to the above, a Whole Life Carbon assessment will be undertaken as part of the Reserved Matters Application, for the associated development zone.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 3 demonstrates the key stages and principles used when applying the Circular Economy to the built environment.

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design2

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy1

The Circular Economy A Circular Economy (CE) is a systematic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In contrast to the ‘take make waste’ linear model, a Circular Economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the consumption of finite resources. The Circular Economy activity focuses on design that is regenerative and restorative. This is based on three principles: — Design out waste and pollution, — Keep products and materials in use, and — Regenerate natural systems. This Report can help encourage a Circular Economy by: — Influencing the wider design team to consider reclamation and reuse of waste/materials found on-Site to be incorporated in the proposed development, avoiding disposal of valuable materials, and — Identifying reuse and extending the products useful life before being remanufactured.

1 Department of Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), Waste Hierarchy Guidance (updated by KaNect Limited)

2 Building Revolutions, David Cheshire, RIBA Publications 2016

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

6.0 Method As stipulated by BREEAM, site visits were carried out by competent persons: ‘… who has appropriate knowledge of buildings, waste and options for reuse and recycling of different waste streams’. Site visits were undertaken by Victoria Lees and Building Surveyor Tom Lawrence on 22 February and 29 February 2024. These Site visits consisted of non-intrusive visual audit of building fabric to the external and internal parts of the buildings to be demolished. Subsequently, a workshop was held with the Design Team dated 12 April 2024 to discuss the existing conditions of the buildings and the potential to reuse materials on-Site.

Exclusion and Assumptions The following assumptions, exclusions and caveats apply to this Report: — This Report is based purely on the findings of a non-intrusive visual survey. — Due to the presence of asbestos in the roof, the quantities of materials from the roof have not been estimated. — For the porta cabin, the external walls are assumed to steel sheet with rigid insulation. — It is assumed that all furniture, equipment, and miscellaneous non-fixed items installed by the tenants will be removed by the tenants, therefore, these are not considered within this Report. — Lifts and shafts were excluded from this Report. The information provided within this Report is based on visual inspection (non-intrusive) of the existing Site. Where elements of the Site were inaccessible, assumptions are made based on professional judgement. It is understood that the quantities provided within this Report might vary, therefore, the principal contractor will be responsible for monitoring and reporting these changes (if any).

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

7.0 Materials Identified The following section describes the key waste/materials identified, their location, and images taken during the Site visit. Based on the condition of the waste/materials and their market demand, a circularity rating (i.e., how likely is the material reused or recycled on/off-Site) for the waste/materials has been provided (based on professional judgement) to determine whether they can be reused, recycled, or sent for recovery or disposed to landfill as a last resort. The circularity rating is based on the following key shown in Table 1. The ratings and related descriptions are recommendations for the waste management route of the materials identified; the exact routes for the materials will be determined by the appointed demolition contractor (when appointed). Table 1: Circularity Rating Key

Table 1 Circularity Rating

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Concrete Please see Table 2 for the location and quantities of the concrete found on-Site. Image 6 shows some of the concrete found on-Site. Table 2: Location and Quantities of Concrete Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Concrete

5,236

1,044

2,505

Porta Cabin

Parking Shed

Total

5,278

1,058

2,540

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 2 Location and Quantities of Concrete

Image 6 Concrete Blockwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Bricks Please see Table 3 for the location and quantities of the bricks found on-Site. Image 7 - Image 12 shows some of the bricks found on-Site. Table 3: Location and Quantities of Bricks Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Bricks

2,410

518

983

Numbers may not add up due to rounding

Image 7 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 8 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Table 3 Location and Quantities of Bricks

Image 11 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 12 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 9 External Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 10 Internal Brickwork (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Mixed Metals Please see Table 4 for the location and quantities of the mixed metals found on-Site. Image 13 Image 24 shows some of the mixed metals found on-Site. Table 4: Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals Buildings Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Type of Material Mixed Metals

Area (m2) 1,307

Volume (m3) 62

Tonnage (Tonnes) 170

Porta Cabin

372

Parking Shed

150

Total

1,829

191

Image 13 External Metal Ladder (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 14 Metal Structural Sheets (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 15 Metal Grid from Ceiling Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 16 Radiator (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 4 Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals

General Observation

Image 17 Stainless Steel Sink (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 18 Aluminium Door Frame (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 19 Metal Framed Window (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 22 Structural Steel (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 23 Tubular Handrail (Porta Cabin)

Image 20 Roller Shutter (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

The mixed metals found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All mixed metals found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 21 Roller Shutter (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 24 External Metal Sheet (Porta Cabin)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Timber and Timber Products Please see Table 5 for the location and quantities of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Image 25 - Image 30 shows some of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Table 5: Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Timber and Timber Products

414

Porta Cabin

112

Total

526

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 5 Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products

General Observation The timber and timber products found on-Site were noted to be in between good to poor condition. With the timber partitions were noted to be in good condition, whereas all the doors were noted to be in poor condition. General Recommendation and Limitations Timber and Timber Products can be chipped and used within landscape. Remainder of the timber and timber products found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 25 Partition Wall (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 26 Partition Wall (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 29 Internal Door (Porta Cabin)

Image 30 Stairs and Handrail (Porta Cabin)

Image 27 Internal Door (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 28 Internal Door (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics Please see Table 6 for the location and quantities of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Image 31- Image 38 shows some of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Table 6: Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Tiles and Ceramics

1,731

Porta Cabin

Total

1,731

Image 31 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) Image 32 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 33 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) Image 34 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 6 Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics

Image 35 Ceramic Handbasin (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 36 Ceramic Wall Tiles (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 37 Ceramic Handbasin (Porta Cabin)

Image 38 Ceramic Water Closet (Porta Cabin)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material Please see Table 7 Table 7: Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Gypsum based construction material

485

1 Image 39 Plasterboard Wall (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 for the location and quantities of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Image 39 - Image 40 shows some of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Table 7: Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Gypsum based construction material

485

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material

Image 40 Plasterboard Wall (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Glass

All glass found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Please see Table 8 Table 8: Location and Quantities of Glass Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Glass

470

Porta Cabin

Total

507

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 for the location and quantities of the glass found on-Site. Image 41- Image 49 shows some of the glass found on-Site. Table 8: Location and Quantities of Glass Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Glass

470

Porta Cabin

Total

507

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 Location and Quantities of Glass

General Observation The glass found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 41 Glass partition in door (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 45 Glass Window (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 49 Glass Window (Porta Cabin)

Image 42 Glass Window (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 43 Glass Partition (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 46 Glass Partition (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) Image 47 Glass Partition (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 44 Glass Window (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 48 Glass Window (Porta Cabin)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Textiles Please see Table 9 for the location and quantities of the textiles found on-Site. Image 50 - Image 55 shows some of the textiles found on-Site. Table 9: Location and Quantities of Textiles Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Textiles

774

Porta Cabin

230

Total

1,004

Image 50 Carpet (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 51 Carpet (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 9 Location and Quantities of Textiles

General Observation The textiles found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All textiles found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 54 Carpet (Porta Cabin)

Image 55 Carpet (Porta Cabin)

Image 52 Carpet (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 53 Carpet (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Plastics Please see Table 10 for the location and quantities of the plastics found on-Site. Image 56 - -Image 59shows some of the plastics found on-Site. Table 10: Location and Quantities of Plastics Buildings

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Plastics

1,106

Image 58 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Roof Lights

Image 56 Vinyl Flooring (Lillie Bridge Main Depot) Image 57 Vinyl Flooring (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Parking Shed

Total

1,122

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 10 Location and Quantities of Plastics

General Observation The plastics found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All plastics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 59 PVC Wall Panels

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Bituminous material (including asphalt roof)

790

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 11 Location and Quantities of Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Luminaries Please see Table 12 for the location quantities of the luminaries found on-Site. Image 60 - Image 64 shows some of the luminaries found on-Site.

The luminaries were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations

Table 12: Location and Quantities of Luminaries Building

Type

Quantity

Lillie Bridge Main Depot

Fluorescent

216

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Fluorescent

Porta Cabin

General Observation

All luminaries found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 60 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Table 12 Location and Quantities of Luminaries

Image 64 Luminaries (Porta Cabin)

Image 61 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 62 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Image 63 Luminaries (Lillie Bridge Main Depot)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

Table 13: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Estimated quantities of the materials anticipated to be generated during the demolition process are provided in Table 13. The estimated volumes are based on the Site visit and do not consider the actual skip volumes that may result from the Site (i.e., does not account for bulking and the inevitable voids within the skip during disposal). Figure 4 and Figure 5 shows the percentage breakdown of waste identified during the Site visit.

Plastics

17.02.03

0.2%

0.1%

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

17.03.02

0.2%

0.1%

1,690

100%

3,744

100%

Table 13: Estimated Quantities of Materials European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

Concrete

17.01.01

1,058

63%

2,540

68%

Bricks

17.01.02

518

31%

983

26%

Type of Material

Mixed Metals Timber and Timber Products

17.04.07 17.02.01

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Total

Numbers may not add up due to rounding.

70 17

4% 1%

191 16

5% 0.4%

Tiles and Ceramics

17.01.03

0.4%

0.1%

Gypsum based construction material

17.08.02

0.4%

0.03%

Glass

17.02.02

0.1%

Textiles

20.01.11

0.4%

0.1%

Table 13 Estimated Quantities of Materials

Tiles and Ceramics 0.4%

Gypsum based construction material 0.4%

Glass 0.1%

Timber and Timber Products 1%

Textiles 0.4% Plastics 0.2% Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) 0.2%

Mixed Metals 4%

Bricks 31%

Concrete 63%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics 0.1%

Gypsum based construction material 0.03%

Glass 0.1%

Plastics 0.1%

Textiles 0.1%

Timber and Timber Products 0.4%

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) 0.1%

Mixed Metals 5%

Bricks 26%

Concrete 68%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – TfL Buildings: Lillie Bridge Depot

Issue 02

20 June 2024

9.0 Embodied Carbon The approximate quantities of embodied carbon from the demolition materials have been estimated using Inventory of Carbon and Energy (ICE) database version 3. It should be noted that as the survey undertaken was non-intrusive, therefore, classification and identification of materials have been based on professional judgement, thus this should be used as a reference only. Table 14 provides the potential quantities of embodied carbon (tCO2e), which are further represented in Figure 6. Table 14: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material Concrete Bricks

Approximate Quantity (tonnes) 2,450 983

tCO2e 346 207

Mixed Metals

191

585

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles Plastics

2 2

1 7

Table 14: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Bituminous Material (including asphalt roof)

Table 14 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e)

Gypsum based construction material 0.1%

Textiles 0.1%

Glass 1%

Plastics 1% Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) 0.1%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.2% Timber and Timber Products 0.3%

Concrete 30%

Mixed Metals 50%

Bricks 18%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon

KaNect Limited EC.PA.24 – Appendix K 20 June 2024

Earls Court Development Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and Adjacent Dwellings

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Contents 1.0 Introduction

2.0 Existing Site – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

4.0 Aims and Objectives

5.0 Key Principles

6.0 Method

7.0 Materials Identified

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Tables Table 1 1 Cluny Mews and Adjacent Dwellings - Retention Strategies ......................................... 8 Table 2 Circularity Rating ............................................................................................................. 12 Table 3 Location and Quantities of Concrete ............................................................................... 13 Table 4 Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals ......................................................................... 14 Table 5 Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products ................................................. 15 Table 6 Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics ............................................................... 17 Table 7 Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material .................................... 18 Table 8 Location and Quantities of Glass ..................................................................................... 19 Table 9 Location and Quantities of Textiles .................................................................................. 20 Table 10 Location and Quantities of Plastics................................................................................ 21 Table 11 Location and Quantities of Luminaries ........................................................................... 22 Table 12 Estimated Quantities of Materials .................................................................................. 23 Table 13 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) .................................................. 25

Figures Figure 1 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings – Location (marked by blue line) ........................ 5 Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy ............................................................................................................ 10

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design ............................................. 10 Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume ...................................................... 23 Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage ........................................................ 24 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon............................................................................. 25

Images Image 1 1 Cluny Mews ................................................................................................................. 6 Image 2 1 Cluny Mews ................................................................................................................. 6 Image 3 Adjacent Dwellings........................................................................................................... 6 Image 4 Adjacent Dwellings........................................................................................................... 6 Image 5 Concrete Blockwork (1 Cluny Mews ) ............................................................................ 13 Image 6 Concrete Stairs (Adjacent Dwelling) .............................................................................. 13 Image 7 Aluminium Door Frame (1 Cluny Mews ) ....................................................................... 14 Image 8 Metal Cladding (1 Cluny Mews ) .................................................................................... 14 Image 9 Metal Window Frames (1 Cluny Mews ) ........................................................................ 14 Image 10 Metal False Ceiling (1 Cluny Mews ) ........................................................................... 14 Image 11 Steel Handrail (Adjacent Dwellings) ............................................................................. 14 Image 12 Metal Window Frame (Adjacent Dwellings) ................................................................. 14 Image 13 Steel Walls (Adjacent Dwellings) ................................................................................. 14 Image 14 Steel Sink (Adjacent Dwellings) ................................................................................... 14 Image 15 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (1 Cluny Mews ) ...................................................... 16 Image 16 Internal Door (Adjacent Dwellings) .............................................................................. 16 Image 17 Internal Door (Adjacent Dwellings) .............................................................................. 16 Image 18 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (Adjacent Dwellings) ............................................... 16 Image 19 Skirting (Adjacent Dwellings) ....................................................................................... 16 Image 20 Ceramic Handbasin (1 Cluny Mews ) .......................................................................... 17 Image 21 Ceramic Wall Tiles (1 Cluny Mews ) ............................................................................ 17 Image 22 Ceramic Wall Tiles and Bath (Adjacent Dwellings) ...................................................... 17 Image 23 Ceramic Handbasin (Adjacent Dwellings) .................................................................... 17 Image 24 Plasterboard Wall (1 Cluny Mews ) .............................................................................. 18 Image 25 Plasterboard Wall (Adjacent Dwellings) ....................................................................... 18 Image 26 Glass Door (1 Cluny Mews ) ........................................................................................ 19 Image 27 Glass Window Panels (1 Cluny Mews ) ....................................................................... 19 Image 28 Glass Windows (Adjacent Dwellings) .......................................................................... 19 Image 29 Glass Windows (Adjacent Dwellings) .......................................................................... 19 Image 30 Carpet (1 Cluny Mews ) ............................................................................................... 20 Image 31 Carpet (1 Cluny Mews ) ............................................................................................... 20

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Image 32 Carpet (1 Cluny Mews ) ............................................................................................... 20 Image 33 Carpet (1 Cluny Mews ) ............................................................................................... 20 Image 34 Carpet (Adjacent Dwellings) ......................................................................................... 20 Image 35 Carpet (Adjacent Dwellings) ......................................................................................... 20 Image 36 Carpet (Adjacent Dwellings) ......................................................................................... 20 Image 37 Carpet (Adjacent Dwellings) ......................................................................................... 20 Image 38 Vinyl Flooring - Adjacent Dwellings .............................................................................. 21 Image 39 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews ) ......................................................................................... 22 Image 40 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews ) ......................................................................................... 22 Image 41 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews ) ......................................................................................... 22 Image 42 Luminaries (Adjacent Dwellings) .................................................................................. 22 Image 43 Luminaries (Adjacent Dwellings) .................................................................................. 22 Image 44 Luminaries (Adjacent Dwellings) .................................................................................. 22 Image 45 Luminaries (Adjacent Dwellings) .................................................................................. 22 Image 46 Luminaries (Adjacent Dwellings) .................................................................................. 22

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

1.0 Introduction This Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’); and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (‘ESB’), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of this Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials. It should be noted that this Report will provide information only on 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings. In addition to this Report, separate reports for the remainder of the existing blocks and structures have been prepared and will be submitted in support of the planning application.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

2.0 Existing Site – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings The 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings are located in the far northeastern part of the overall Earls Court Site (‘Proposed Development Site’). The 1 Cluny Mews is a purpose-built office space over five floors of relatively modern design that was built in 2010. The building is constructed mainly of steel with extensive areas of glass and metal cladding. The building as a whole appears to be in good general structural condition. The roof was not accessible for this survey but the parts that were visible appeared to be in good condition and there were no signs of water ingress from external areas into the interior of the building. There are large areas of glass to two elevations of the building. It was not clear from visual inspection what the level or type of insultation was. However, as the building is relatively modern it will likely have similar performance to other buildings of the same era. The existing building has a non-standard / non-regular shape that gives an irregular floorplan and does not necessarily make maximum use of the space available on-Site. The adjacent dwellings building appears to be a framed prefabricated building cladded with a composite material and is approximately 20 years old. There are some suggestions that the building was originally designed as office space but has since been converted into a block of five residential dwellings. The building appears to be in good general structural condition and have good standards of performance and comfort. The exterior of the building would benefit from some external aesthetic cleaning work. The internal fit out of the building is relatively contemporary. Individual dwellings are heated by separate gas boiler and central heating systems. The roof was not accessible for this survey but there were no visible areas of damp or ingress of water into the interior. Some of the windows are oversized compared to standard residential dwellings of a comparable type, probably due to the original design as office space. This may have heat retention implications. Although all units appear to be double glazed. It was not clear from visual inspection what the level or type of insultation was. Figure 1 shows the location of 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings i.e., identified by blue line.

Figure 1 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings – Location (marked by blue line) This Figure is not drawn to scale.

Image 1 - Image 4 provides some of the images of the 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach Image 1 1 Cluny Mews

Image 2 1 Cluny Mews

Image 3 Adjacent Dwellings

Image 4 Adjacent Dwellings

To determine the most suitable option, several scenarios were considered and investigated, as shown in Table 1.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Table 1: Retention Strategy Scenarios

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario 1 – Full Retention, and Refurbishment Commercial

— Does not maximise land use. — Large areas of glass may not be completely thermally efficient (depends on type and coating of glass installed)

Scenario 2 – Full Retention and Refurbishment. Convert Office to Residential.

Scenario

Scenario 3 – Additional storey on top.

Opportunities

Constraints

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Table 1: Retention Strategy Scenarios

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Scenario 4 – Full Demolition of 1 Cluny Mews and New Build, Full Retention of the Adjacent dwellings.

— Significantly increases amount of material being removed from site or needing to be reprocessed on or off site.

Scenario

Opportunities

Constraints

Table 1 1 Cluny Mews and Adjacent Dwellings - Retention Strategies

Scenario 5 - Full Demolition of 1 Cluny Mews and Adjacent dwellings, and New Build.

— Maximum amount of material being removed from site, or needing to be reprocessed on or off site. — Potentially gives a higher increase to embodied carbon considerations.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 3 demonstrates the key stages and principles used when applying the Circular Economy to the built environment.

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design2

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy1

The Circular Economy A Circular Economy (CE) is a systematic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In contrast to the ‘take make waste’ linear model, a Circular Economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the consumption of finite resources. The Circular Economy activity focuses on design that is regenerative and restorative. This is based on three principles: — Design out waste and pollution, — Keep products and materials in use, and — Regenerate natural systems. This Report can help encourage a Circular Economy by: — Influencing the wider design team to consider reclamation and reuse of waste/materials found on-Site to be incorporated in the proposed development, avoiding disposal of valuable materials, and — Identifying reuse and extending the products useful life before being remanufactured.

1 Department of Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), Waste Hierarchy Guidance (updated by KaNect Limited)

2 Building Revolutions, David Cheshire, RIBA Publications 2016

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

6.0 Method As stipulated by BREEAM, site visits were carried out by competent persons: ‘… who has appropriate knowledge of buildings, waste and options for reuse and recycling of different waste streams’. Site visits were undertaken by Victoria Lees and Building Surveyor Tom Lawrence on 29 February 2024 (1 Cluny Mews) and 13 March 2024 (Adjacent Dwellings) These Site visits consisted of non-intrusive visual audits of building fabric to the external and internal parts of the buildings to be demolished. Subsequently, a workshop was held with the Design Team dated 12 April 2024 to discuss the existing conditions of the buildings and the potential to reuse materials on-Site.

Exclusion and Assumptions The following assumptions, exclusions and caveats apply to this Report: — This Report is based purely on the findings of a non-intrusive visual survey. — Due to the unavailability of drawings, the dimensions of steel frame, cladding and louvre have been assumed. — Access to 2 flats were provided, therefore, the material assumptions for the adjacent dwellings have been worked out using the 2 flats as a benchmark. — The flats are assumed to be of steel structure with aluminium walls. — It is assumed that all furniture, equipment, and miscellaneous non-fixed items installed by the tenants will be removed by the tenants, therefore, these are not considered within this Report. — Lifts and shafts were excluded from this Report. The information provided within this Report is based on visual inspection (non-intrusive) of the existing Site. Where elements of the Site were inaccessible, assumptions are made based on professional judgement. It is understood that the quantities provided within this Report might vary, therefore, the principal contractor will be responsible for monitoring and reporting these changes (if any).

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Table 2 Circularity Rating

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Concrete Please see Table 3 for the location and quantities of the concrete found on-Site. Image 5 - Image 6 shows some of the concrete found on-Site. Table 3: Quantities of Concrete Building

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

1 Cluny Mews

Concrete

344

162

Adjacent Dwellings

Total

350

166

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 3 Location and Quantities of Concrete

General Observation The concrete found on-Site was noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All concrete found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material.

Image 5 Concrete Blockwork (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 6 Concrete Stairs (Adjacent Dwelling)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Mixed Metals Please see Table 4 for the location and quantities of the mixed metals found on-Site. Image 7 Image 14 shows some of the mixed metals found on-Site. Table 4: Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals Building

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

1 Cluny Mews

Mixed Metals

1,822

Adjacent Dwellings

286

Total

2,108

Image 7 Aluminium Door Frame (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 8 Metal Cladding (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 9 Metal Window Frames (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 10 Metal False Ceiling (1 Cluny Mews)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 4 Location and Quantities of Mixed Metals

General Observation The mixed metals found on-Site were noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All mixed metals found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 11 Steel Handrail (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 12 Metal Window Frame (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 13 Steel Walls (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 14 Steel Sink (Adjacent Dwellings)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Timber and Timber Products Please see Table 5 for the location and quantities of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Image 15 - Image 19 shows some of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Table 5: Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products Building

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

1 Cluny Mews

Timber and Timber Products

Adjacent Dwellings

Total

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 5 Location and Quantities of Timber and Timber Products

General Observation The timber and timber products found on-Site were noted to be in between fair condition. General Recommendation and Limitations Timber and Timber Products can be chipped and used within landscape. Remainder of the timber and timber products found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 15 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 19 Skirting (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 16 Internal Door (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 17 Internal Door (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 18 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards (Adjacent Dwellings)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics Please see Table 6 for the location and quantities of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Image 20 - Image 23Error! Reference source not found. shows some of the tiles and ceramics found onSite. Table 6: Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics Building

Type of Material

1 Cluny Mews

Tiles and Ceramics

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

0.3

Adjacent Dwelling

0.05

0.4

Total

0.35

1.4

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 6 Location and Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics

Image 20 Ceramic Handbasin (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 21 Ceramic Wall Tiles (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 22 Ceramic Wall Tiles and Bath (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 23 Ceramic Handbasin (Adjacent Dwellings)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material Please see Table 7 for the location and quantities of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Image 24 - Image 25 shows some of the gypsum based construction material found onSite. Table 7: Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Building

Type of Material

1 Cluny Mews Adjacent Dwellings

Gypsum based construction material

Total

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

132

0.01

210

0.02

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 Location and Quantities of Gypsum based construction material

Image 24 Plasterboard Wall (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 25 Plasterboard Wall (Adjacent Dwellings)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Glass Please see Table 8 for the location and quantities of the glass found on-Site. Image 26 - Image 29 shows some of the glass found on-Site. Table 8: Location and Quantities of Glass Building

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

1 Cluny Mews

Glass

170

Adjacent Dwellings

0.03

0.10

Total

177

1.03

2.10

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 Location and Quantities of Glass

General Observation The glass found on-Site were noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All glass found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 26 Glass Door (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 27 Glass Window Panels (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 28 Glass Windows (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 29 Glass Windows (Adjacent Dwellings)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Textiles Please see Table 9 for the location and quantities of the textiles found on-Site. Image 30 - Image 37 shows some of the textiles found on-Site. Table 9: Location and Quantities of Textiles Building

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

1 Cluny Mews

Textiles

1,028

0.03

Adjacent Dwellings

0.27

0.002

Total

1,082

5.27

0.032

Image 30 Carpet (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 31 Carpet (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 32 Carpet (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 35 Carpet (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 36 Carpet (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 33 Carpet (1 Cluny Mews)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 9 Location and Quantities of Textiles

General Observation The textiles found on-Site were noted to be in fair condition. However, there were signs of stains noted in different areas. General Recommendation and Limitations All textiles found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 34 Carpet (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 37 Carpet (Adjacent Dwellings)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Plastics Please see Table 10 for the location and quantities of the plastics found on-Site. Image 38 shows some of the plastics found on-Site. Table 10: Location and Quantities of Plastics Building

Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

1 Cluny Mews

Plastics

278

0.01

Adjacent Dwellings

116

0.30

0.002

Total

394

1.30

0.012

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 10 Location and Quantities of Plastics

General Observation The plastics found on-Site were noted to be in between fair and poor condition. With the Thermoplastic olefin (TPO) membrane (as viewed from the pictures) was noted to be in fair condition, however, the vinyl flooring in the adjacent dwellings were noted to be in poor condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All plastics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 38 Vinyl Flooring Adjacent Dwellings

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Luminaries Please see Table 11 for the location and quantities of the luminaries found on-Site. Image 39 Image 46 shows some of the luminaries found on-Site. Table 11: Location and Quantities of Luminaries Building

Type

Quantity

1 Cluny Mews

Fluorescent

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Incandescent

Adjacent Dwellings

Image 39 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 40 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 41 Luminaries (1 Cluny Mews)

Image 44 Luminaries (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 45 Luminaries (Adjacent Dwellings)

Table 11 Location and Quantities of Luminaries

General Observation The luminaries were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All luminaries found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 43 Luminaries (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 42 Luminaries (Adjacent Dwellings)

Image 46 Luminaries (Adjacent Dwellings)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

Table 12: Estimated Quantities of Materials

Total

European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

104

100%

220

Numbers may not add up due to rounding. Table 12 Estimated Quantities of Materials

Table 12: Estimated Quantities of Materials European Waste Catalogue Code (EWC)

Volume (m3)

Concrete

17.01.01

70%

166

76%

Mixed Metals

17.04.07

17%

21%

Timber and Timber Products

17.02.01

Tiles and Ceramics

17.01.03

0.35

0.3%

1.4

Gypsum based construction material

17.08.02

0.02

0.01%

Glass

17.02.02

1.03

2.1

Type of Material

% of Total Tonnage 3 Volume (%m ) (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Gypsum based construction material 3%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.3%

Textiles

20.01.11

5.27

0.032

0.01%

Plastics

17.02.03

1.3

0.012

0.01%

Glass 1%

Textiles 5%

Plastics 1%

Timber and Timber Products 2% Mixed Metals 17%

Concrete 70%

Concrete

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics 1%

Gypsum based construction material 0.01%

Timber and Timber Products 2%

Glass 1% Textiles 0.01% Plastics 0.01%

Mixed Metals 21%

Concrete 76%

Concrete

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – 1 Cluny Mews and adjacent dwellings

Issue 02

20 June 2024

9.0 Embodied Carbon The approximate quantities of embodied carbon from the demolition materials have been estimated using Inventory of Carbon and Energy (ICE) database version 3. It should be noted that as the survey undertaken was non-intrusive, therefore, classification and identification of materials have been based on professional judgement, thus this should be used as a reference only. Table 13 provides the potential quantities of embodied carbon (tCO2e), which are further represented in Figure 6. Table 13: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Concrete

166

Mixed Metals

141

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

1.4

Gypsum based construction material

0.02

0.01

Glass Textiles

Table 13: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Plastics

0.012

0.04

Table 13 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Gypsum based construction material 0.004%

Glass 2%

Textiles 6%

Plastics 0.02%

Tiles and Ceramics 1%

Concrete 13%

Timber and Timber Products 1%

Mixed Metals 78%

2.1 0.032

3 11

Concrete

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon

KaNect Limited EC.PA.24 – Appendix L 20 June 2024

Earls Court Development Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Car Park

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Car Park

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Contents 1.0 Introduction

Images

2.0 Existing Site – Car Park

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

4.0 Aims and Objectives

Image 1 Community Hub and Garden ........................................................................................... 4 Image 2 Tarmacadam Surface ..................................................................................................... 11 Image 3 Tarmacadam Surface ..................................................................................................... 11 Image 4 Tarmacadam Surface ..................................................................................................... 11 Image 5 Tarmacadam Surface ..................................................................................................... 11

5.0 Key Principles

6.0 Method

7.0 Materials Identified

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Tables Table 1 Circularity Rating ............................................................................................................... 9 Table 2 Quantities of Concrete ..................................................................................................... 10 Table 3 Quantities of Bituminous Material (assume Tarmac) ....................................................... 11 Table 4 Estimated Quantities of Materials .................................................................................... 12 Table 5 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e ..................................................... 13

Figures Figure 1 Car Park – Location (marked by blue line) ....................................................................... 4 Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy .............................................................................................................. 7 Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design ................................................ 7 Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume ...................................................... 12 Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage ........................................................ 12 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon ............................................................................. 13

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Car Park

Issue 02

20 June 2024

1.0 Introduction This Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’); and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (‘ESB’), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of this Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials. It should be noted that this Report will provide information only on the Carpark. In addition to this Report, separate reports for the remainder of the existing blocks and structures have been prepared and will be submitted in support of the planning application.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Car Park

Issue 02

20 June 2024

2.0 Existing Site – Car Park There are no buildings located in this area, and this area is used as a car park and constitutes of hardstanding area. Figure 1 shows the location of Car Park i.e., identified by blue line.

Image 1 Community Hub and Garden

Figure 1 Car Park – Location (marked by blue line) This Figure is not drawn to scale.

Image 1 provides an image of the Car Park.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Car Park

Issue 02

20 June 2024

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach The existing Car Park is not suited to the requirements of the Site; therefore, it is proposed to be demolished.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Car Park

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Car Park

Issue 02

20 June 2024

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 3 demonstrates the key stages and principles used when applying the Circular Economy to the built environment.

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design2

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy1

The Circular Economy A Circular Economy (CE) is a systematic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In contrast to the ‘take make waste’ linear model, a Circular Economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the consumption of finite resources. The Circular Economy activity focuses on design that is regenerative and restorative. This is based on three principles: — Design out waste and pollution, — Keep products and materials in use, and — Regenerate natural systems. This Report can help encourage a Circular Economy by: — Influencing the wider design team to consider reclamation and reuse of waste/materials found on-Site to be incorporated in the proposed development, avoiding disposal of valuable materials, and — Identifying reuse and extending the products useful life before being remanufactured.

1 Department of Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), Waste Hierarchy Guidance (updated by KaNect Limited)

2 Building Revolutions, David Cheshire, RIBA Publications 2016

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Car Park

Issue 02

20 June 2024

6.0 Method As stipulated by BREEAM, site visit was carried out by competent persons: ‘… who has appropriate knowledge of buildings, waste and options for reuse and recycling of different waste streams’. Site visit was undertaken by Victoria Lees and Building Surveyor Tom Lawrence on 29 February 2024. This Site visit consisted of non-intrusive visual audit of the car park to be demolished. Subsequently, a workshop was held with the Design Team dated 12 April 2024 to discuss the existing conditions of the buildings and the potential to reuse materials on-Site.

Exclusion and Assumptions The following assumptions, exclusions and caveats apply to this Report: — This Report is based purely on the findings of a non-intrusive visual survey. `` The information provided within this Report is based on visual inspection (non-intrusive) of the existing Site. Where elements of the Site were inaccessible, assumptions are made based on professional judgement. It is understood that the quantities provided within this Report might vary, therefore, the principal contractor will be responsible for monitoring and reporting these changes (if any).

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Car Park

Issue 02

20 June 2024

7.0 Materials Identified The following section describes the key waste/materials identified, their location, and images taken during the Site visit. Based on the condition of the waste/materials and their market demand, a circularity rating (i.e., how likely is the material reused or recycled on/off-Site) for the waste/materials has been provided (based on professional judgement) to determine whether they can be reused, recycled, or sent for recovery or disposed to landfill as a last resort. The circularity rating is based on the following key shown in Table 1. The ratings and related descriptions are recommendations for the waste management route of the materials identified; the exact routes for the materials will be determined by the appointed demolition contractor (when appointed). Table 1: Circularity Rating Key

Table 1 Circularity Rating

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Car Park

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Concrete Please see Table 3 for the quantities of the concrete found on-Site. Table 2: Quantities of Concrete Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Concrete

37,913

7,583

18,199

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 2 Quantities of Concrete

General Observation The concrete slabs were not visible; therefore, its quality cannot be determined. General Recommendation and Limitations All concrete found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Car Park

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Bituminous Material (assume tarmac) Please see Table 3 for the quantities of the bituminous material (assume tarmac) found on-Site. Image 2 - Image 5 shows some of the bituminous material (assume tarmac) found on-Site. Table 3: Quantities of Bituminous Material (assume Tarmac) Type of Material Bituminous Material (assume Tarmac)

Area (m2) 18,957

Volume (m3) 664

Tonnage (Tonnes) 730

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 3 Quantities of Bituminous Material (assume Tarmac)

General Observation The bituminous material (assume tarmac) found on-Site was noted to be in fair condition with normal signs of age-related wear and tear. General Recommendation and Limitations The bituminous material (assume tarmac) found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 2 Tarmacadam Surface

Image 3 Tarmacadam Surface

Image 4 Tarmacadam Surface

Image 5 Tarmacadam Surface

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Car Park

Issue 02

20 June 2024

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

Bituminous Material (assume Tar) 8%

Estimated quantities of the materials anticipated to be generated during the demolition process are provided in Table 4. The estimated volumes are based on the Site visit and do not consider the actual skip volumes that may result from the Site (i.e., does not account for bulking and the inevitable voids within the skip during disposal). Figure 4 and Figure 5 shows the percentage breakdown of waste identified during the Site visit. Concrete 92%

Table 4: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

European Waste Volume Catalogue Code (m3) (EWC)

% of Total Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Concrete

17.01.01

7,583

92%

18,199

96%

Bituminous Material (assume Tarmac)

17.03.03

664

730

8,247

100%

18,929

100%

Total

Concrete

Bituminous Material (assume Tar)

Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume

Bituminous Material (assume Tar) 4%

Numbers may not add up due to rounding. Table 4 Estimated Quantities of Materials

Concrete 96%

Concrete

Bituminous Material (assume Tar)

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Car Park

Issue 02

20 June 2024

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Bituminous Material (assume Tar) 3%

The approximate quantities of embodied carbon from the demolition materials have been estimated using Inventory of Carbon and Energy (ICE) database version 3. It should be noted that as the survey undertaken was non-intrusive, therefore, classification and identification of materials have been based on professional judgement, thus this should be used as a reference only. Table 5 provides the potential quantities of embodied carbon (tCO2e), which are further represented in Figure 6. Table 5: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Concrete

18,199

2,548

Bituminous Material (assume Tarmac)

730

Table 5 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e

Concrete 97%

Concrete

Bituminous Material (assume Tar)

Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon

KaNect Limited EC.PA.24 – Appendix L 20 June 2024

Earls Court Development Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Community Hub and Gardens

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Contents 1.0 Introduction

2.0 Existing Site – Community Hub and Gardens

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

4.0 Aims and Objectives

5.0 Key Principles

6.0 Method

7.0 Materials Identified

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Tables Table 1 Circularity Rating ............................................................................................................. 11 Table 2 Quantities of Concrete ..................................................................................................... 12 Table 3 Quantities of Bricks.......................................................................................................... 13 Table 4 Quantities of Mixed Metals .............................................................................................. 14 Table 5 Quantities of Timber and Timber Products ...................................................................... 15 Table 6 Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics ..................................................................................... 17 Table 7 Quantities of Gypsum based construction material ......................................................... 18 Table 8 Quantities of Glass .......................................................................................................... 19 Table 9 Quantities of Textiles ....................................................................................................... 20 Table 10 Quantities of Plastics ..................................................................................................... 21 Table 11 Quantities of Luminaries ................................................................................................ 22 Table 12 Estimated Quantities of Materials .................................................................................. 23 Table 13 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e ................................................... 25

Figures Figure 1 Community Hub and Gardens – Location (marked by blue line) ...................................... 5 Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy .............................................................................................................. 9

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design ............................................... 9 Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume ...................................................... 23 Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage ........................................................ 24 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon............................................................................. 25

Images Image 1 Community Hub ............................................................................................................... 6 Image 2 Gardens ........................................................................................................................... 6 Image 3 Show Home ..................................................................................................................... 6 Image 4 External Brickwork ......................................................................................................... 13 Image 5 Metal Stair handrail ........................................................................................................ 14 Image 6 Metal Radiator ............................................................................................................... 14 Image 7 Metal Window Frame ..................................................................................................... 14 Image 8 Metal Door Frame .......................................................................................................... 14 Image 9 Stainless Steel Sink ....................................................................................................... 14 Image 10 Metal Composite Cladding ........................................................................................... 14 Image 11 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards ................................................................................. 16 Image 12 Internal Doors and Door Frames ................................................................................. 16 Image 13 Internal Door ................................................................................................................ 16 Image 14 Internal Doors and Door Frames ................................................................................. 16 Image 15 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards ................................................................................. 16 Image 16 Internal Door and Door Frame ..................................................................................... 16 Image 17 Stair Handrail ............................................................................................................... 16 Image 18 External Cladding ........................................................................................................ 16 Image 19 Ceramic Wall Tiles ....................................................................................................... 17 Image 20 Ceramic Wall and Floor Tiles, Ceramic Handbasin and Water Closet (WC) ................ 17 Image 21 Ceramic Wall Tiles ....................................................................................................... 17 Image 22 Plasterboard Wall ........................................................................................................ 18 Image 23 Plasterboard Walls ....................................................................................................... 18 Image 24 Glass Window .............................................................................................................. 19 Image 25 Glass Door ................................................................................................................... 19 Image 26 Glass Window .............................................................................................................. 19 Image 27 Glass panel in Door ..................................................................................................... 19 Image 28 Carpet .......................................................................................................................... 20 Image 29 Carpet .......................................................................................................................... 20 Image 30 Vinyl and Laminate Flooring ........................................................................................ 21 Image 31 Vinyl Flooring ............................................................................................................... 21

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Community Hub and Gardens

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 02

Image 32 Vinyl Flooring ............................................................................................................... 21 Image 33 Vinyl Flooring ............................................................................................................... 21 Image 34 Laminate Flooring ........................................................................................................ 21 Image 35 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 22 Image 36 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 22 Image 37 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 22 Image 38 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 22 Image 39 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 22 Image 40 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 22 Image 41 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 22

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

1.0 Introduction This Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’); and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (‘ESB’), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of this Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials. It should be noted that this Report will provide information only on the Community Hub and Gardens. In addition to this Report, separate reports for the remainder of the existing blocks and structures have been prepared and will be submitted in support of the planning application.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

2.0 Existing Site – Community Hub and Gardens The community hub is a small single-story prefabricated building that appears to be approximately 7-10 years old. It is currently serving as a local community centre. It is believed that the original purpose was a marketing suite for new build homes. The external cladding is a mixture of oak timber and metal fin cladding. There is a large mainly undivided internal space with a couple of small offices/meeting rooms and toilet and kitchen facilities separated off to one end of the building. The building is fully double glazed and has a modern air conditioning system for heating and cooling. The building(s) and garden areas are in good visible condition and appear to be in a good state of repair both internally and externally and appears to be well suited to its current usage. Adjacent to the main community hub building there is a former ‘show home’. This is a two-storey domestic style building that appears to be externally cladded with rendered cement particle board. It is now also part of the Community Hub and used as a local ‘Artist in Residence’ studio with some rooms also being utilised by the community. It Appears to function well as an extension to the community centre. Figure 1 shows the location of Community Hub and Gardens i.e., identified by blue line. Figure 1 Community Hub and Gardens – Location (marked by blue line) This Figure is not drawn to scale.

Image 1 - Image 3 provides some of the images of Community Hub and Gardens.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 1 Community Hub

Image 3 Show Home

Image 2 Gardens

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach The Community Hub and Gardens is a temporary structure, which is currently in use till the time approved within the planning application. Therefore, this will be demolished once the planning permission will expire.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 3 demonstrates the key stages and principles used when applying the Circular Economy to the built environment.

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design2

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy1

The Circular Economy A Circular Economy (CE) is a systematic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In contrast to the ‘take make waste’ linear model, a Circular Economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the consumption of finite resources. The Circular Economy activity focuses on design that is regenerative and restorative. This is based on three principles: — Design out waste and pollution, — Keep products and materials in use, and — Regenerate natural systems. This Report can help encourage a Circular Economy by: — Influencing the wider design team to consider reclamation and reuse of waste/materials found on-Site to be incorporated in the proposed development, avoiding disposal of valuable materials, and — Identifying reuse and extending the products useful life before being remanufactured.

1 Department of Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), Waste Hierarchy Guidance (updated by KaNect Limited)

2 Building Revolutions, David Cheshire, RIBA Publications 2016

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

6.0 Method As stipulated by BREEAM, site visit was carried out by competent persons: ‘… who has appropriate knowledge of buildings, waste and options for reuse and recycling of different waste streams’. Site visit was undertaken by Victoria Lees and Building Surveyor Tom Lawrence on 29 February 2024. This Site visit consisted of non-intrusive visual audit of building fabric to the external and internal parts of the buildings to be demolished. Subsequently, a workshop was held with the Design Team dated 12 April 2024 to discuss the existing conditions of the buildings and the potential to reuse materials on-Site.

Exclusion and Assumptions The following assumptions, exclusions and caveats apply to this Report: — This Report is based purely on the findings of a non-intrusive visual survey. `` — Access to flats was not provided, therefore, the materials arising from the flats have been assumed. — It is assumed that all furniture, equipment, and miscellaneous non-fixed items installed by the tenants will be removed by the tenants, therefore, these are not considered within this Report. — Lifts and shafts were excluded from this Report. The information provided within this Report is based on visual inspection (non-intrusive) of the existing Site. Where elements of the Site were inaccessible, assumptions are made based on professional judgement. It is understood that the quantities provided within this Report might vary, therefore, the principal contractor will be responsible for monitoring and reporting these changes (if any).

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

7.0 Materials Identified The following section describes the key waste/materials identified, their location, and images taken during the Site visit. Based on the condition of the waste/materials and their market demand, a circularity rating (i.e., how likely is the material reused or recycled on/off-Site) for the waste/materials has been provided (based on professional judgement) to determine whether they can be reused, recycled, or sent for recovery or disposed to landfill as a last resort. The circularity rating is based on the following key shown in Table 1. The ratings and related descriptions are recommendations for the waste management route of the materials identified; the exact routes for the materials will be determined by the appointed demolition contractor (when appointed). Table 1: Circularity Rating Key

Table 1 Circularity Rating

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Concrete Please see Table 3 for the quantities of the concrete found on-Site. Table 2: Quantities of Concrete Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Concrete

397

197

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 2 Quantities of Concrete

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Bricks Please see Table 3 for the quantities of the bricks found on-Site. Image 4 shows some of the bricks found on-Site. Table 3: Quantities of Bricks Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Bricks

684

147

265

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 3 Quantities of Bricks

General Observation The bricks found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition with normal signs of age-related wear and tear. General Recommendation and Limitations All bricks found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material.

Image 4 External Brickwork

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Mixed Metals Please see Table 4 for the quantities of the mixed metals found on-Site. Image 5 - Image 10 shows some of the mixed metals found on-Site. Table 4: Quantities of Mixed Metals Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Mixed Metals

351

Image 5 Metal Stair handrail

Image 6 Metal Radiator

Image 9 Stainless Steel Sink

Image 10 Metal Composite Cladding

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 4 Quantities of Mixed Metals

General Observation The mixed metals found on-Site were noted to be in between good and poor condition. With the steel sinks noted to be in good condition, whereas, metal window frames varying between fair and poor condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All mixed metals found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 7 Metal Window Frame

Image 8 Metal Door Frame

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Timber and Timber Products Please see Table 5 for the quantities of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Image 11 Image 18 shows some of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Table 5: Quantities of Timber and Timber Products Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Timber and Timber Products

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 5 Quantities of Timber and Timber Products

General Observation The timber and timber products found on-Site were noted to be in between fair to poor condition. General Recommendation and Limitations Timber and Timber Products can be chipped and used within landscape. Remainder of the timber and timber products found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Image 11 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards

Image 12 Internal Doors and Door Frames

Image 13 Internal Door

Image 14 Internal Doors and Door Frames

Image 15 Kitchen Worktop and Cupboards

Image 16 Internal Door and Door Frame

Image 17 Stair Handrail

Image 18 External Cladding

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics Please see Table 6 for the quantities of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Image 19 - Image 21 shows some of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Table 6: Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Tiles and Ceramics

Image 19 Ceramic Wall Tiles

Image 21 Ceramic Wall Tiles

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 6 Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics

Image 20 Ceramic Wall and Floor Tiles, Ceramic Handbasin and Water Closet (WC)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material Please see Table 7 for the quantities of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Image 22 - Image 23 shows some of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Table 7: Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Gypsum based construction material

544

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 Quantities of Gypsum based construction material

Image 22 Plasterboard Wall

Image 23 Plasterboard Walls

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Glass Please see Table 8 for the quantities of the glass found on-Site. Image 24 - Image 27 shows some of the glass found on-Site. Table 8: Quantities of Glass Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Glass

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 Quantities of Glass

General Observation The glass found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All glass found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 24 Glass Window

Image 25 Glass Door

Image 26 Glass Window

Image 27 Glass panel in Door

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Textiles Please see Table 9 for the quantities of the textiles found on-Site. Image 28 - Image 29 shows some of the textiles found on-Site. Table 8: Quantities of Textiles Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Textiles

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 9 Quantities of Textiles

General Observation The textiles found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition with signs of wear. General Recommendation and Limitations All textiles found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 28 Carpet

Image 29 Carpet

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Plastics Please see Table 10 for the quantities of the plastics found on-Site. Image 30 - Image 34 shows some of the plastics found on-Site. Table 9: Quantities of Plastics Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Plastics

291

Image 30 Vinyl and Laminate Flooring

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 10 Quantities of Plastics

General Observation The plastics found on-Site were noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All plastics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 34 Laminate Flooring

Image 31 Vinyl Flooring

Image 32 Vinyl Flooring

Image 33 Vinyl Flooring

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Luminaries Please see Table 11 for the quantities of the luminaries found on-Site. Image 35 - Image 41 shows some of the luminaries found on-Site. Table 11: Quantities of Luminaries Type

Quantity

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Image 36 Luminaries Image 37 Luminaries Image 35 Luminaries

Table 11 Quantities of Luminaries

General Observation Image 41 Luminaries

The luminaries were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All luminaries found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 39 Luminaries

Image 40 Luminaries

Image 38 Luminaries

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified Estimated quantities of the materials anticipated to be generated during the demolition process are provided in Table 12. The estimated volumes are based on the Site visit and do not consider the actual skip volumes that may result from the Site (i.e., does not account for bulking and the inevitable voids within the skip during disposal). Figure 4 and Figure 5 shows the percentage breakdown of waste identified during the Site visit. Table 12: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

European Waste Volume Catalogue Code (m3) (EWC)

% of Total Volume (m3)

Concrete

17.01.01

32%

197

36%

Bricks

17.01.02

147

58%

265

49%

Mixed Metals

17.04.07

14%

Timber and Timber Products

17.02.01

0.4%

Tiles and Ceramics

17.01.03

0.4%

0.2%

Gypsum based construction material

17.08.02

0.2%

Glass

17.02.02

0.4%

0.2%

Textiles

20.01.01

0.4%

Tonnage (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Table 12: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

European Waste Volume Catalogue Code (m3) (EWC)

Total

17.02.03

0.4%

0.2%

253

100%

545

100%

% of Total Tonnage

Table 12 Estimated Quantities of Materials

Gypsum based construction material 3%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.4%

Glass 0.4%

Textiles 0.4%

Timber and Timber Products 1%

Plastics 0.4%

Mixed Metals 4%

Concrete 32%

Bricks 58%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

0.2%

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding.

Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume

Plastics

% of Total Volume (m3)

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material 0.2%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.2%

Glass 0.2%

Textiles 0.2% Plastics 0.2%

Timber and Timber Products 0.4% Concrete 36%

Mixed Metals 14%

Bricks 49%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Community Hub and Gardens

Issue 02

20 June 2024

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Gypsum based construction material 0.3%

Glass 1%

Textiles 0.3% Plastics 1%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.3%

Table 13 provides the potential quantities of embodied carbon (tCO2e), which are further represented in Figure 6.

Concrete 8%

Timber and Timber Products 0.3%

Bricks 17%

Table 13: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Concrete

197

Bricks

265

Mixed Metals

233

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textile

Plastics

Table 13 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e

Mixed Metals 71%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Textiles

Plastics

Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon

KaNect Limited EC.PA.24 – Appendix M 20 June 2024

Earls Court Development Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 03

Contents 1.0 Introduction

2.0 Existing Site – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station 5 3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach

4.0 Aims and Objectives

5.0 Key Principles

6.0 Method

7.0 Materials Identified

8.0 Estimated Quantities of Materials Identified

9.0 Embodied Carbon

Tables Table 1 Circularity Rating ............................................................................................................. 11 Table 2 Quantities of Concrete ..................................................................................................... 12 Table 3 Quantities of Bricks.......................................................................................................... 13 Table 4 Quantities of Mixed Metals .............................................................................................. 14 Table 5 Quantities of Timber and Timber Products ...................................................................... 15 Table 6 Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics ..................................................................................... 16 Table 7 Quantities of Gypsum based construction material ......................................................... 17 Table 8 Quantities of Glass .......................................................................................................... 18 Table 9 Quantities of Plastics ....................................................................................................... 19 Table 10 Quantities of Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) ...................................... 20 Table 11 Quantities of Stone (Tile and Marble) ............................................................................ 21 Table 12 Quantities of Luminaries ................................................................................................ 22 Table 13 Estimated Quantities of Materials .................................................................................. 23 Table 14 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e ................................................... 25

Figures Figure 1 Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station – Location (marked by blue line) ................................................................................................................................................ 5 Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy .............................................................................................................. 9 Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design ............................................... 9 Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume ...................................................... 23 Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage ........................................................ 24 Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon............................................................................. 25

Images Image 1 Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station ......................................... 6 Image 2 Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station ......................................... 6 Image 3 Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station ......................................... 6 Image 4 Internal Brickwork .......................................................................................................... 13 Image 5 Internal Brickwork .......................................................................................................... 13 Image 6 External Brickwork ......................................................................................................... 13 Image 7 Metal Door/Window Frame ............................................................................................ 14 Image 8 Metal Window Frame ..................................................................................................... 14 Image 9 Roller Shutter ................................................................................................................. 14 Image 10 Metal Door/Window Frame and Roller Shutter ............................................................ 14 Image 11 Window Frame ............................................................................................................. 15 Image 12 External Fence ............................................................................................................ 15 Image 13 Exit Door ...................................................................................................................... 15 Image 14 Flooring ........................................................................................................................ 15 Image 15 Ceramic Wall Tiles ....................................................................................................... 16 Image 16 Ceramic Handbasin ..................................................................................................... 16 Image 17 Ceramic/Vitreous Floor Tiles ........................................................................................ 16 Image 18 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles ...................................................................................... 16 Image 19 Plasterboard Wall ........................................................................................................ 17 Image 20 Glass Window/Panel.................................................................................................... 18 Image 21 Glass Windows ............................................................................................................ 18 Image 22 Glass Windows ............................................................................................................ 18 Image 23 Glass Window/Panel.................................................................................................... 18 Image 24 Laminate Flooring ........................................................................................................ 19 Image 25 Laminate Flooring ........................................................................................................ 19 Image 26 Stone Tiles ................................................................................................................... 21 Image 27 Stone Tiles ................................................................................................................... 21

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Audit Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

KaNect Limited

20 June 2024

Issue 03

Image 28 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 22 Image 29 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 22 Image 30 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 22 Image 31 Luminaries ................................................................................................................... 22

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

1.0 Introduction This Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report (‘Report’) has been prepared by KaNect Limited (‘KaNect’) and is submitted as part of two Hybrid Planning Applications, one submitted to the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (‘LBHF’) and one submitted to the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (‘RBKC’) in relation to the redevelopment of the land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road and the West London Railway Line (‘WLL’); and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the ‘RBKC Site’) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (‘ESB’), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming ‘the Site’). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications have been submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (‘ECPL’), (“The Applicant”). The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved ("RBKC Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved ("RBKC Outline Component"). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved ("LBHF Detailed Component"), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved ("LBHF Outline Component"). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces. The purpose of this Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report is to understand whether the existing buildings, structures and materials can be retained, refurbished or incorporated into the Proposed Development, and if demolition is proposed on the existing Site, then to identify and quantify the materials generated during demolition process, to assist the Applicant in deciding routes that will maximise recovery of these materials. It should be noted that this Report will provide information only on the Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station. In addition to this Report, separate reports for the remainder of the existing blocks and structures have been prepared and will be submitted in support of the planning application.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

2.0 Existing Site – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station This building is a part double story, part single story row of shops with flats above. It appears to be of partially rendered brick construction. The building is unremarkable and has no heritage or conservation value. The shop interiors are mostly very small and have no internal Water Closet (WC) facilities (apart from the barbers at the north end). WCs are shared by several units and are accessed externally via an entryway between two of the shops on Beaumont Avenue). The interior fitouts are all very specific to the different retail units occupying the shops but are mostly in need of updating and modernisation. The windows in the retail units are a mixture of glazing types. Figure 1 shows the location of Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station i.e., identified by blue line.

Figure 1 Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station – Location (marked by blue line) This Figure is not drawn to scale.

Image 1 - Image 3 provides some of the images of the Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Image 1 Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Image 3 Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Image 2 Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

3.0 Proposed Works and Justification to the adopted approach As part of the on-going works on the West Kensington Station to increase its capacity, these shops and flats will be demolished. Further to the above, a Whole Life Carbon assessment will be undertaken as part of the Reserved Matters Application, for the associated development zone.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

5.0 Key Principles

Figure 3 demonstrates the key stages and principles used when applying the Circular Economy to the built environment.

Figure 3 Applying Circular Economy Principles to Building Design2

Figure 2 Waste Hierarchy1

The Circular Economy A Circular Economy (CE) is a systematic approach to economic development designed to benefit businesses, society, and the environment. In contrast to the ‘take make waste’ linear model, a Circular Economy is regenerative by design and aims to gradually decouple growth from the consumption of finite resources. The Circular Economy activity focuses on design that is regenerative and restorative. This is based on three principles: — Design out waste and pollution, — Keep products and materials in use, and — Regenerate natural systems. This Report can help encourage a Circular Economy by: — Influencing the wider design team to consider reclamation and reuse of waste/materials found on-Site to be incorporated in the proposed development, avoiding disposal of valuable materials, and — Identifying reuse and extending the products useful life before being remanufactured.

1 Department of Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (Defra), Waste Hierarchy Guidance (updated by KaNect Limited)

2 Building Revolutions, David Cheshire, RIBA Publications 2016

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

6.0 Method As stipulated by BREEAM, site visit was carried out by competent persons: ‘… who has appropriate knowledge of buildings, waste and options for reuse and recycling of different waste streams’. Site visit was undertaken by Victoria Lees and Building Surveyor Tom Lawrence on 7 March 2024. This Site visit consisted of non-intrusive visual audit of building fabric to the external and internal parts of the buildings to be demolished. Subsequently, a workshop was held with the Design Team dated 12 April 2024 to discuss the existing conditions of the buildings and the potential to reuse materials on-Site.

Exclusion and Assumptions The following assumptions, exclusions and caveats apply to this Report: — This Report is based purely on the findings of a non-intrusive visual survey. `` — Access to flats was not provided, therefore, the materials arising from the flats have been assumed. — It is assumed that all furniture, equipment, and miscellaneous non-fixed items installed by the tenants will be removed by the tenants, therefore, these are not considered within this Report. — Lifts and shafts were excluded from this Report. The information provided within this Report is based on visual inspection (non-intrusive) of the existing Site. Where elements of the Site were inaccessible, assumptions are made based on professional judgement. It is understood that the quantities provided within this Report might vary, therefore, the principal contractor will be responsible for monitoring and reporting these changes (if any).

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

7.0 Materials Identified The following section describes the key waste/materials identified, their location, and images taken during the Site visit. Based on the condition of the waste/materials and their market demand, a circularity rating (i.e., how likely is the material reused or recycled on/off-Site) for the waste/materials has been provided (based on professional judgement) to determine whether they can be reused, recycled, or sent for recovery or disposed to landfill as a last resort. The circularity rating is based on the following key shown in Table 1. The ratings and related descriptions are recommendations for the waste management route of the materials identified; the exact routes for the materials will be determined by the appointed demolition contractor (when appointed). Table 1: Circularity Rating Key

Table 1 Circularity Rating

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Concrete Please see Table 3 for the quantities of the concrete found on-Site. Table 2: Quantities of Concrete Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Concrete

142

102

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 2 Quantities of Concrete

General Observation The concrete slabs were not visible, therefore, its quality cannot be determined. General Recommendation and Limitations All concrete found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Bricks Please see Table 3 for the quantities of the bricks found on-Site. Image 4 - Image 6 shows some of the bricks found on-Site. Table 3: Quantities of Bricks Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Bricks

429

165

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 3 Quantities of Bricks

General Observation The bricks found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition with normal signs of age related wear and tear. General Recommendation and Limitations All bricks found on-Site will be crushed on-Site and then used as material for constructing pile mats or infill material.

Image 4 Internal Brickwork

Image 5 Internal Brickwork

Image 6 External Brickwork

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Area (m2) 63

Volume (m3) 3

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 4 Quantities of Mixed Metals

Image 10 Metal Door/Window Frame and Roller Shutter

Tonnage (Tonnes) Image 7 Metal Door/Window Frame

Image 8 Metal Window Frame

Image 9 Roller Shutter

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Timber and Timber Products Please see Table 5 for the quantities of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Image 11 Image 14 shows some of the timber and timber products found on-Site. Table 5: Quantities of Timber and Timber Products Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Timber and Timber Products

188

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 5 Quantities of Timber and Timber Products

Image 11 Window Frame Image 12 External Fence Image 13 Exit Door Image 14 Flooring

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Tiles and Ceramics Please see Table 6 for the quantities of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Image 15 - Image 18 shows some of the tiles and ceramics found on-Site. Table 6: Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Tiles and Ceramics

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 6 Quantities of Tiles and Ceramics

Image 15 Ceramic Wall Tiles Image 16 Ceramic Handbasin

Image 17 Ceramic/Vitreous Floor Tiles

Image 18 Suspended Grid Ceiling Tiles

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material Please see Table 7 for the quantities of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Image 19 shows some of the gypsum based construction material found on-Site. Table 7: Quantities of Gypsum based construction material Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Gypsum based construction material

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 7 Quantities of Gypsum based construction material

Image 19 Plasterboard Wall

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Glass Please see Table 8 for the quantities of the glass found on-Site. Image 20 - Image 23 shows some of the glass found on-Site. Table 8: Quantities of Glass Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Glass

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 8 Quantities of Glass

General Observation The glass found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All glass found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 21 Glass Windows Image 20 Glass Window/Panel

Image 22 Glass Windows

Image 23 Glass Window/Panel

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Plastics Please see Table 9 for the quantities of the plastics found on-Site. Image 24 - Image 25 shows some of the plastics found on-Site. Table 9: Quantities of Plastics Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Plastics

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 9 Quantities of Plastics

General Observation The plastics found on-Site were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All plastics found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 24 Laminate Flooring

Image 25 Laminate Flooring

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) Please see Table 10 for the quantities of the plastics found on-Site. Table 10: Quantities of Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

142

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 10 Quantities of Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

General Observation The bituminous material (including asphalt roofing) was not visible; therefore, the quality of this material cannot be determined. General Recommendation and Limitations All bituminous material (including asphalt roofing) found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Stone (Tile and Marble) Please see Table 11 for the quantities of the stone (tiles and marble) found on-Site. Image 26 Image 27 shows some of the stone (tile and marble) found on-Site. Table 11: Quantities of Stone (Tile and Marble) Type of Material

Area (m2)

Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes) Image 26 Stone Tiles

Stone (Tile and Marble)

Numbers may not add up due to rounding Table 11 Quantities of Stone (Tile and Marble)

General Observation The stone tiles found on-Site were noted to be in good condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All stone (tiles and marble) found on-Site can be either used for interior design of lobbies or used in landscape design.

Image 27 Stone Tiles

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Luminaries Please see Table 12 for the quantities of the luminaries found on-Site. Image 28 - Image 31 shows some of the luminaries found on-Site. Table 12: Quantities of Luminaries Type

Quantity

Fluorescent

Image 28 Luminaries

Incandescent

Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Table 12 Quantities of Luminaries

General Observation The luminaries were noted to be in reasonable condition. General Recommendation and Limitations All luminaries found on-Site will be sent off-Site for recycling.

Image 31 Luminaries Image 29 Luminaries

Image 30 Luminaries

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Table 13: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

European Waste Volume Catalogue Code (m3) (EWC)

% of Total Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

Stone (Tiles and Marble)

17.05.04

0.3%

147

100%

286

100%

Total Numbers may not add up due to rounding.

Table 13: Estimated Quantities of Materials Type of Material

Concrete Bricks

Table 13 Estimated Quantities of Materials

European Waste Volume Catalogue Code (m3) (EWC)

% of Total Volume (m3)

Tonnage (Tonnes)

% of Total Tonnage

17.01.01

29%

102

Tiles and Ceramics 1%

Timber and Timber Products 5%

17.01.02

43 87

59%

165

Mixed Metals

17.04.07

Timber and Timber Products

17.02.01

Tiles and Ceramics

17.01.03

0.3

Gypsum based construction material

17.08.02

0.3

Gypsum based construction material 1%

Glass 1%

Plastics 1%

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) 1% Stone (Tiles & Marble) 1%

Mixed Metals 2%

Concrete 29%

Bricks 59%

Glass

17.02.02

0.3

Plastics

17.02.03

0.3

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

17.03.02

0.3

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Stone (Tiles & Marble)

Figure 4 Approximate Quantities of Materials (%) by Volume

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

Gypsum based construction material 0.3%

Glass 0.3%

Plastics 0.3%

Tiles and Ceramics 0.3%

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) 0.3%

Timber and Timber Products 2%

Stone (Tiles & Marble) 0.3%

Mixed Metals 2%

Concrete 36%

Bricks 58%

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Stone (Tiles & Marble)

Figure 5 Estimated Quantities of Materials (%) by Tonnage

Appendix to - Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy

KaNect Limited

Pre-Redevelopment and Pre-Demolition Report – Shops and Flats above adjacent to West Kensington Station

Issue 03

20 June 2024

9.0 Embodied Carbon The approximate quantities of embodied carbon from the demolition materials have been estimated using Inventory of Carbon and Energy (ICE) database version 3. It should be noted that as the survey undertaken was non-intrusive, therefore, classification and identification of materials have been based on professional judgement, thus this should be used as a reference only. Table 14 provides the potential quantities of embodied carbon (tCO2e), which are further represented in Figure 6.

Gypsum based construction material 1%

Glass 2%

Plastics 5%

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing) 1%

Stone (Tiles & Marble) 1%

Tiles and Ceramics 1%

Concrete 17%

Timber and Timber Products 2%

Table 14: Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e) Type of Material

Approximate Quantity (tonnes)

tCO2e

Mixed Metals 27% Bricks 42%

Concrete

102

Bricks

165

Mixed Metals Timber and Timber Products

7 6

22 2

Concrete

Bricks

Mixed Metals

Timber and Timber Products

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Stone (Tiles & Marble)

Figure 6 Approximate % of Embodied Carbon

Tiles and Ceramics

Gypsum based construction material

Glass

Plastics

Bituminous Material (including Asphalt Roofing)

Stone (Tile and Marble)

Table 14 Approximate Quantities of Embodied Carbon (tCO2e

Chapter 20.0 - Appendix N – Data Used in Existing Building WLC Analysis EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

509

20.0 Appendix N – Data Used in Existing Building WLC Analysis 20.1

Energy Use Benchmarks

Table 35: Energy Use Benchmarks Use type

Electricity

Gas

Source

New Build - Residential

Detailed Component modelling

New Build - Commercial

130

NABERS UK 4.5 Star modelling

Refurbishment - Residential

HL Project Experience

Refurbishment - Commercial

170

HL Project Experience

Ashfield House Refurbishment - Commercial

Ashfield House DEC figures with 30% reduction

20.2

Embodied Carbon Benchmarks

Table 36: Embodied Carbon Benchmarks for each module A1-A5 (kgCO2/m2)

B1-B4 (kgCO2/m2)

New Build - Residential

500

200

N/A

100

LETI

9 Beaumont Avenue New Build – Residential Break-Even

450

200

N/A

100

New Build - Commercial

650

175

N/A

100

RIBA 2025 Challenge

Refurbishment - Residential

200

125

200

HL Project Experience

Refurbishment - Commercial

200

125

200

HL Project Experience

Upfront Demolition

N/A

GLA Benchmark

Use type

B5 (kgCO2/m2)

C (kgCO2/m2)

Source

Chapter 21.0 - Appendix O – Data Used in WLC Assessment EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

21.0 Appendix O – Data Used in WLC Assessment Table 37: Data used in the embodied carbon assessment. Building element group

Building element (NRM level 2)

Basis for information

0.1 Toxic/hazardous/contaminated material treatment

N/A

0.2 Major demolition works

There are no existing buildings on the Site of the assessed detailed plots to account for. An allowance for demolition of the building at end of life will be included using benchmark data from the OneClick LCA tool of Average deconstruction and demolition processes in the UK, using a global warming potential of 3.4 kg CO2e/m2

0.3 & 0.5 Temporary/enabling works

An allowance for excavation works will be provided using benchmark data from the OneClick LCA too, using a global warming potential of 1.39 kg CO2e/m2

0.4 Specialist groundworks

N/A

1 Substructure

1.1 Substructure

These materials will be estimated in line with information provided by the Design Team and supporting drawings. The recycled content of materials will be informed by project specific data provided by the structural engineer.

2 Superstructure

2.1 Frame

2.2 Upper Floors incl. balconies

2.3 Roof

2.4 Stairs and ramps

These materials will be estimated in line with information provided by the Design Team and supporting drawings. Standard construction data in the OneClick database has also been utilised.

2.5 External walls

These materials will be estimated in line with information provided by the Design Team and supporting drawings.

2.6 Windows and external doors

These materials will be estimated in line with information provided by the Design Team and supporting drawings.

2.7 Internal walls and partitions

These materials will be estimated in line with information provided by the Design Team and supporting drawings.

2.8 Internal doors

These materials will be estimated in line with information provided by the Design Team and supporting drawings.

0 Demolition

0 Facilitating works

510

Chapter 21.0 - Appendix O – Data Used in WLC Assessment EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Table 38: Data used in the embodied carbon assessment.(continued) Building element group

Building element (NRM level 2)

Basis for information

3 Finishes

3.1 Wall finishes

These materials will be estimated in line with information provided by the Design Team and supporting drawings.

3.2 Floor finishes 3.3 Ceiling finishes 4 Fittings, furnishings and equipment (FF&E)

4.1 Fittings, furnishings & equipment incl. building-related* and non-building-related**

These materials will be estimated in line with information provided by the Design Team and supporting drawings.

5 Building services/MEP

5.1–5.14 Services incl. buildingrelated* and nonbuilding-related**

Building services data will be provided by initial estimates from the MEP team and benchmarking based off the GIA. The lengths of duct’s, electrical distribution and water distribution will be calculated on a m2 GIA basis using in-built EPD within OneClick LCA.

6 Prefabricated Buildings and Building Units

6.1 Prefabricated buildings and building units

N/A at this stage

7 Work to Existing Building 7.1 Minor demolition and alteration works

8 External Works

N/A

8.1 Site preparation works

No allowance for Site preparation works at this stage. This will be considered further as the scheme progresses.

8.2 Roads, paths, paving and surfacing

These materials will be estimated in line with information provided by the Design Team and supporting drawings.

8.3 Soft landscaping, planting and irrigation systems

N/A

8.4 Fencing, railings and walls

N/A

8.5 External fixtures

External fixtures will be excluded from the assessment due to lack of available data. This will be considered further as the scheme progresses.

8.6 External drainage

External drainage will be incorporated within the build ups of the external paving and soft landscaping.

8.7 External services

External fixtures will be excluded from the assessment due to lack of available data. This will be considered further as the scheme progresses

8.8 Minor building works and ancillary buildings

No allowance will be considered for minor building works and ancillary buildings. This will be considered further as the scheme progresses.

511

Chapter 22.0 - Appendix P – Life-Cycle Modules EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

22.0 Appendix P – Life-Cycle Modules Table 39: The life cycle modules included in the assessment. Module

Description

A1-A3

Raw material supply (A1) includes emissions generated when raw materials are taken from Calculated using EPD’s which align the most applicable similar product. nature, transported to industrial units for processing and processed. Loss of raw material and energy are also taken into account. Transport impacts (A2) include exhaust emissions resulting from the transport of all raw materials from suppliers to the manufacturer’s production plant as well as impacts of production of fuels. Production impacts (A3) cover the manufacturing of the production materials and fuels used by machines, as well as handling of waste formed in the production processes at the manufacturer’s production plants until end-of-waste state.

Construction Materials

A4 Transportation to Site

A5 Construction/ installation process B1 In-Use Emissions

Commentary of Data Source

A4 includes exhaust emissions resulting from the transport of building products from manufacturer’s production plant to building Site as well as the environmental impacts of production of the used fuel.

Transport distances will be estimated based on typical average transport distances based on material type & project location, in line with RICS standard assumptions. (See Appendix).

A5 covers the exhaust emissions resulting from using energy during the Site operations, the environmental impacts of production processes of fuel and energy and water as well as handling of waste until the end-of-waste state.

At this stage of design, A5 emissions will be estimated in line with RICS standard assumptions.

The in-use module B1 captures the in-use emissions arising from the life of a building from its components. It is expected that the primary contributor to this will be the fugitive emissions stemming from refrigerant leakage.

The refrigerant leakage rates are taken in line with CIBSE TM65 as below: ASHP Annual leakage rate– 2% End-of-life leakage rate- 1%

B2 & B3 Maintenance and Repair

Module B2 accounts from the carbon emissions arising from any activity relating to maintenance and cleaning.

Following GLA Whole Life Carbon Guidance: B2 will be assumed to be the greater of either 10 kgCO2e/m2 or 1% of the emissions produced in modules A1-A5.

Module B3 accounts or any of the carbon emissions relating to repair. B3 will be assumed to be 25% of B2.

512

Chapter 22.0 - Appendix P – Life-Cycle Modules EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

Table 40: The life cycle modules included in the assessment.(continued) Module

Description

Commentary of Data Source

B4 & B5

The emissions B4 and B5 cover impacts from raw material supply, transportation, and production of any replaced new material as well as the impacts from manufacturing the replaced material and handling of waste until the end-of-waste state.

Modules B4/B5 will be determined with reference to the ‘indicative component lifespans’ contained within the RICS PS. (See Appendix for lifespan)

The considered use phase energy consumption (B6) impacts include exhaust emissions from any building level energy production as well as the environmental impacts of production processes of fuel and externally produced energy. Energy transmission losses are also taken into account.

Energy consumption will be estimated using:

Material Replacement/Refurbishment B6 Energy use

Part L Modelling Results with Benchmarks for unregulated energy Passivhaus Assessment Results

B7 Water use

C1-C4 Deconstruction

D External impacts/end-of-life benefits

The considered use phase water consumption (B7) impacts include the environmental impacts of production processes of fresh water and the impacts from wastewater treatment.

Total water consumption is based off the BSRIA Rules of Thumb 2011 manual for residential buildings.

The impacts of deconstruction include impacts for processing recyclable construction waste flows for recycling (C3) until the end-of-waste stage or the impacts of pre-processing and landfilling for waste streams that cannot be recycled (C4) based on type of material. Additionally, deconstruction impacts include emissions caused by waste energy recovery.

C1 Deconstruction/demolition) and C2 (Transport) are based on default values. C3 (Waste Processing) and C4 (Disposal) use OneClick LCA’s default end of life scenarios, please refer to the appendix for further detail.

External benefits for re-used or recycled material types include the positive impact of replacing virgin-based material with recycled material and the benefits of the energy which can be recovered from the materials.

D (End of Life) use OneClick LCA’s default end of life scenarios, please refer to the appendix for further detail.

513

Glossary EC.PA.24 Earls Court Development: Whole Life Carbon and Circular Economy Strategy July 2024

Hoare Lea Issue 07 – Final for Submission

514

Glossary The following note provides a summary of key terminology commonly used when discussing life cycle assessments and accompanying works, and the definitions associated with each term.

Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) A life cycle assessment is an overarching term used for assessing the environmental aspects associated with a product or asset over its life cycle. Common LCA scopes include embodied carbon, upfront carbon, and whole life carbon assessments.

Greenhouse gases (GHG) ‘Greenhouse Gases’ are constituents of the atmosphere, both natural and anthropogenic, that absorb and emit radiation at specific wavelengths within the spectrum of infrared radiation emitted by the Earth’s surface, the atmosphere, and clouds. They are also referred to as ‘carbon emissions’ in general usage, carbon being the most common of the greenhouse gases.

Carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) Greenhouse Gas emissions are often expressed as CO2 equivalent (CO2e or CO2eq), a unit of measurement based on the relative impact of a given gas on global warming over a given time period. For example, over 100 years methane has a global warming potential of 28, or 1kg of methane has the same impact on climate change as 28kg of carbon dioxide and thus 1kg of methane would count as 28kg of CO2e.

Building lifecycle modules Building lifecycle modules are defined by BS EN 15978:2011 and determine the system boundaries of an assessment. The modules cover the whole life cycle of a building, from product stage (A1-A3) construction and transport (A4-A5) in-use (B1-B7), end of life (C1-C4) and benefits and loads beyond the system boundary (D).

Whole Life Carbon (WLC) ‘Whole Life Carbon’ emissions are the sum total of all asset related GHG emissions and removals, both operational and embodied over the life cycle of an asset including its disposal (Modules: A1-A5; B1-B7 (plus B8 and B9 for Infrastructure only); C1-C4). Whole Life Carbon asset

performance includes separately reporting the potential benefit from future energy recovery, reuse, and recycling (Module D).

Embodied carbon The ‘Embodied Carbon’ emissions of an asset are the total GHG emissions and removals associated with materials and construction processes throughout the whole life cycle of an asset (Modules A1-A5, B1-B5, C1-C4).

Upfront carbon ‘Upfront Carbon’ emissions are the GHG emissions associated with materials and construction processes up to practical completion (Modules A1-A5). Upfront carbon excludes the biogenic carbon sequestered in the installed products at practical completion.

Operational carbon Operational carbon is the GHG emissions arising from all the energy consumed (Module B6), water supply and wastewater treatment (Module B7) by the asset in-use, over its life cycle.

Carbon sequestration Carbon sequestration is the process by which carbon dioxide is removed from the atmosphere and incorporated as biogenic carbon in biomass, through photosynthesis and other processes associated with the carbon cycle. In LCAs we typically consider sequestration when incorporating timber in buildings.

Environmental Product Declarations (EPDs) An Environmental Product Declaration is a document which transparently communicates the environmental performance or impact of any product or material over its lifetime. EPDs are generated based on data obtained through a product level LCA in line with EN 15804, ISO 14025, or other related international standards. EPDs support carbon emission reduction by making it possible to compare the impacts of different materials and products in order to select the most sustainable option and are used when undertaking asset level LCAs to illustrate carbon performance.

Net zero carbon – construction When the amount of carbon emissions associated with a building’s product and construction stages up to practical completion (Modules A1A5) equals zero.

Net zero carbon – embodied When the amount of carbon emissions associated with a building’s product and construction stages throughout the whole life cycle of the asset (Modules A1-A5, B1-B5, C1-C4) equals zero.

Net zero carbon – operational energy When the amount of carbon emissions associated with the building’s operational energy (Module B6) on an annual basis is equals zero. A net zero carbon building is highly energy efficient and powered from on-Site and/or off-Site renewable energy sources, with any residual emissions offset.

Net zero carbon – whole life When the sum total of all asset related GHG emissions, both operational and embodied, over an asset’s life cycle (Modules A1-A5, B1-B7, C1-C4) are minimized, meet local carbon, energy and water targets, and with residual emissions ‘offset’, equals zero.

Chapter XX Document Name Date

Author Issue XXXX

Thank you Hoare Lea EC.PA.24 July 2024